(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Advanced Microdevices Manuals | Linear Circuits Manuals | Supertex Manuals | Sundry Manuals | Echelon Manuals | RCA Manuals | National Semiconductor Manuals | Hewlett Packard Manuals | Signetics Manuals | Fluke Manuals | Datel Manuals | Intersil Manuals | Zilog Manuals | Maxim Manuals | Dallas Semiconductor Manuals | Temperature Manuals | SGS Manuals | Quantum Electronics Manuals | STDBus Manuals | Texas Instruments Manuals | IBM Microsoft Manuals | Grammar Analysis | Harris Manuals | Arrow Manuals | Monolithic Memories Manuals | Intel Manuals | Fault Tolerance Manuals | Johns Hopkins University Commencement | PHOIBLE Online | International Rectifier Manuals | Rectifiers scrs Triacs Manuals | Standard Microsystems Manuals | Additional Collections | Control PID Fuzzy Logic Manuals | Densitron Manuals | Philips Manuals | The Andhra Pradesh Legislative Assembly Debates | Linear Technologies Manuals | Cermetek Manuals | Miscellaneous Manuals | Hitachi Manuals | The Video Box | Communication Manuals | Scenix Manuals | Motorola Manuals | Agilent Manuals
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Lebanon Valley College Catalog"








• -" 







... ,v s^ ;^ ^ ., .^ :.j „_ , 



Undergrad 

2002-2003 Cata og 



T 'A^' 


i# 




-^ 
K 


;i»«s? 


»■ 


^ 


1 




\ 


.n 


^ 


«®^. 


1 
t 


U 


1^ 






1- 





^ p 




' 1 '1 




►^ji 




_* ' -^ >• 


1 


mm 


IB^IJI'^ 


, 


1 ! . 


■> 






1 


! 








1^ 


• i, *• 




i 


t^; V 7 ^ 


' *■ 


* fe ^ i( 




Lebanon Valley College 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Profile of Lebanon Valley College 2 

Mission of Lebanon Valley College 3 

Undergraduate Information 

Admissions 4 

Continuing Education 5 

Undergraduate Academic Regulations and Procedures 7 

Degrees 7 

Graduation Requirements 8 

Non-Traditional Credit 12 

Grading System 14 

Undergraduate Academic Programs 18 

General Education 18 

Cooperative Programs 22 

Pre-professional Programs 24 

Individualized Major 25 

Internships 26 

Independent Study 26 

Tutorial Study 27 

Special Topics Courses 27 

Study Abroad 27 

Undergraduate Departments 28 

Graduate Academic Programs 145 

Directory 160 

Board of Trustees 160 

Administration 164 

Faculty 171 

Support Staff 184 

Awards 185 

Accreditation 187 

Campus Map 188 

Index 190 

Phone Numbers 192 

2002 - 2003 Academic Calendar inside back cover 



Lebanon Valley College Table of Contents 1 



LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE 

Founded: 1866, as a private coeducational institution on the site of the Annville Academy. 
Became a four-year institution by 1883 as the lower grades were phased out. 

Curriculum: a four-year program of study in the liberal arts with an academic year 
comprised of fall and spring semesters and an optional summer term. 

Degrees granted: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science, Associate of 
Arts, Associate of Science, Master of Business Administration, Master of Music Education, 
Master of Physical Therapy, Master of Science Education. 

Major fields of study: accounting, actuarial science, American studies, biochemistry, 
biology, business, chemistry, computer science, digital communications, economics, 
elementary education, English, French, German, health care management, health science, 
historical communications, history, mathematics, medical technology, music, music 
business, music education, music technology, philosophy, physical therapy, physics, politi- 
cal science, psychobiology, psychology, religion, sociology, Spanish. 

Special programs: military science (ROTC), secondary education certification; in 
cooperation with Thomas Jefferson University: biotechnology, cytotechnology, diagnostic 
imaging, occupational therapy, physical therapy; in cooperation with The Pennsylvania 
State University, Case Western Reserve University, University of Pennsylvania, and Widener 
University: engineering; in cooperation with Duke University: forestry, environmental sci- 
ences; in cooperation with approved hospitals: medical technology. 

Special options: departmental honors, double majors, independent study, individualized 
majors, internships, tutorial study, study abroad, Philadelphia and Washington semester 
programs. 

Number of faculty: 89; of the permanent faculty 82 percent have earned a Ph.D. or 
equivalent terminal degree. 

Student-faculty ratio: 16:1 , with an average class size of 20. 

Location: Annville, founded in 1799, is a small town of approximately 5,000 people located 
in south central Pennsylvania. Driving times: Hershey, 10 minutes; Harrisburg, 1/2 hour; 
Baltimore, 2 hours; Philadelphia, 2 hours; New York, 3 hours; Washington, D.C., 3 hours. 

Size of campus: 34 buildings. The library contains over 186,500 catalog items, and the 
College provides students with access to 200 personal computers. The sports center is 
nationally recognized for its water fitness program. 

Residence halls: twenty-two residence halls housing 1,139 students in male, female, coed 
and apartment-style facilities. 

Student enrollment: 1,478 full-time undergraduate students, with 399 part-time under- 
graduates and 197 graduate students. 

Student financial aid: approximately 92 percent receive financial aid in the form of grants. 
Total financial aid in the form of LVC grant and academic scholarships for 2001-2002 was 
$11 ,361 200. The average grant and scholarship totaled $8,156. 

2 Facts 2002-2003 Catalog 



THE MISSION OF THE COLLEGE 

Lebanon Valley is a small, private, liberal arts college. Its mission arises directly from its 
historical traditions and a relationship with the United Methodist Church. 

The College's aim is to enable our students to become people of broad vision, capable of 
making informed decisions, and prepared for a life of service to others. To that end we 
seek to provide an education that helps students to acquire the knowledge, skills, attitudes 
and values necessary to live and work in a changing, diverse and fragile world. 

Through both curricular and co-curricular activities we endeavor to acquaint our students 
with humanity's most significant ideas and accomplishments, to develop their abilities to 
think logically and communicate clearly, to give them practice in precise analysis and 
effective performance, and to enhance their sensitivity to and appreciation of differences 
among human beings. 



Lebanon Valley College aspires to pursue this mission within a community in which caring 
and concern for others is a core value. We value strong and nurturing faculty interacting 
closely with students; encourage individual student development; and affirm the inter- 
relatedness of liberal learning and the ideal of vocation. We regard the cultivation of 
wisdom, that is the capacity of judging rightly in matters of life and conduct, and a life-long 
love of learning as the ultimate rewards of the educational experience. 



The motto of the College is, "You shall know the truth and the truth shall set you free" 

(John 8:32). 




Lebanon Valley College 



College Mission 3 



UNDERGRADUATE INFORMATION 

Admission for Full-time Students 

High School Preparation 

All admission candidates should have completed 16 credit units and graduated from an 
accredited secondary school, or present an equivalency certificate (G.E.D.). Of the 16 
units, 4 should be in English, 2 in foreign language, 2 in mathematics, 1 in science and 1 
in social studies. 

Application Procedure 

A candidate for admission to Lebanon Valley College must submit a completed appUcation 
form with the required application fee. Scholastic Aptitude or American College Test 
results and an official transcript of high school grades. Students planning to transfer to 
Lebanon Valley must submit official transcripts of completed college or university work. 

All candidates are encouraged to visit campus for a personal interview. Applicants for 
admission to certain academic programs (elementary education, music and physical therapy 
majors) are required to undergo additional steps. For further information contact: 

Admission Office 

Lebanon Valley College 

101 North College Avenue 

Annville,PA 17003-0501 

Phone: (717) 867-6181 or 1-866-LVC-4ADM 

FAX: (717) 867-6026 

Internet: http://www.lvc.edu 

E-mail: admission@lvc.edu 
Student Finances 

Payment for tuition, room, board, and other charges is due by a published deadline prior 
to the beginning of each semester. Students failing to meet this deadline will be required to 
make special arrangements with the Business Office before their course registrations will be 
processed. Questions about student finances should be addressed to the Business Office. 

Refund Policy 

Students who withdraw, are dismissed or take a leave of absence from the College during 
the billing period in which he or she is enrolled will receive a refund in accordance with 
federal policy. A copy of the federal refund policy is available in the Business Office. 

Part-dme students should consult the refund schedule published by the Condnuing 
Education Office. However, part-time students receiving federal financial assistance (Tide 
IV) will receive a refund according to federal policy. A copy of the federal refund policy 
is on file in the Business Office. 



4 Undergraduate Information 2002-2003 Catalog 



Alternative Payment Plan 

Lebanon Valley College offers a payment plan for those families who, after exploring 
other options, prefer to spread payments over a 10-month period. An agent has been 
appointed to process deferred payment applications: 

Academic Management Services 

OneAMS Place 
P.O. Box 100 

Swansea, MA 02777 
Phone: 1-800-635-0120 

Continuing Education 

Students may enroll part-time for undergraduate study at Lebanon Valley College 
through Continuing Education. Students are considered part-time if they are enrolled for 
0-11 credit hours per semester. 

Continuing Education offers credit programs on four levels: certificate, associate, bac- 
calaureate and professional certificates. Certificates are starter programs that approximate 
the beginning of a four-year college experience, ideal spring-boards from which to go on 
for an associate or bachelor's degree. Professional certificate programs are intended for 
persons who have already been awarded a bachelor's degree in one discipline and desire 
to study another discipline in some depth. 

A second bachelor's degree may be awarded to adult students who already have 
received a bachelor of arts or sciences from Lebanon Valley or another accredited college 
or university. In such cases, students must only complete the major requirements for the 
second degree or a minimum of 30 credits, whichever is greater. 

Courses taught through Continuing Education are offered during evening, weekend 
and summer sessions on the main campus in Annville, in Lancaster on the Franklin & 
Marshall College Campus, and in Camp Hill at our West Shore Center and Highmark Blue 
Shield. Continuing Education publishes course schedules for the fall, spring and summer 
sessions. To obtain copies of course schedules or get detailed information on all academ- 
ic programs for adults call 717-867-6213 in Annville, 717-399-4419 in Lancaster, and 
717-763-7073 in Camp Hill or write The Office of Graduate Studies and Continuing 
Education, Lebanon Valley College, Annville, PA 17003-1400. 

A candidate for admission to any of Lebanon Valley College's Continuing Education 
certificate or degree programs must submit a completed application form with the 
required application fee. An official high school transcript is required if students have less 
than 24 semester hours of transferable college credits. Students planning to transfer to 
Lebanon Valley must submit official transcripts of any completed college or university 
courses. Official transcripts relating to military or business courses also may prove to be 
useful. Although candidates may begin taking classes before they have been accepted, 
they must speak with an adviser before registering for courses. To arrange an admission 
interview with an adviser call 717-867-6213 in Annville, 717-399-4419 in Lancaster, or 
717-763-7073 in Camp Hill. Decisions on all aduh student applications usually are made 
within one month after the last required transcript is received. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Information 5 




6 Undergraduate Information 



2002-2003 Catalog 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC 
REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES 

Attendance at Lebanon Valley College is a privilege, not a right. To provide the necessary 
atmosphere in which teaching and learning can occur, the College expects that the conduct 
of all campus citizens will conform to accepted standards. The College has the right to 
require the withdrawal of any student whose actions are inimical to the purposes of the 
institution. The following academic regulations are announcements and do not constimte a 
contract between the student and the College. The College reserves the right to change these 
regulations and procedures as it deems necessary for the accomplishment of its purposes, but 
wherever possible, a student will proceed to graduation under the regulations in effect at the 
time of his/her entrance at the College. 

Degrees 

Baccalaureate Degrees 

Lebanon Valley College confers five baccalaureate degrees. Bachelor of Arts for students 
completing requirements in the following major programs: American studies, economics, 
English, French, German, historical communications, history, music, music business, 
philosophy, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, Spanish and certain indi- 
vidualized majors. 

Bachelor of Science for students completing requirements in the following major 
programs: accounting, actuarial science, biochemistry, biology, business administration, 
chemistry, computer science, cooperative engineering, cooperative forestry, digital 
communications, elementary education, health care management, health science, inter- 
national business, mathematics, music education, physics, psychobiology and certain 
individualized majors. Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science in Medical 
Technology, and Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Music Recording Technology for students 
completing requirements for the appropriate major program. 

Associate Degrees 

Through the Continuing Education Office part-time students may earn the Associate of 
Science degree in accounting, general studies or business administration, or the Associate of 
Arts degree in general studies. 

Privacy of Student Records 

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 is a federal law which provides 
students the right to review their academic records, the right to challenge the contents of 
their records, and the right to confidentiality of their records. 

The Buckley Amendment allows the disclosure of basic directory data and. in the case of 
athletes, extends that information to relevant personal data and accomplishments. The 
College Relations Office uses permissible information from students' records to report on 
social and academic accomplishments. 

Annually, Lebanon Valley College informs students of the Family Educational Rights 
and Privacy Act of 1974, as amended. This Act, with which the institution intends to com- 
ply fully, was designated to protect the privacy of education records, to establish the right of 
students to inspect and review their education records, and to provide guidelines for the cor- 
rection of inaccurate or misleading data through informal and fomial hearings. Students also 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 7 



have the right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office 
(FERPA) concerning alleged failures by the institution to comply with the act. 

Local pohcy explains in detail the procedures to be used by the institufion for compliance 
with the provisions of the Act. Copies of the policy can be found in the following offices: 
Office of the Registrar, Office of Student Services and Office of the Dean of the Faculty. 
The policy is also printed in the Faculty Advising Handbook. The offices mentioned also 
maintain a Directory of Records which lists all education records maintained on students 
by this institution. 

Questions concerning the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be referred 
to the Registrar's Office. 

Credit Hours 

A credit hour is the unit to measure academic progress. Each course has a credit des- 
ignation approximately equal to the number of hours to be spent in class each week. A 
course requiring three hours of class attendance each week will carry three credit hours. 
Credit for laboratories is generally awarded at one-half the regular rate. 

Graduation Requirements 

Candidates for a baccalaureate degree shall complete successfully 120 credit hours 
including the requirements for the general education program (see page 18), and the 
requirements for majors and minors as appropriate. Credit hours are accumulated in three 
separate categories: general education requirements, major requirements, and electives. 

In addition, candidates shall complete successfully two units of physical education 
selected from a list of approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical education 
requirement by taking the same activity unit twice. Students shall have a maximum of one 
physical education unit waived for successful completion of any of the following: one season 
of a varsity sport, one semester of marching band, or one semester of military science. 
Continuing education students are exempt from the physical education requirement. 

Candidates for an associate's degree must accumulate at least 60 credit hours including 
the course work appropriate to their major program. Fifteen of the last 18 credit hours 
toward the degree must be in residence. 

Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 and a 
major grade point average of 2.00. 

The general education program is that part of the curriculum that is shared by all students 
in all majors. The required courses reflect 54-56 credit hours. 

The major programs each require at least 24 credit hours of course work. 

Electives are those courses selected by the student that reflect neither major nor general 
education requirements. 

Candidates for the bachelor's degrees must also take in residence 30 credit hours of the 
36 taken immediately prior to graduation. Course work taken in all of the College's programs 
qualify as work done in residence. 

Advising Program 

Each student has a faculty adviser whose role is to counsel about registration proce- 
dures, course selections, academic requirements and regulations. The student is required 
to obtain the adviser's counsel and approval before registration, withdrawal, election of 
pass/fail option, and/or change in credit/audit status. 



8 Undergraduate Academic Regulafions 2002-2003 Catalog 



Arrangement of Schedules 

Each student arranges a semester program of courses in consultation with, and by 
approval of, his or her faculty adviser. Students already in attendance do this during 
registration periods. New students accomplish this on orientation days. 

Limit of Hours 

To be classified as full time, a student must take at least 12 credit hours in a semester. 
Seventeen credit hours is the maximum permitted without approval from the student's 
adviser and permission of the registrar. To be permitted to take more than 17 credits the 
student should have a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher, or be a senior. 
Audited courses are counted in determining the course load, but music organizations are 
not. Students shall pay the prevailing tuition rate for each credit hour beyond 17 (not 
counting music organizations). 

Class Standing 

Students are classified academically at the beginning of each year. Membership in the 
sophomore, junior or senior classes is granted to students who have earned a minimum of 
28, 56 or 84 credit hours respectively. 

Transfer Credit 

A student applying for advanced standing after having attended another accredited 
institution shall send an official transcript to the dean of admission. If requested, the student 
must provide copies of the appropriate catalogs for the years of attendance at the other 
institution or institutions. 

Credits are accepted for transfer provided the grades are C- ( 1 .67) or better and the 
work is equivalent or similar to work offered at Lebanon Valley College. Grades thus 
transferred count for credit hours only, not for quality points. 

A candidate for admission holding an associate degree from a regionally accredited 
college can be admitted with full acceptance of course work at the previously attended 
institution. Course work in the major field, however, for which the applicant has received 
a D shall not be counted toward fulfilling the major requirement. 

Because Lebanon Valley College is a liberal arts institution, consideration of full 
acceptance of the associate degree will be granted with the understanding that the candidate 
has followed a basic course of study compatible with the curriculum and academic programs 
of the College and has been enrolled in a transfer program. A total of 60 credits will be 
accepted for an associate degree and 57 credits for a diploma program. A maximum of 90 
credit hours will be accepted toward a baccalaureate degree. 

In most instances the applicant may be expected to complete the baccalaureate 
degree within two years. However, when the requirements of a particular major field or 
the nature of the previous study demand additional work beyond two years, the applicant 
will normally be notified at the time of admission. 

Discontinuance of Courses 

The College reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 9 



Registration and Preregistration 

Students are required to register for courses on designated days of each semester. 
Preference is given to upperclass students in the preregistration process to ensure registration 
in courses required for their major fields of study. Students who register later than the 
designated times shall be charged a fee. Students desiring to register later than one week after 
the opening of the semester will be admitted only by special permission of the registrar. 

On entering Lebanon Valley College students indicate that they are open or that they 
have a particular intended major. Students may make a formal declaration of major during 
the second semester of their freshmen year, and must make a formal declaration by the 
time they have completed 60 credit hours. 

Change of Registration 

Change of registration, including pass/fail elections, changes of course hours credit, 
changes from credit to audit and vice versa, must be approved by signature of the adviser. 
In most instances, registration for a course shall not be permitted after the course has been 
in session for one full week. With the permission of the adviser, a student may withdraw 
from a course during the first 10 weeks of the semester. However, first semester freshmen 
may withdraw from a course at any time through the last day of semester classes with 
permission of the adviser. A fee is charged for every change of course made at the student's 
request after Add/Drop Day. 

Auditing Courses 

Students may register to audit courses with the approval of their academic adviser. 
Audited courses are counted in considering the course load relative to the limit of hours 
which may result in an overload charge. No grade or credit is given for an audited course, 
but the registrar will record the audit on the transcript if the student attends regularly. A 
change of registration from credit to audit or from audit to credit must be accomplished 
by the end of the tenth week of semester classes. 

Pass/Fail 

After attaining sophomore standing (28 credit hours) a student may elect to take up to 
two courses per semester and one per summer session on pass/fail basis; however, only 
six such courses can be counted toward graduation requirements. No courses elected by 
students to be taken pass/fail may be used to meet the requirements of the general educa- 
tion program or other programs, the major(s), the minor(s) or secondary education certi- 
fication. A student may select or cancel a pass/fail registration any time during the first 10 
weeks of a semester. Passing with honors will be designated by the grade PH indicating 
that a grade of B+ or higher was earned. If a student does not pass the course, the student 
will receive an F on the transcript. See page 14 for grading systems. 

Repetition of Courses 

A student may repeat as often as desired, for a higher grade, a previously taken course, 
subject to the following provisions: the course must have been taken in courses staffed by 
the College at the Annville campus or one of the satellite sites. Semester hours credit are 
given only once. The higher grade received each time taken is computed in the semester 
grade point average. Each semester grade report will show hours credit each time passed, 
but the total hours toward a degree will be equal only to the semester hours credit for the 

10 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2002-2003 Catalog 



course. For a course previously passed P/F, the grade received in the subsequent registra- 
tion for regular grade is the "higher grade." Each grade received remains on the perma- 
nent record and a notation is made thereon that the course has been repeated. 

Concurrent Courses 

A student enrolled for a degree at Lebanon Valley College may not carry courses con- 
currently at any other institution without prior consent of his or her adviser and the registrar. 

External Summer Courses 

A student registered at Lebanon Valley College may not obtain credit for the courses 
taken during the summer at another college, unless such courses have prior approval of 
his or her adviser and the registrar. 

Attendance Policy 

Each student is responsible for knowing and meeting all requirements for each course, 
including regular class attendance. At the opening of each semester the instructors shall 
clearly inform students of class attendance regulations. Violations of those regulations 
shall make the student liable to receive a grade of F in the course. 

Excused absences do not absolve students from the necessity of fulfilling all course 
requirements. 

In-Absentia 

The College treats students in domestic or foreign study programs as students-in- 
absentia. Any student who studies for a semester or academic year at another institution 
but with the intent of returning to the College is considered a matriculated student. A student 
desiring in-absentia status should complete the form in the registrar's office and secure the 
approval of the adviser, the registrar and the dean of international programs. Students will 
receive information on registration and room sign-up after they notify the registrar of their 
address abroad or in the United States. 

Leave of Absence 

For reasons of health or in other compelling circumstances students may request a 
voluntary leave from the College for one or two semesters. A student desiring such a leave 
should complete the form available from the registrar and secure the approval of the 
associate dean of the faculty. Students on leave are regarded as continuing students and 
retain their status for registration and room sign-up, if available. Students on leave will 
receive information on those procedures and will be asked to verify their return. The 
College reserves the right to require a leave of absence for medical reasons at any time it 
is deemed reasonably necessary to protect the student, other students, members of the 
College community, or the interests of the College itself. Before a student returns from a 
medical leave of absence, a clearance interview with one of the counseling psychologists, 
the dean of students or the vice president and dean of the faculty as well as additional 
documentation may be required. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 1 



Withdrawal from College and Readmission 

To withdraw from College a student must complete an official withdrawal form 
obtained from the registrar. Continuing education students must complete an official with- 
drawal form obtained from the director of continuing education. Readmission of a student 
requires written permission from the associate dean of the faculty. 

Second Bachelor's Degrees 

A person who has earned a bachelor's degree from Lebanon Valley College or another 
accredited college or university may earn a second bachelor's degree by meeting the fol- 
lowing requirements: 

1 . A minimum of 30 additional undergraduate credits must be completed successfully at 
Lebanon Valley. 

2. All graduation requirements for the major of the second degree must be met 
satisfactorily. 

3. Course work completed successfully as part of the first degree program may be used 
to satisfy the graduation requirements of the second major. 

4. No course already taken in the first degree program may be repeated in the second 
degree program. 

5. No more than three credits from student teaching (SED 440, ELM 440 and MSC 441) 
may be counted toward a second degree. 

6. Graduates from other accredited colleges or universities shall not be required to meet 
any Lebanon Valley general education requirements. 

7. No courses in the second degree program may be met satisfactorily through such non- 
traditional means as challenge examinations, CLEP, or credit for life experience. 

8. No more than three credits from internships may be counted toward a second degree. 

9. No courses in the second degree program may be taken Pass/Fail. 

Undergraduate Non-Traditional Credit 

Lebanon Valley College recognizes the ability of highly motivated smdents to master 
specific areas of study on their own initiative and provides programs to allow these students 
the opportunity to gain credit. Any matriculated student may earn a maximum of 30 credits 
toward a bachelor' s degree or a maximum of 15 credits toward an associate' s degree 
through non-traditional means (challenge exams, advanced placement, CLEP, and credit 
for life experience). All non-traditional means of examination are graded satisfactory (S) 
or unsatisfactory (U). An unsatisfactory grade on any non-traditional examination will not 
be recorded on the permanent record. 

Challenge Exam Policy 

Many LVC courses can be challenged for credit by examination. Full-time students 
should request challenge examinations through then- academic advisers. Part-time students 
and those students enrolled through continuing education should make application for 
challenge exams through the continuing education office. All requests must be approved 
by the registrar and the chairperson of the department in which the course is listed. 

Challenge exams are considered to be comprehensive examinations in the subject area. 
The grading criteria for challenge exams will be determined by each department. The 
exact nature of the examination will be determined by the faculty member and chairper- 
son of the department involved and may include any means of evaluation normally 

1 2 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2002-2003 Catalog 



employed by the department. There is a fee for preparation and grading of each challenge 
exam, and it is charged without regard to the test results. 

Challenge exams may not be taken by students who have received any grade in a 
course equivalent to or more advanced than the course for which the student is requesting 
credit by examination. Challenge exams may not be used for the purpose of acquiring 
credit for a course previously failed. Practicums, internships, seminars, research courses, 
independent study, writing intensive courses, and courses with laboratory components are 
normally not subject to credit by examination. Individual departments may have additional 
criteria regarding challenge exams. Consult the chairperson of the department in which 
the course is listed for specific information. 

Advanced Placement Policy 

Advanced placement with credit in appropriate courses will be granted to entering 
students who make scores of 4 or 5 on College Board Advanced Placement examinations. 
For scores of 3, final determination is made by the appropriate department. 

Advanced Placement without credit may be granted on the basis of the Achievement Tests 
of the College Board examinations or such other proficiency tests as may be determined 
appropriate by the registrar and by the chairperson of the department. 

CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Policy 

Credit shall be granted to those students who score well on CLEP examinations that are 
approved by the College. To receive credit, a smdent must score above the 50th percentile on 
the objective section and above a C, as determined by the appropriate academic department 
for general and subject examinations. The English composition essay is required with a 
minimum score of 480 and at the 80th percentile for this CLEP examination. 

A maximum of six credits shall be awarded for each examination; of these credits, only 
three may be applied to the general education requirements in the appropriate area. Credit 
shall be granted only to students who have matriculated at Lebanon Valley College. 
Normally, requests for CLEP credit must be approved by the registrar before the student 
has completed 30 credits. 

Credit for Life Experience Policy 

Lebanon Valley College provides for the awarding of undergraduate academic credit 
for knowledge acquired through non-academic experience in subjects in the College cur- 
riculum. The experience should have a direct relation to the material taught in a course in 
the College curriculum and should extend over a sufficient period to provide substantive 
knowledge in the relevant area. Matriculated students who believe they qualify for such 
credit may petition the appropriate department through their academic advisers. Students 
enrolled in the continuing education program must petition through the continuing educa- 
tion office. This petition must: 

(1) detail the relevant experience in question 

(2) provide appropriate supporting evidence 

(3) note the equivalent College course by department and number 

(4) state the number of credit hours sought. 

The appropriate department will consult with the academic adviser or the continuing 
education office to determine the best means (interview, examination, portfolio, etc.) for 
evaluating the experience. 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 3 



Approval of experiential credit for full-time students must be made in writing over the 
signatures of the academic adviser, the appropriate department chairperson, and the 
associate dean of the faculty. Approval of experiential credit for students enrolled through 
the continuing education program must be made in writing over the signatures of the 
director of continuing education, the appropriate department chairperson, and the associate 
dean of the faculty. 

Experiential credit cannot exceed six credit hours in one academic year and cannot 
exceed a maximum of twelve credit hours in the degree program. 

International Baccalaureate Program 

Credit for appropriate courses will be granted to entering students who achieve scores 
of 5, 6 or 7 on International Baccalaureate individual subject examinations. The official 
International Baccalaureate transcript must be presented by the student for evaluation by 
the registrar. 

Grading Systems and Grade Point Averages 

Student work is graded A (excellent), B (good), C (satisfactory), D (requirements and 
standards met a minimum level), F (course requirements not met). For each credit hour in 
a course, students receive the following quality points: 



A 


4.00 


A- 


3.67 


B+ 


3.33 


B 


3.00 


B- 


2.67 


C+ 


2.33 



C 


2.00 


C- 


1.67 


D+ 


1.33 


D 


1.00 


D- 


.67 


F 


.00 



F carries no credit or quality points, but grades of F are used in calculating the grade 
point averages. The cumulative grade point average is calculated by dividing the quality 
points by the credit hours completed. 

Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00, and a 
major grade point average of 2.00. 

Continuing education degree candidates admitted before July 1, 1989 must meet 
graduation requirements by earning a cumulative grade point average of 1 .75 . All students 
and continuing education candidates admitted after July 1, 1989 must meet graduation 
requirements by earning a grade point average of 2.00. All students must have a 2.00 
grade point average in their major, any second major, and any minor. 

A student may not take a course that has a prerequisite course he/she has failed. 

In addition to the above grades, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates that the work 
is incomplete (certain required work postponed by the student for substantial reason with the 
prior consent of the instructor), but otherwise satisfactory. This work must be completed 
within the first eight weeks of the next semester, or the I will be changed to an F. Appeals 
for an extension of time must be presented to the registrar by the first week of the next 
semester. W indicates withdrawal from a course through the tenth week of semester classes, 
except for first-semester freshmen who may withdraw through the last day of the semester. 
For physical education a grade of either S (satisfactory) or U (unsatisfactory) is recorded. 

Once a grade has been recorded it may not be changed without the approval of the 
instructor and the registrar. Students who feel the grade may be inaccurate should contact 
the instructor at once, but in no case later than the end of the semester following the course 
in question. 

1 4 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2002-2003 Catalog 



Academic and Graduation Honors 

The Dean 's List 

Students achieving a 3.40 or higher grade point average while carrying at least 12 credit 
hours for grade shall be named to the Dean's List at the end of each semester. 

Continuing education students shall be named to the Continuing Education Dean's List 
by meeting the following terms: 

(1) must be matriculated in certificate, degree or teacher certification programs 

(2) must be enrolled for at least six credit hours 

(3) must achieve a minimum semester grade point average of 3.40. 

Graduation Honors 

After completing a minimum of 60 calculated credit hours of residence work a student 
may qualify for graduation honors. The honors to be conferred are Summa Cum Laude for 
grade point averages of 3.75 - 4.0, Magna Cum Laude for grade point averages of 3.60 - 3.74, 
and Cum Laude for grade point averages of 3.40 - 3.59. 

Departmental Honors 

All major programs provide the opportunity for departmental honors work during the 
junior and senior years. For specific information, interested students should contact the 
appropriate department chairperson. The minimal requirements for departmental honors are 
a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0, both at the time of application and the time of graduation; 
a written thesis; an oral presentation; and approval by a majority vote of the full-time mem- 
bers of the department. This project is undertaken on a subject of the student's own choosing 
under the supervision of a faculty adviser. Opportunity also exists to do creative work. A max- 
imum of nine hours credit may be earned in departmental honors. 

Phi Alpha Epsilon 

Students graduating with grade point averages of 3.50 or higher are eligible for induction 
into Phi Alpha Epsilon, provided they have earned a minimum of 60 credit hours of residence 
work. 

Academic Dishonesty 

Lebanon Valley College expects its students to uphold the principles of academic hon- 
esty. Academic dishonesty shall not be tolerated. A student should neither hinder nor 
unfairly assist the efforts of other students to complete their work. All work that a student 
uses in a course assigment must be the student's original work. Cheating and plagiarism 
are acts of academic dishonesty. Cheating is an act that deceives or defrauds. It includes, 
but is not limited to, looking at another's exam, using unauthorized materials during an 
exam, colluding on assignments without the permission or knowledge of the instructor, or 
furnishing false information for the purpose of receiving special consideration, such as 
postponement of an exam or paper deadline. Plagiarism is the act of submitting as one's 
own, the work (for instance, words, ideas, images, compositions) of another person or per- 
sons without attribution. Plagiarism can manifest itself in various ways: it can arise from 
sloppy note-taking; it can emerge as the incomplete or incompetent citation of resources; 
it can take the form of the wholesale submission of other people's work as one's own. The 
seriousness of an instance of plagiarism - its moral character as an act of academic dis- 
honesty - normally depends upon the extent to which a student intends to deceive and mis- 
lead the reader as to the authorship of the work in question. The instructor will make this 
determination initially. 

Once action has been taken on a matter of academic dishonesty by the professor, the 
student forfeits the right to withdraw from the course. The College's expectation and the 
consequences to meet those expectations are outlined below. 

For the first academic dishonesty offense, no action shall be taken be>ond failure from tlie 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 15 



course, at the option of the faculty member. A letter of warning shall be sent to the student 
by the associate dean of the faculty, explaining the policy regarding further offenses and the 
right of appeal. 

For a second offense, failure in the course is mandatory, and the associate dean shall so 
inform the faculty member(s) involved. Additionally, the associate dean of the faculty has 
the authority to take further action, up to and including expulsion from the College. 

For a third offense, failure in the course and expulsion from the College are mandatory. 

The associate dean of the faculty has the authority to make a determination of whether 
actions or reasonable suspicions of actions by a student constitute academic dishonesty 
"offenses" as above. 

Information related to academic dishonesty offenses must be passed by the faculty mem- 
ber to the associate dean of the faculty. The associate dean shall retain the information for at 
least as long as the student involved is enrolled at the College. Information and evidence 
concerning academic dishonesty are the property of the College. 

All actions against a student for academic dishonesty offenses can be appealed to the vice 
president for academic affairs and dean of the faculty, who will serve as fmal arbiter. 

Academic Probation and Suspension 

At the conclusion of each semester the Dean's Advisory Council meets to review the 
academic performance of all undergraduate students. The members of the council are the 
vice president for academic affairs and dean of the faculty, the vice president for enroll- 
ment and student services, the dean of student services, and the registrar. 

To maintain themselves in good academic standing at the College, students must 
achieve minimum cumulative grade point averages appropriate to their progress toward 
their degree, and they must complete course work at a regular and sustained pace. 
Minimum cumulative GPAs are as follows: 

Semester Hours Completed Required Cumulative GPA 
1-27 1.60 

28-55 1.70 

56-83 1.80 

84 or more 1 .90 

At the conclusion of each semester, the College examines students' academic records. 
Students who have not achieved the above minimum grade point averages will be given an 
Academic Warning, placed on Probation or Academically Suspended from the College. 

Academic Warning. The first time students fall below the required cumulative GPA 
as listed above, they will be given Academic Warning. Academic Warning constitutes a 
formal notification that a student's academic performance is weak and that he/she needs 
to devote increased attention to academic work. Students receiving Academic Warning are 
cautioned that unless they achieve an acceptable cumulative grade point average, they 
will be placed on Probation and thereby lose the privilege of participating in extracurricular 
activities (including such activities as intercollegiate sports, student government, campus 
media, student clubs, and Greek and service organizations). 

Probation. Students who fall a second time below the required cumulative GPA 
(whether in consecutive or non-consecutive semesters) will be placed on Probation. A student 
on Probation will not be permitted to take part in extracurricular activities. 

Final Probation. Students who fall a third time below the required cumulative GPA 
(whether in consecutive or non-consecutive semesters) will be placed on Final Probation. A 
student on Final Probation will not be permitted to take part in extracurricular activities, and 
the student will be informed that unless the student restores himself/herself to good 

16 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2002-2003 Catalog 



academic standing and maintains that status, the student will be suspended from the College. 

Academic Suspension. Students will be suspended academically from the College 
when ( 1 ) they fall a fourth time below the required cumulative GPA (whether in consec- 
utive or nonconsecutive semesters); (2) they fail to achieve a cumulative GPA of at least 
0.75 at the conclusion of any semester; (3) they have not earned by the conclusion of the 
second and subsequent semesters of full-time enrollment a total of at least 6 credit hours 
of course work for each semester completed. Students suspended will not be permitted to 
return for at least the full subsequent semester (fall or spring). To request reinstatement, 
students must submit a written petition to the Associate Dean of the Faculty. A suspended 
student who returns to the College and who is suspended again for academic reasons will 
be regarded as permanently separated from the College. 

Upon reinstatement to the college, a student will have two semesters to bring up his/her 
cumulative GPA to the minimum required for good academic standing at the College. 
Reinstated students may participate in extra-curricular activities. The student's grades will 
be monitored at mid-semester and again at the end of the semester to ensure academic 
progress. If a student's mid-term or final grades fall below a semester average of 2.0. the 
student will be removed from all extra-curricular activities immediately. The student will 
not be allowed to rejoin extra-curricular activities until the student has reached the mini- 
mum cumulative GPA required for good academic standing. 

Veterans' Services 

Veterans who are eligible to receive educational benefits must report their enrollment 
to the registrar after they register for each semester or summer session. The registrar will 
then submit certification to the Veterans Administration. 

Veterans who are attending Lebanon Valley College for the first time must complete 
the appropriate forms in the registrar's office before certification will be sent to the 
Veterans Administration. 

Students eligible for veterans benefits who remain on academic probation for two con- 
secutive semesters must be reported to the Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans with 
questions about the College or their status with the College should contact the registrar. 

Servicemember's Opportunity Colleges 

Lebanon Valley College has been designated as an institutional member of 
Servicemember's Opportunity Colleges (SOC). a group of over 400 colleges providing 
post secondary education to members throughout the world. As an SOC member. Lebanon 
Valley College recognizes the unique nature of the military life-style and has committed 
itself to easing the transfer of relevant course credits, providing flexible residency require- 
ments, and crediting learning from appropriate military training and experiences. 

Teacher Certification for Non-Matriculated Students 

Lebanon Valley College offers teacher certification to a variety of special students: stu- 
dents with degrees from other colleges, or teachers seeking certification in other fields, or 
Lebanon Valley College alumni seeking certification for the first time. All students must 
present official transcripts of college work or their previous teacher certification to the 
registrar. The education department, the registrar and the appropriate academic depart- 
ment shall evaluate the record and recommend the appropriate course of action. A fee shall 
be charged for this service. 

All candidates must complete the criteria for Admission to Teacher Certifcation as 
detailed under the Department of Education, page 60. 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 7 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

General Education Program 

Through the General Education Program the College most directly expresses its 
commitment to the ideal of liberal education that underlies its statement of purpose. The 
program has four components: communications, liberal studies, foreign studies and dis- 
ciplinary perspectives. This program seeks to prepare graduates who are broadly competent, 
skilled in communication, capable of analysis and interpretation, tolerant, and able to 
continue to leam in a rapidly changing world. 

The General Education Program aims to help students: 

• strengthen their capacities for critical thinking and rational analysis; 

• practice clear and effective communication; 

• leam methods essential for study and research; 

• develop breadth through fundamental studies in basic liberal arts disciplines; 

• improve their ability to make informed aesthetic and moral assessments; 

• understand and appreciate cultures and traditions different from their own; 

• integrate different ways of learning and understanding. 

The program consists of coursework in the following four areas: 

Communications. 15 credit hours. 

English Communications (2 courses) 
Writing Requirement (3 courses) 
Electronic Information Proficiency 

This component recognizes the central role communication plays in learning and in life. 
Courses teach the principles of clear and effective communication and provide opportunities 
to practice and refine them throughout a student's college career. 

English Communications . Courses teach the elements of English composition and the 
related skills of speaking, reading, listening, word processing and bibliographic access 
through database searching. 
Requirement: ENG 111 or FYS 100; ENG 112. 

First-year students must fulfill the communications component of the General Education 
program by enrolling in either First- Year Seminar (FYS 100) or Enghsh Communications I 
(ENG 111). The primary goal of each course is to help first-year students to become college- 
level writers. Students will be assigned the same amount of writing in both FYS 100 and 
ENG 111. An important difference between the two courses is that each FYS class is 
organized around a particular topic, and the students will write in response to various 
aspects of that topic, whereas ENG 111 is not organized around a particular topic, so its 
students can expect to write essays about a variety of different topics. Students in FYS 
should expect to do more reading than students in ENG 111. 

Writing Requirement. In addition to English Communications, students must complete three 
courses designated Writing Process, preferably one each during the sophomore, junior and 
senior years. Along with course content, faculty will also teach writing in these courses and 
will make evaluation of writing quality an important factor in the course grade. 
Requirement: Three courses from an approved list. 



18 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2002-2003 Catalog 



Approved: ART 203; BIO 307, 312, 322 424; BUS 285, 425, 480, 485; CHM 222, 321 , 
322; DSP 326, 340; ECN 321 , 332, 410; EDU 311; ELM 361 ; ENG 
213, 221 , 222, 225, 226, 310, 315, 330, 341 , 342, 350, 360; FRN 410, 420, 
430, 440, 450; GMN 400-419, 460; HIS 205, 206, 207, 208, 217, 226, 250, 
312, 315; MRT 371 , 372; MSC 201 , 334; PHL 215, 220, 300, 301-334, 336, 
337, 349; PHY 328; PSC 21 1 , 220, 312, 498, 499; PSY 120, 245, 443; REL 
311,312,322,337; SOC 322, 324, 331 , 333, 382; SPA 310, 410, 420, 430. 
440,450,460. 

Electronic Information Proficiency. There is no specific computer course requirement. 
Courses in the General Education Program will build on the base established in English 
Communications to include other computer applications and modes of information access 
and retrieval as appropriate. 

Liberal Studies. 27-29 credit hours. 

Three courses in each group with at least one course from each area. 
Group I Group II Group III 

History Natural Science Literature and Fine Art 

Social Science Mathematics Religion and Philosophy 

Courses in this component introduce fundamental concepts, methods, and content in 
disciplines essential to a liberal education. 

Requirement: Three courses from each group with at least one from each area. 

Group I 
Area 1: History. Courses acquaint students with historical methodology and with some of 
the principal developments in European and American history. 
Approved: AMS 1 1 1 ; HIS 103, 104, 125, 126, 200, 212. 

Area 2: Social Science. Courses establish and explore patterns of human culture and social 
organization including international aspects of the world by examining the relationships 
among individuals and the structures and processes of societies. They draw on the theo- 
ries and methodological approaches used in the social sciences and prepare students to 
evaluate, integrate, and communicate information and issues related to human behavior. 
Approved: ECN 100, 101; PSC 100, 111, 112, 130, 160; SOC 110, 120. 

Group II 
Area 3: Natural Science. Courses present findings, concepts, and theories of science, 
develop an understanding of scientific methods of inquiry, engage students directly in the 
practice of science, and prepare them to understand the relationship between science and 
technology. 

Approved: BIO 101, 102, 103, 111/113, 112/114; CHM 100. 111/113, 112/114: ESS 
110, 120; PHY 100, 101, 102, 103,104, 111. 112; PSY 120; SCI 100. 

Area 4: Mathematics. Courses introduce pivotal mathematical ideas, abstract mathemati- 
cal constructs and mathematical applications. They make students aware of the powers 
and limitations of mathematics and emphasize the role of mathematics in our society. 
Approved: MAS 100, 111, 112, 150, 161, 162, 170,270. 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 1 9 



Group III 
Area 5: Literature and Fine Art. Courses acquaint students with significant works of artis- 
tic expression and with their historical and cultural contexts. They help them analyze and 
appreciate works of art, music, and literature and seek both to extend their aesthetic expe- 
rience and enhance the quality of their critical judgment. 

Approved: ART 110, 201, 203, 205, 207; ENG 120, 221, 222, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229; 
GMN 330; MSC 100, 101 , 200, 201 , 242. 

Area 6: Religion and Philosophy. Courses introduce major religious or philosophical per- 
spectives, the critical study of value judgments, and the understanding that all judgments 
and value systems are grounded in particular world views. Students are encouraged to 
examine their own moral commitments as they develop an awareness of and tolerance for 
other value systems. 
Approved: PHL 110, 130, 140, 160; REL 110, 120, 130, 160. 

Foreign Studies. Nine credit hours. 

Two courses in a foreign language. 

One course from a list approved for this component. 

This component responds to a contemporary world in which communication, travel 
and trade increasingly juxtapose cultures, values and ideas. Courses help students under- 
stand, interpret, and appreciate cultural, social, moral, economic and political systems dif- 
ferent from their own. 

Foreign Language. By learning another language students see the world from a perspec- 
tive essentially apart from their native tongue and culture. These courses help students 
understand that all languages solve similar problems of expressing thought, but that each 
language provides special access to a particular human society. 
Requirement: Two courses. 

Options: 1 . Continue a previously studied language (two or more years) at the intermediate 
level. FRN, GMN, SR\ 201/202. 

2. Begin a new language. FRN, GMN, SR^ 101/102. 

3. Repeat the elementary level (no language study for five full years), (FRN, GMN, 
SPA 101/102). 

4. Complete one advanced course (requires permission from FLG department). 

Foreign Studies. Courses introduce important aspects of societies in Asia, Africa, the Middle 
East and the Americas to foster an understanding of cultural, social, political, religious or 
economic systems outside the European tradition. Courses may compare European societies 
with other societies or address factors that influence culture as long as these other con- 
siderations do not obscure the primary goal of studying essentially different cultures. 
Requirement: Choose one course from an approved list. 

Approved: HIS 271, 273, 274, 275, 277, 279, 303; PHL 252, 254; PSC 211; REL 140, 
253, 260, 265; SPA 460. 

Disciplinary Perspectives. Three credit hours. 

One course from a list approved for this component. 



20 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2002-2003 Catalog 



Certain problems are addressed best from the perspective of more tiian one discipline. This 
component offers students an opportunity to bring the insights from different disciplines to 
the analysis of a complex issue. Courses incorporate content and approaches from at least 
two disciplines, ask students to draw on their own disciplinary perspectives and challenge 
them to view issues from various points of view. Junior or senior standing is required. 
Requirement: one course from an approved list. 

Approved: AMS 311; DSP 301 , 3 10, 320, 322, 324, 326, 330, 340, 342, 350, 370. 390; 
PHL 335, 337, 342, 349; REL 332, 337, 342; SOC 326. 

Interdisciplinary Courses (DSP): 

The faculty has approved the following multi disciplinary courses. All satisfy the 
General Education Program requirement for a disciplinary perspectives course. Junior or 
senior standing is required. 

DSP 301 . Visual Art and Religious Experience. A comparative study of the visual arts as 
the embodiment of religious experience in the American Indian, Buddhist and Abrahamic 
traditions. 3 credits. 

DSP 310. AIDS. An examination of the origins and history of HIV/AIDS, including its 
economic, political, social, psychological and legal repercussions as well as the basics of 
virology, serology, epidemiology and diagnostic testing. 3 credits. 

DSP 320. The Native American Experience. A review of the development of Native 
American society, culture, politics and economy from prehistory to the present with special 
emphasis on the relationships between Native Americans and other immigrants to North 
America. 3 credits. 

DSP 322. The Twentieth-Century World. An exploration of those forces that profoundly 
changed the institutions and structures of society in the Twentieth Century including 
migrations within and across national borders, responses to environmental opportunities 
and threats, and uses and misuses of technology. Examines the rate, direction, and 
implication of societal and cultural change at national and global levels. 3 credits. 

DSP 324. The American Presidency: Power and Character. An exploration of the rela- 
tionship between a president's character and leadership using several administrations as 
case studies. Provides exposure to the historiographic literature on historical biography, 
presidential memoirs, the use of primary sources and the interpretation of public opinion. 
3 credits. 

DSP 326. American Business and Labor since 1900. An analysis of the role of business 
in America during the 20th century. Topics include managerial leadership, entrepreneurship. 
the development of the American economy and the relationships between business, gov- 
ernment, trade unionism and society. Writing intensive. 3 credits. 

DSP 330. Diversity in the Workforce. An investigation of reasons why questions of di\ er- 
sity affect organizations including demographic changes, types of diversity and relevant 
federal legislation. Considers differences in race. sex. gender, religion, sexual orientation, 
ethnic background, age, physical ability/disability and geography. 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 2 1 



DSP 340. Myths and Their Meaning. Looks at the significance Greek and Roman myths 
hold for us today from the perspectives of literature, psychology, religion, sociology and 
anthropology. 3 credits. 

DSP 342. Plants and People. Dependence on certain plants has shaped historical events 
and cultures, and continues to influence human lives today. This course explores the 
extent of the impact of plant life on the history, culture, and daily life of human beings. 
Through lectures, student class presentations, hands-on exercises and field trips, and a 
one-day field trip to Longwood Gardens, the effect of plants in past and present human 
lives will be investigated. 3 credits. 

DSP 350. Drugs and Behavior. This survey course is designed to familiarize students 
with the physiological, psychological, social and legal aspects of various drugs including 
alcohol, marijuana, caffeine, over-the-counter drugs, cocaine, heroin and the opiates, 
LSD hallucinogens, barbiturates, and amphetamines. 3 credits. 

DSP 370. Paranormal Phenomena: A Critical Examination. By combining ideas from 
the social and natural sciences, as well as religion and philosophy, this course focuses on 
the importance of skepticism, scientific analysis, and valid logic when evaluating fringe- 
science topics such as ghosts, near-death experiences, psychics, astrology, UFOs and alien 
abductions, creationism, faith healing, alternative medicine, and other paranormal claims. 
3 credits. 

DSP 390. Special Topics. This number designates a special topics course in the disciplinary 
perspectives component of the General Education Program. Faculty may make use of this 
opportunity to design a course outside normal departmental offerings. The course selection 
booklet which appears before registration each semester will describe individual courses 
in this category. 3 credits. 

A student may petition the vice president of academic affairs and dean of the faculty to 
substitute another course in the curriculum for an approved course in any component of the 
program 

Cooperative Programs 

Allied Health Professions 

Lebanon Valley College has established a cooperative program with Thomas Jefferson 
University in Philadelphia, Pa., for students interested in the allied health professions. The 
College of Health Professions of Thomas Jefferson University offers baccalaureate programs 
in biotechnology, cytotechnology, diagnostic imaging (radiography/ultrasound), medical 
technology and occupational therapy, and also offers an entry-level master's program in 
physical therapy. 

Students spend two years at Lebanon Valley College taking required courses in the 
basic sciences and other disciplines. During the second year, application is made to 
Thomas Jefferson University. Admission to Thomas Jefferson University is not automatic, 
and depends upon the academic record, recommendations and often an interview. If 
accepted, the student spends two years (three years for physical therapy) at Thomas 
Jefferson University taking professional and clinical courses. Upon successful completion 
of the program, the student is awarded a baccalaureate degree (or master's, for physical 
therapy) by Thomas Jefferson University. 

22 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2002-2003 Catalog 



Engineering 

In the cooperative 3+2 engineering program a student earns a B.S. degree from Lebanon 
Valley College and a B.S. degree in one of the fields of engineering from another institution. 
Students do three years of work at Lebanon Valley College and then usually do two 
additional years of work in engineering. Students may study engineering at any accredited 
engineering school. To assist the student, Lebanon Valley College has cooperative (con- 
tractual) agreements with The Pennsylvania State University at both University Park and 
Harrisburg; Case Western Reserve University in Cleveland; University of Pennsylvania in 
Philadelphia; and Widener University in Chester, Pa. There are three tracks for 3+2 
engineering. For most fields of engineering (e.g., civil, mechanical, electrical), the student 
completes the B.S. physics track. For chemical engineering, the student completes the B.S. 
chemistry track. For computer engineering, the student completes the B .S. computer science 
track. For more information, contact Professor Michael Day (Director 3+2 Engineering). 

Forestry and Environmental Studies 

Students completing a three-year program at Lebanon Valley College studying the liberal 
arts and the sciences basic to forestry and environmental sciences may apply for admission 
to the cooperative forestry and environmental studies program with Duke University, School 
of the Environment, Durham, N.C. Upon completion of the fu-st year of the two-year (plus 
one summer) program at Duke University, the student will receive the Bachelor of Science 
degree from Lebanon Valley College. After completion of the program at Duke, the student 
will receive the professional degree of Master of Forestry (M .F.) or Master of Environmental 
Management (M.E.M.) from Duke University. Students may major in biology, economics, 
political science or mathematics at Lebanon Valley College. 

Program Requirements: 

Students interested in pursuing career preparation in forestry or in environmental studies 
through the cooperative program (3+2) with Duke University may major in biology, 
economics, political science or mathematics at Lebanon Valley. All such students shall 
take BIO 111, 112, 113, 114, 302;ECN 101,102; MAS 161 or 111; MAS 170, regardless 
of major, and shall meet the general requirements of the College. 

Medical Technology (Clinical Laboratory Science) 

The student spends three years at Lebanon Valley College taking courses to fulfill the 
requirements of the College and of the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory 
Sciences. Before or during the third year of the program, the student applies to a hospital 
with a CAHEA approved school of medical technology where he/she spends the fourth year 
in training. Admission is not automatic and depends upon the academic record, recom- 
mendations and an interview. Upon satisfactorily completing the clinical year, the student 
is awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology by Lebanon Valle>' 
College. The College is affiliated with the following hospitals: Jersey Shore Medical Center, 
Reading Hospital and Lancaster General Hospital. However, the student is not limited to 
these affiliations and may seek acceptance at other approved hospitals. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 




Major: BIO 1 1 1 , 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 306, 322, eight additional credits in biology; Immunology, 
BIO 323, is required by most programs; CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216; 
PHY 103, 104; MAS 170 (51 credits). The senior year is spent off-campus at an accredited 
hospital school of medical technology. It is the student's responsibility to apply and 
become accepted into a hospital program. Thirty (30) semester hours of credit are awarded 
for the successful completion of this year. 

Pre-Professional Programs 

Pre-Law Program 

Lawyers perform in a wide variety of services to American society. As a result, the 
legal profession has become increasingly specialized. In addition to traditional areas such 
as tax, administrative, corporate, criminal, and property law, lawyers now specialize in 
entertainment, environmental, family, and sports law. Many LVC graduates who have 
attended law school have gone on to careers in private practices, corporations, govern- 
ment, and politics. 

Lebanon Valley students have done very well at a variety of law schools. In recent 
years, LVC grads have gone on to Penn State Dickinson, Temple, Villanova and Widener 
law schools. LVC students who have excelled academically have attended Harvard, 
Chicago, Columbia, Stanford, Washington and Lee, and William and Mary law schools. 

The pre-law program is designed to provide important course preparation, practical 
experience, and advising for a pre-law student. In addition to the courses that are a part of 
the pre-law program, students are advised to take other courses relevant to the area of law 
they wish to pursue. The internship in law, taken in the junior or senior year, is an espe- 
cially important part of preparation for law school. 



24 Undergraduate Academic Programs 



2002-2003 Catalog 



The Law School Aptitude Test (LSAT) is required for acceptance at American Bar 
Association approved law schools. Students who are going to apply to law school should 
take the LSAT during their junior year. It is given four times during the year, and it may 
be taken at Lebanon Valley. For many, it will be beneficial to take an LSAT preparation 
course. Two are available within a short driving distance of LVC. 

Students interested in law school should contact the pre-law advisor in their freshman 
year. Contact Dr. John Norton, Department of History and Political Science, 201 A 
Humanities Building, extension 6326. 

Pre-law program courses: PSC 111/112, American National Government; PSC 
315/316, American Constitutional Law; PSC 415, Foundations of American Law; ECN 
101/102, Principles of Micro and Macro Economics; BUS 371/372, Business Law; ACT 
161/162, Financial and Managerial Accounting; and PSC 400, Internship. 

Pre-Medical, Pre -Dentistry, Pre-Veterinary 

Lebanon Valley College offers pre-professional preparation in the medical (medicine, 
osteopathy, optometry, podiatry, pharmacy, chiropractic and dentistry) and veterinary fields. 
Students interested in one of these careers usually follow a science curriculum with a major 
in biochemistry and molecular biology, biology, chemistry, medical internship, or psychobi- 
ology. 

In addition to the basic natural sciences suited to advanced professional study, the student 
may participate in an internship program between the College and local physicians or vet- 
erinarians. Students not only receive credit for the work, but also gain valuable experience 
in the field. 

A health professions committee coordinates the various plans of study in addition to 
offering advice and assistance to those persons interested in health professions careers. 

Lebanon Valley College graduates have been admitted to some of the nation's finest 
schools including Johns Hopkins University Medical School, University of Virginia, Cornell 
University, The University of Pennsylvania, The University of Pittsburgh, Jefferson Medical 
School, Lake Erie College of Osteopathic Medicine, The Pennsylvania State University 
Medical School at Hershey, Temple University School of Podiatric Medicine. The 
University of Maryland, The Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine. The 
Pennsylvania College of Podiatric Medicine and the Pennsylvania College of Optometry. 

Individualized Major 

The option of an individualized major is available to students who desire a field of 
concentration which is not substantially addressed by any one department. The faculty 
represents a diverse set of interests and perspectives that provides a considerable resource 
for those students who would like to develop a major around concerns that do not fall into 
traditional disciplinary areas. As a liberal arts institution, the College and its faculty are 
willing to help a student develop a program of study using interdisciplinary courses. 

A student planning an individualized major should prepare an application which includes 
courses relevant to the topic and secure the written endorsement of at least two faculty 
advisers for the proposed major which shall consist of at least 24 credits above the 100 level. 

The student should submit the application to the vice president and dean of the facult> 
for final approval. The student will work closely with the advisers. Any changes in the 
program must be submitted to the dean for approval. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 25 



Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree (depending upon concentration) 
with an individualized major. 

Requirements: Those courses specified within the approved individualized major plus 
those courses to meet the general requirements of the College. 

Internships 

An internship is a practical and professional work experience that allows students to 
participate in the operations of business, industry, education, government or not-for-profit 
organizations. Internships provide students with opportunities to integrate their classroom 
learning with on-the-job experiences and to test practical applications of their liberal arts 
education in a variety of settings. 

To be eligible for an internship sponsored by an academic department or program, a 
student generally will have junior or senior standing. Students must request and receive 
permission from departmental chairpersons or program directors to enroll in internships. 
The student must also enlist a faculty internship supervisor from the department sponsoring 
the internship and an on-site internship supervisor from the internship location. 
Application forms for internships are available in the office of the registrar. The application 
form shall be completed by the student and approved by the student's academic adviser, 
faculty internship supervisor, on-site internship supervisor and the department chairperson 
prior to registration. 

For each semester hour of credit, the intern should invest at least 45 hours of time at 
the internship location. Academic departments and programs establish other specific criteria 
and procedures for internships. In addition to the practical on-site experience, internships 
have an academic component which may include readings, reports, journals, seminars 
and/or faculty conferences. A student may enroll for 1-12 credit hours of internship during 
any one semester. A student may use a maximum of 12 credit hours of internship to meet 
graduation requirements. All internships have a course number of 400. 

Independent Study 

Independent study provides an opportunity to undertake a program of supervised reading, 

research, or creative work not incorporated in existing formal courses. The independent 

study should result in a formal document. Independent study shall not be used to approximate 

•an existing course or to cover projects more properly described as internships. Junior or 

senior standing and a minimum GPA of 2.00 are required. 

For one semester hour of credit, the independent study student should invest at least 45 
clock hours of time in reading, research or report writing. The independent study involves 
a contract between the student and the faculty member (contract instructor) who will oversee 
the study. Written application forms regarding the independent study are available in the 
office of the registrar. The forms must be completed by the student and approved by the 
student's faculty adviser, the contract instructor and the department chairperson. 



26 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2002-2003 Catalog 



Students may enroll in a maximum of three credit hours per independent study in any 
one semester. A maximum of six credit hours in independent study may be used toward 
the graduation requirements. All independent studies have a course number of 500. 

Tutorial Study 

Tutorial study provides students with a special opportunity to take an existing formal 
course in the curricula that is not scheduled that semester or summer session. Students 
desiring a tutorial study must have an appropriate member of the faculty agree to supervise 
the study on a one-on-one basis. 

For one semester hour of credit, the student should invest at least 45 clock hours of 
time in the tutorial study. The tutorial study essentially involves a contract between the 
student and the faculty adviser. The typical tutorial study involves readings, research, 
report writing, faculty conferences and examinations. All tutorial study courses have the 
same course number as the existing formal catalog course. 

Special Topics Courses 

From time to time, departments may offer Special Topics courses using the following 
course numbers: 290-298, 390-398, 490-498 and 590. Special Topics courses are formal 
courses that are not listed permanently in the curricula and that are offered infrequently. 
These courses examine comparatively narrow subjects that may be topical or special 
interest. Several different topics may be taught in one semester or academic year. A specific 
course title shall be used in each instance and shall be so noted on the student record. 

Study Abroad 

Lebanon Valley College has established its own study abroad programs for students 
majoring in all subjects. All programs insure a cultural immersion experience for students, 
with several programs, open to language majors and non-language majors, also offering a 
language-enhancement opportunity. These programs are located in England. France, 
Germany, Greece, Italy, New Zealand, the Netherlands, Spain, and Sweden. 

Lebanon Valley College also offers off-campus academic internship programs in 
Philadelphia and Washington, D.C. Students in any major field can gain work experience 
in a large U.S. city while earning academic credits for the semester. Further information 
on all off-campus programs may be obtained at the Study Abroad Office, HUM 206, Ext. 
6076. See In- Absentia on page 1 1 . 



Lebanon Valley College . Undergraduate Academic Programs 27 



UNDERGRADUATE DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMSi 
AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

By examining American culture in its historical context from an interdisciplinary point 
of view, American Studies heightens critical awareness and appreciation of what is dis 
tinctive about American civilization. 

An undergraduate degree in American Studies can lead to a career in teaching, pub 
lishing, law, journalism, government, consulting and research, historic preservation, 
museums, archiving, tourism, or a number of other professions. 

Degree requirements: 

Degree.- Bachelor of Arts with a major in American Studies. 

Major Core: AMS 1 1 1 , 2 11 , 223 , 229 , 3 1 1 , 450 ( 1 8 credits) 

In addition to the core, each major must select courses from among the following: 

Social Sciences: one required course to be elected from among anthropology (SOC 120), 
history (HIS 125, 126, or 200 level or above), sociology (200 level or above), political 
science (PSC 111, 112, or 200 level or above), or DSP 320. The course must be related to 
American culture. 3 credits. 

Humanities and Fine Arts: two required courses, one of them at the 200 level or above, to 
be elected from among English, art, music, religion (or REL 120), or philosophy (or PHL 
140). The courses must be from different disciplines, and must be related to American 
culture. 6 credits. 

Each major must also select a concentration; two courses to be elected in consultation with 
the academic adviser. These courses could include AMS 400 (internship) and/or AMS 500 
(independent study), or they could be upper division courses in another discipline. 6 credits. 

Minor: AMS 1 1 1 , 2 1 1 , 223 , 229, 3 1 1 , 450 ( 1 8 credits) 

Courses in American Studies (AMS): 

101. Introduction to American Cultures. An interdisciplinary, cultural study of fundamental 
American institutions, social patterns, cultural myths and cultural icons in historical 
perspective. Field trips to national and regional sites included. 3 credits. 

111. Introduction to American Studies. An interdisciplinary approach to the study of 
America's heritage and the distinguishing features of the American mind and character. 3 
credits. 

211. American Folklore. A study of the historical growth of American folklore; such gen- 
res as folk art, folk music and folk speech; contemporary expressions, including regional and 
ethnic variations; and the dynamics of folk performance in socio-cultural context. 3 credits. 

223. American Thought and Culture. A study of American intellectual history focusing 
on cultural criticism as represented in such schools of thought as Puritanism, 
Enlightenment, Rationalism, Transcendentalism, Utopianism, the Southern Agrarians, 
The Progressives, the New York Intellectuals, Marxism, feminism and the New 
Journalism. 3 credits. 



28 American Studies Program 2002-2003 Catalog 



229. Culture and Conflict in Modern America. An examination of ttie social, political, 
economic and cultural upheaval of the 1960s and 1970s in the historical context. 3 credits. 

230. American Folk Religion. A study of the folk traditions of selected American 
denominations and sects and of the theological implications of secular folklore. Emphasis 
will be placed on field work as well as on analysis. 3 credits. 

3 11. American Science and Technology. A study of American science and technology and 
their interrelations with economic, cultural, political and intellectual developments. 
Prerequisite: Any laboratory science course. 3 credits. 

450. Schwinns, Barbies, and Bicycles. An integrative study by each student of a single item 
of American material culture, seen from a variety of disciplinary perspectives. 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Gary Grieve-Carlson, professor of English, director of American Studies Program. 
Ph.D., Boston University. 

He teaches courses in American literature, American Studies, Greek myth, and grammar. 
He has been a Fulbright Junior Lecturer in Germany and has published on American cul- 
tural criticism and twentieth-century poetry. 




Lebanon Valley College 



American Studies Prosram 29 



DEPARTMENT OF ART 

The fine arts play a crucial role in a liberal arts education. In the Art Department at 
Lebanon Valley College, students are challenged to explore the creative process and 
recognize its vital connection to other disciplines. The department offers studio courses in 
painting, drawing, design, printmaking, pastel, and ceramics. Art history courses intro- 
duce students to art of different cultures from prehistory to the present day. Frequent offer- 
ings of special topics courses augment the catalogue listings below. All art students at 
LVC develop skills in visual description, critical analysis, and problem solving in an envi- 
ronment in which tradition is understood, valued, and challenged. At the Suzanne H. 
Arnold Art Gallery on the LVC campus, students can study major works of art, engage in 
research preparatory to an exhibition, and learn about aspects of gallery management. Guest 
lecturers, visiting artists, and field trips to regional and national museums augment the- 
program. The department encourages internships at regional art institutions and, when 
possible, study abroad. Students can pursue a minor in art history and studio art or an inde- 
pendent major, in which art is combined with another discipline of choice. 

Art Program 

Degree Requirements: 

No major in art is offered. 

Minor: ART 110, 112, 121, 203, 270, and one elective in art or art history (18 credits). 

Courses in Art and Art History (ART): 

110. Concepts in the Visual Arts. The course investigates how and why art is made, with 
a focus on different themes in different cultures at different times. Topics include painting 
media, such as egg tempera, oil, and fresco; techniques in sculpture, including modeling,, 
carving, and casting; photography; printmaking; and building methods and materials. 
Issues of aesthetics and the changing role of the artist in society are also explored. 3 credits. 

112. Art History I. An introduction to art history through the study of paintings, sculpture, , 
architecture, and the material culture of prehistoric Europe, the Ancient Near East, Egypt, 
Greece, Rome, and the Middle Ages. Particular attention is paid to stylistic development 
and cultural context. The course seeks to promote good critical description and visual 
analysis. 3 credits. 

121. Drawing I. Fundamental concepts of drawing and pictorial development. Using 
traditional methods in a variety of media, this course explores drawing as a way of see- 
ing and recording visual information from the world around us. 3 credits. 

122. Drawing II. Intermediate concepts of drawing and pictorial development. Using 
traditional and experimental methods in a variety of media, this course continues the 
exploration of drawing as a way of seeing, with an increased emphasis on the development 
of individual subject matter. Prerequisite: ART 121 or permission. 3 credits. 



30 Art 2002-2003 Catalog 




203. Art History II. From Giotto to Giacometti, Fragonard to Frank Lloyd Wright, an 
examination of the visual and material culture of Europe. North America, and other 
regions from the fourteenth century to the present day. Special attention is paid to aes- 
thetics, economics, gender, and nationalism. Writing process. 3 credits. 

205 . American Art History . An introduction to American art from 1650 to the present day. 
The course offers a critical grounding in selected themes, with an emphasis on cultural 
history and stylistic change. Includes painting, architecture, film, photography, and 
sculpture. Writing process. 3 credits. 

207. German Art from the Middle Ages to the Present. The development of art from the 
Gothic paintings of Stefan Lochner (Cologne School) to the watercolors and perfomiances 
of Joseph Beuys. The emphasis is on German art and artists, placed within an international 
framework. Participants study major art movements, including Romantik, Briicke. Blauer 
Reiter, Dada, Fluxus, and Neue Wilde, with visits to galleries, museums, and workshops. 
Offered in the Cologne program. 3 credits. 

210. Digital Graphic Design. An introductory studio/lecture course designed to increase 
visual literacy and vocabulary, develop design skills, and present the creati\e possibilities 
of the computer as an art-making and editing tool. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Digital 
Communications 210.} 



Lebanon Valley College 



Art 31 



230. Painting Studio: Acrylic. Since its introduction in the mid-twentieth century, acryhc 
has had an impact on the history of painting because of its fast-drying, plastic-like qualities. 
Incorporating both traditional techniques and contemporary approaches, this course 
explores the physical properties of acrylic painting as a vehicle for pictorial development 
and conceptual expression. Prerequisite: ART 121. 3 credits. 

240. Painting Studio: Oil. First used in the fifteenth century, oil is the primary medium 
in the history of painting. Incorporating both traditional techniques and contemporary 
approaches, this course explores the physical properties of oil painting as a vehicle for 
pictorial development and conceptual expression. Prerequisite: ART 121. 3 credits. 

250. Painting Studio: Watercolor. Unique in its aqueous properties, watercolor has played 
an important role in the history of painting since the eighteenth century. Incorporating both 
traditional techniques and contemporary approaches, this course explores the physical 
properties of watercolor painting as a vehicle for pictorial development and concepmal 
expression. Prerequisite: ART 121. 3 credits. 

260. Drawing III: Life Drawing. Fundamental concepts in figure drawing and anatomical 
study. Using traditional methods in a variety of media, this course explores the human 
form as a central component of drawing and individual expression. 3 credits. 

270. Ceramics I. An exploration of techniques in clay, including pinch, coil, slab con- 
struction, and throwing on the wheel. Projects use a range of low-temperature surface 
treatments from glaze and underglaze painting to outdoor sawdust firings. Students are 
introduced to the work of master potters through slide lectures and research into ceramic 
history. 3 credits. 

290. Introduction to Art Therapy. A practical introduction to art therapy. This course 
explores the history of the art therapy profession and the development of creative expression 
in young people up to the age of fourteen. Emphasis is placed on the use of different art 
media, approaches, and techniques. 

301. Visual Art and Religious Experience. An exploration of the way in which the visual 
arts have come to embody religious experience in Native American, Buddhist, and 
Abrahamic traditions. A series of comparative studies introduce students to socioreligious 
content in art and diverse impulses to worship. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Barbara Anderman, assistant professor of art. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., Rutgers University. 

Anderman teaches Art History I and II, Northern European art and architecture (seven- 
teenth to nineteenth century) and the history of Paris. Her research has focused on French 
genre painting and art theory in the late Baroque era. 



32 Art 2002-2003 Catalog 



Meianie DeMartyn, adjunct instructor in art. 

MA., Indiana University of Pennsylvania. 

DeMartyn is a board-certified art therapist and licensed professional counselor. She has 

nineteen years experience conducting family, group, and individual psychotherapy. Her 

areas of expertise include psychiatric problems, childhood sexual abuse, drug and alcohol 

abuse, and women's and children's issues. She teaches Introduction to Art Therapy. 

James Gallagher, adjunct instructor in art. 

M.Ed., Temple University . 

Recognized for his painting and ceramics, Gallagher exhibits throughout Pennsylvania. 

He teaches ceramics. 

Amy Ludwig Heinly, adjunct instructor in art. 
M.FA., Marywood College. 

Heinly 's paintings and drawings have been exhibited throughout the northeast and mid- 
Atlantic regions. She teaches drawing, painting, and Concepts in the Visual Arts. 

G. Daniel Massad, artist-in-residence. 

M.FA., University' of Kansas. 

Massad is a nationally recognized painter, whose pastels on paper are included in such 

distinguished collections as The Metropolitan Museum of Art and the Philadelphia 

Museum of Art. 

Michael Pittari, assistant professor of art. 

M.FA., University of Tennessee . 

Pittari 's research and teaching have focused on two-dimensional media in relation to 

historical and contemporary art practice. A recognized artist and critic, he teaches courses in 

drawing, painting, and printmaking, in addition to Concepts in the Visual Arts. 

Marie Riegle, adjunct assistant professor of art. 

M.FA., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Riegle teaches drawing. Concepts in the Visual Arts, and Visual Art and Religious 

Experience. A writer as well as a practicing artist, she has received an award for her fiction 

for children. 

Scott Schweigert, director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery and assistant professor 
of art. 

MA., The George Washington University. 

Schweigert is a specialist in Renaissance and Southern Baroque art. whose research inter- 
ests include issues of art patronage in Baroque Rome and architecture of the fifteenth to 
eighteenth century. He has completed Ph.D. coursework at The Pennsylvania State 
University. 



Lebanon Valley College Art 33 



DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY 

Biology Program 

The Biology Department attempts to share with all LVC students the role of living 
organisms within the universe. We encourage the students to understand how these organ- 
isms interact with each other and their environments and are the result of the complex 
interplay of ordinary chemicals, arranged according to the fundamental laws of physics, 
and assembled in mathematically predictable ways. 

The goal of the Biology Department is to produce graduates who are well-versed in the 
principles and techniques of biology, have the intellectual training to investigate novel 
concepts, have the ability to learn independently, interpret and articulate clearly their 
findings, possess the highest scholarly standards of the discipline and maintain honest 
academic conduct. 

The Biology Department curriculum (1) employs the underlying principles of biology 
and requires a background in the supporting disciplines, (2) requires the application of the 
scientific method in the laboratory or field, (3) integrates informational retrieval, the 
synthesis of ideas into a coherent whole, and the communication of research findings, and 
(4) prepares students for advanced study in medical, dental and veterinary professional 
schools, graduate schools, and employment in technical fields. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biology. 

Major: BIO 111, 112, 113, 114, 201,499; one course each in the general areas of phys- 
iology, cellular and subcellular biology, botany, morphology and population biology (33 
credits). CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216 (16 credits); PHY 103, 104 or 111, 
112; MAS 161 or 111 (60-62 total credits). 

Minor: BIO 101, 102, or BIO 111, 112, 113, 114; plus four additional courses in biology 
(24 total credits). 

Secondary Teaciier Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in biology 
must take BIO 312, 360 and 21 credits in education courses including EDU 110 and SED 
430,431 and 440. 

Courses in Biology (BIO): 

BIO 111, 112, 113, and 114 are prerequisite for all upper-level courses in biology unless 

otherwise noted. 

101. Human Biology. The human organism is utilized as the primary focus to elucidate 
physiological principles for non-science majors. Topics include nutrition, homeostasis, 
major organ systems, immunity and exercise physiology. Laboratory exercises include 
sensory physiology, respiration, blood pressure, exercise physiology and ECG. 4 credits. 

102. Human Heredity. This course is intended for the non-science major. Although the 
major emphasis of this course is on the inheritance of traits in humans, topics ranging 
from basic cell reproduction through gamete production and early stages are also covered. 
Classical genetics, in both humans and other organisms, including both chromosomal and 
gene genetics, as well as population genetics, molecular genetics and application of genetics 



34 Biology 2002-2003 Catalog 



to biotechnology and genetic engineering are discussed. The laboratory is intended to give 
the student "hands-on" experience in making observations, performing experiments and 
working with scientific equipment. Topics to be covered in the laboratory include studying 
prepared slides, performing genetic crosses, activating genes in bacteria, isolating DNA 
and learning about DNA fingerprinting. 4 credits. 

103. Environmental Science. Designed for non-science majors, the course serves as an 
introduction to ecological principles and their applications to understanding the causes 
and current status of environmental problems. Options for dealing with these problems are 
evaluated. Possible topics for discussion are overpopulation, food and water resources, 
ozone depletion, global warming, deforestation, acid rain, biodiversity, erosion, loss of 
wetlands, energy sources, pollution, eutrophication and waste disposal. Laboratory exercises 
are designed to illustrate ecological concepts presented in lecture. 4 credits. 

HI. General Biology I. A rigorous study of basic biological principles, which is designed 
for science majors. Topics emphasized include cell biology, genetics, taxonomy, histology, 
and evolution. Must be taken concurrently with Biology 113.3 credits. 

112. General Biology II. This course, also rigorous and designed for science majors, covers 
concepts in physiology, botany, embryology, and ecology. Must be taken concurrently with 
Biology 114. 3 credits. 

773. General Biology I Laboratory. Laboratory exercises include enzyme kinetics, carbohy- 
drate analysis, isolation and identitlcation of plant pigments, microscopy, and histological 
techniques. Must be taken concurrently with Biology 111.1 credit. 

114. General Biology II Laboratory. Laboratory exercises include shark anatomy, 
invertebrate dissection, animal development, plant development in angiosperms, Stomate 
response to environmental changes, animal taxonomy, and an ecological field study. Must 
be taken concurrendy with Biology 112.1 credit. 

201. Genetics. A study of the principles, mechanisms and concepts of classical and 
molecular genetics. The laboratory stresses key concepts of genetics utilizing both classical 
and molecular approaches. Laboratory exercises include analysis of nucleic acids, genetic 
crosses, and studies of bacteria, bacteriophages and plasmids. Prerequisites: one year of 
chemistry or permission. 4 credits. 

272. Animal Behavior. A study of the basic concepts of invertebrate and vertebrate 
behavior with emphasis on the development, genetics, physiology and evolution of 
behavior. Laboratory exercises include ethogram construction, avian foraging. aggressi\e 
display analysis and estrous cycle regulation. Prerequisite: BIO 1 12 or permission. 4 credits. 

227. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy. The comparative anatomy of \ertebrates with 
emphasis on the evolutionary relationships among the various lines of vertebrates. IntensiN e 
laboratory work involves dissections and demonstrations of representative vertebrates. 
4 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Biology 35 




222. Human Physiology. The design of this course is intended to impart an understanding 
of the basic concepts of human physiology with emphasis on neuromuscular, cardiovas- 
cular, and endocrine physiology. Laboratory exercises will place emphasis on effective 
experimental designs and data analysis in the study of physiological mechanisms. Lab 
exercises will cover such topics as muscle contraction measurements, spirometry, and EKG 
analysis. 4 credits. Does not fulfill a biology major requirement. 

302. Plant Diversity. The development and diversity of fungi, algae and land plants and the 
relationships between them. Field and laboratory work familiarizes the student with the 
structure and reproduction of algae and plants and with the identification and pollination of 
flowering plants in the local flora. Prerequisite: BIO 112 or permission. 4 credits. 

304. Developmental Biology. An organismal and molecular approach to the study of animal 
development using typical invertebrate and vertebrate organisms. The laboratory includes 
the study of shdes as well as experiments on fertiUzation, regeneration and metamorphosis. 
4 credits. 

305. Cell and Tissue Biology. A study of cell ultrastructure and the microscopic anatomy 
of vertebrate tissues, including the structure and function of membranes and organelles, 
cell motility and excitability, and vertebrate tissue similarities and specialization in relation 
to function. Laboratory includes the preparation and staining of sections using selected 
histochemical and histological procedures as well as a variety of microscopic techniques. 
4 credits. 



36 Biology 



2002-2003 Catalog 



306. Microbiology. A study of the morphology, physiology and biochemistry of repre- 
sentative microorganisms. The laboratory emphasizes basic bacteriological techniques 
and procedures. Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission.'4 credits. 

307. Plant Physiology. A study of the functioning of plants, with emphasis on vascular plants. 
Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. Writing process. 4 credits. 

312. Ecology I . An examination of the basic concepts of ecology with extensive laboratory 
work and field experiences in freshwater, marine and terrestrial ecosystems. Prerequisites: 
BIO 112 or permission. Writing process. 4 credits. 

322. Animal Physiology. A study of the principles of vertebrate body function, with 
emphasis on the mechanisms by which cells and organs perform their functions and the 
interactions of the various organs in maintaining total body function. Prerequisites: BIO 101 
or 1 12 and one semester of chemistry or permission. Writing process. 4 credits. 

323. Introduction to Immunology. An introduction to the anatomical, physiological and 
biochemical factors underlying the immune response. The course begins with a discussion 
of non-specific immunity, cellular immunity and antibody-mediated immune responses. The 
course then moves into a study of contemporary immunological topics which are discussed 
with respect to major research papers in each area. Topics include autoimmunity, histocom- 
patibility, immunogenetics and acquired immune deficiencies. Prerequisites: BIO 111,112 
and CHM 1 1 1 ,1 13 or equivalent or permission. 4 credits. 

324. Invertebrate Physiology. A study of many of the invertebrate phyla, concentrating on 
the physiological mechanisms controlling movement, metabolism, information and con- 
trol, and reproduction. Writing process. 4 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Biology in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students seek- 
ing certification to teach biology in secondary education. Responsibilities include assisting 
in the preparation of materials and equipment for lab; supervision of lab work; and 
preparation, administration, and evaluation of quizzes and lab tests. Prerequisite: permission 
of the instructor. 1 credit. 

404. Electron Microscopy. An introduction to the use of techniques for scanning and 
transmission electron microscopic studies. Through laboratory experience the students 
will learn the proper use, application and limitations of the appropriate instruments. 
Prerequisite: BIO 305 or permission of instructor. 4 credits. 

409. Ecology II. An intensive study of ecological processes emphasizing the quantitative 
aspects of ecology at the population and community levels. Prerequisite: permission of the 
instructor. 4 credits. 

499. Seminar. Each senior student is required to do independent library research on an 
assigned topic and to make an oral presentation to the biology faculty and students. This 
course may be repeated. 1 or 2 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Biology 37 



Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Program 

The Biology Department offers a biochemistry and molecular biology program ir 
conjunction with the Chemistry Department, described on page 52. The major in biochem 
istry and molecular biology is an interdisciplinary program that provides an opportunity foi 
interested students to engage in a comprehensive study of the chemical basis of biologica 
processes. It is designed to prepare students for advanced study in medical, dental and othei 
professional schools, for graduate programs in a variety of subjects including biochemistry 
clinical chemistry, pharmacology, molecular biology, genetics, microbiology, and physiolog> ! 
and for research positions in industrial, academic and government laboratories. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biochemistry and molecular biology. 

Major: BIO 111,112, 113, 114,201; CHM 111, 112, 113, 114,213,214,215,216; BCMB 
401, 421, 422, 430, 499; MAS 161; PHY 103, 104 or 111, 112 (51 credits); nine credits 
from BIO 305, 306, 307, 322, 323, 404 and CHM 305, 306, 307, 308, 311. 

Courses in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology (BCMB): 

401. Molecular Biology. Gene structure, function and regulation at the molecular level in 
prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms. Recombinant DNA techniques (genetic engineering) 
and gene sequencing are covered in detail. Prerequisite: Three semesters of chemistry and 
BIO 201 or permission of the instructor. 4 credits. 

421,422. Biochemistry I, II. The study of the chemistry of proteins, lipids and carbo- 
hydrates. Topics covered include amino acid chemistry, protein structure, molecular 
weight determination, ligand binding, enzyme kinetics, enzyme and coenzyme mechanisms, 
membrane systems, membrane transport, intermediary metabolism, metabolic control, 
electron transport and oxidative phosphorylation. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216 and 312] 
or permission. 3 credits per semester. 

430. Biochemistry Laboratory. Investigations of the properties of proteins, nucleic acids, 
carbohydrates and lipids. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216. 1 credit. 

499. Biochemistry Seminar. Readings, discussions, and reports on special topics in bio- 
chemistry. 1 credit. 

Psychobiology Program 

The major in psychobiology is offered jointly by the Departments of Biology and 
Psychology, described on pages 34 and 126. This interdisciplinary major emphasizes the 
physiological substrates and consequences of behavior. Consisting of a combination of 
psychology and biology course work, the program prepares students for graduate study in 
medicine, veterinary medicine, graduate programs in psychology, animal behavior, phys- 
iological psychology, psychopharmacology, behavior genetics and neuroscience, as well 
as research positions in industry, universities, hospitals and government laboratories. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in psychobiology. 

38 Biology 2002-2003 Catalog 



Major: BIO HI, 112, 113, 114, 212, 322 (16 credits); PSY 111, 120, 130, 378 plus one 
course from the following: DSP 350; PSY 250, 265 (16 credits); BIO 499 or PBI 499; 
CHM 111, 112, 113, 114 (8 credits); MAS 161; plus 8 additional credits in the sciences in 
consultation with adviser. Recommended CHM 213,214, 215,216, PHY 103, 104 or 1 1 1 , 
112. 52 total credits. 

Courses in Psychobiology (PBI): 

378. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological mechanisms underlying behavior 
processes. The course focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and perception, 
learning and memory, sleep, ingestive behaviors and motivation and emotion. 
Prerequisite: PSY 111, 112, 120, 1 30 or permission; completion of a biology course is rec- 
ommended. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Psychology 378.} 

499. Psychobiology Seminar. Readings, discussions and reports on selected topics in 
psychobiology. Prerequisite: permission. This course may be repeated. 1 credit. 

Faculty 
Dale J. Erskine, professor of biology. 
PI1.D., University of Oklahoma. 

He teaches animal physiology, introduction to immunology, human biology, AIDS and 
participates in general biology. His students are introduced to a wide range of laboratory 
experiences including modem instrumentation and computer-assisted data collection. His 
research interests are in temperature regulation and thermal tolerance, heat energy budgets, 
and computer analysis and simulation of animal-environment interactions. He is also 
director of the Daniel Fox Youth Scholars Institute. 

Stacy A. Goodman, associate professor of biology. 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches general biology, animal behavior, coordinates the general biology laboratories 
and supervises the senior seminar. Her research interests include the functioning of carbon- 
ic anhydrase isozymes and the role of PDH kinase in sepsis. 

Luke G. Huggins, assistant professor of biology. 

Ph.D., State University of New Yoric at Stony Brooli. 

He teaches developmental biology and general biology. His research interests focus on 

induction and specification of mesoderm in invertebrate model systems. 

Sidney Pollack, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

He teaches courses in genetics, microbiology, human biology and general biology. He is 

the academic adviser for students preparing for the allied health professions. His research 

interests include Paramecium genetics. 

Susan Verhoek, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University'. 

She teaches plant form and function at the general biology level, and form, interrelationships 

and systematics of non-vascular and vascular plants at the advanced level. Her research is 

on the pollination biology and systematics of members of the Agave family. A past president 

Lebanon Valley College Biology 39 



of the Society for Economic Botany, she has a long-standing interest in the interactions of 
plants and humans, and, as author of a field identification book, a continuing interest in 
plants that flower in the spring. 

Stephen E. Williams, professor of biology. 
PhD., Washington University, St. Louis. 

He teaches molecular biology, plant physiology and the biochemical portions of general 
biology. He is a plant and cell physiologist who, working together with Lebanon Valley 
College students and scientists at other institutions, has made most of the major contributions 
to the understanding of the physiology of carnivorous plants during the past 20 years, 
including the discovery of the mechanism of Venus flytrap closure. He has over six years 
of experience automating laboratory instruments with microcomputers. He is regularly a 
faculty member at Cornell University during the summer session. 

Paul L. Wolf, professor of biology. 
Ph£>., University of Delaware. 

He teaches courses in general biology, comparative vertebrate anatomy and ecology. His 
research interests focus on the ecology of wetlands with particular emphasis on salt- 
marshes of Eastern United States. He also holds the position of adjunct professor of 
marine biology in the Graduate College of Marine Studies, University of Delaware. 

Allan F. Wolfe, professor of biology. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., University of Vermont. 

He teaches cell and tissue biology, invertebrate physiology, electron microscopy, and 

general biology, and directs independent study in cell biology using electron microscopic 

and histological techniques. His current research utilizes the brine shrimp, Arrem/a, to study 

the cell and tissue levels of organization of the digestive, reproductive and neurosensory 

systems. He is also chairman of the Health Professions Committee. 

Anna F. Tilberg, adjunct instructor in biology. 

BA., University of Pennsylvania. 

She is on the staff of the Milton Hershey Medical Center and teaches human biology. 



40 Biology 2002-2003 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 

The Department of Business and Economics offers programs leading to tiie bachelor of 
science degree in accounting, business administration, and health care management, and the 
bachelor of arts degree in economics. A major in music business is also offered by the music 
department. All programs are enhanced by the liberal arts core required of all Lebanon 
Valley College students. This interdisciplinary knowledge base is essential for assuming 
leadership positions in the changing environment. 

Accounting and business administration students complete a common body of 
knowledge in close conformity with the national standards for the study of business as 
recommended by The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB 
International). This comprehensive background in business fundamentals helps graduates 
become prepared for business careers and graduate school. 

Economics students pursue the science of the choices forced upon us by a world of 
resources that have competing uses. The major in economics includes preparation in 
accounting, mathematics, political science, and economics. Economists have a wide variety 
of employment opportunities. 

Students have the opportunity to enhance their understanding of global concepts by 
studying at the University of Maastricht in the Netherlands. This English speaking program 
designed for junior-level majors allows students to take courses in European business and 
economics in the medieval city of Maastricht. Students can travel throughout Europe with 
emphasis on Belgium, France, and Germany. 

Other students with French or Spanish backgrounds are encouraged to study at the 
Lebanon Valley programs in France or Spain. 

Accounting Program 

The program in accounting offers the bachelor of science degree in accounting. Majors 
receive an excellent foundation for seeking professional certification as a C.P.A. or 
C.M.A. The accounting curriculum prepares the student for careers in public accounting, 
governmental, industry or finance. 

The curriculum includes an array of introductory, intermediate and advanced account- 
ing topics integrated with courses in business and other supporting fields. 

The 21 credit hours for the minor in accounting supply the minimum accounting back- 
ground to sit for the C.P.A. exam. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in accounting. 

Major: Business core which includes ACT 161, 162; ECN 101, 102: MAS 150. 170: BUS 

160, 185, 285; 340 or 350; 361, 371, 383, 485; ACT 251, 252, 353; two electives in 
accounting; BUS 322 (57 credits). 

Minor: ACT 161 , 162, 251, 252, 353, six credit hours of accounting electives (21 credits). 

Courses in Accounting (ACT): 

161. Financial Accounting. Basic concepts of accounting including accounting for 
business transactions, preparation and use of financial statements, and measurement of 
owners' equity. An introductory course for non-accounting majors. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 41 



162. Managerial Accounting. Cost-volume-profit relationships, cost analysis, business 
segment contribution, profit planning and budgeting as a basis for managerial decision 
making. Prerequisite: ACT 161 with a minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. 

251. Intermediate Accounting I. Study of the theory and development of generally accepted 
accounting principles as they relate to financial reporting; the application of these principles 
to the preparation of financial statements; special emphasis on revenue recognition as well 
as valuation, classification and disclosure of current assets. 3 credits. 

252. Intermediate Accounting II. An analysis of financial statements, effects of errors and 
changes on statements, preparation of funds flow statement, and valuation problems, in 
accounting for leases and pensions and stockholder's equity. Prerequisite: ACT 251 with a 
minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. 

253. Intermediate Accounting III. Analysis of more specialized financial accounting topics 
including pension plans, post-retirement benefits, leases, income taxes, accounting 
charges, cash flow statement, financial statement analysis and changing prices. Computer 
component. Strongly recommended for accounting majors. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

351. Advanced Accounting. Study of theory and standards with application to income 
presentation, interim reporting and per-share disclosures. Emphasis on business combinations 
and consolidated financial presentadons. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

352. Governmental and Non-Profit Accounting. Basic concepts of fund and budgetary 
accounting used for financial activities of governmental units and other not-for-profit 
organizations. Prerequisite: ACT 162. 3 credits. 

353. Cost Accounting. Analysis and use of techniques for cost management and control; the 
accumulation and recording of the costs including job-order, process and standard cost 
systems, the joint and by-product costing; contemporary topics such as activity based 
costing and just-in-time manufacturing. Prerequisite: ACT 162. 3 credits. 

451. Individual Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to 
individuals; case problems, preparation of returns. Prerequisite: ACT 162. 3 credits. 

452. Corporate Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to 
corporations, partnerships and fiduciaries; case preparation of returns. Prerequisite: 
ACT 451. 3 credits. 

455. Auditing. A study of the process of evaluation of internal controls and interpretation of 
financial information to permit an auditor to express a professional opinion on financial 
reports. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

Business Administration Program 

This popular program offers the bachelor of science degree in business administration. 
This major is designed to prepare the student for a variety of entry-level and middle-man- 
agement positions in industry, govenmient and service organizations. 

The business curriculum conforms closely to the nadonal common body of knowledge 
recommended by The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB 
International) and provides a solid background in the fundamentals of business. Majors 
complete a general business curriculum that prepares them for a variety of positions. 



42 Business and Economics 2002-2003 Catalog 



Students desiring more in-depth study in a specific area of business may select a focus area 
comprised of optional courses. Such focus areas include Human Resource/Labor Relations, 
International Relations, Marketing & Public Relations, and Organizational Psychology. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in business. 

Major: ENC 101, 102; ACT 161, 162; MAS 150, 170; BUS 160, 185,285,340,350. 
361, 371, 376, 383, 460,485 ( 51 credits). 

Minor: ECN 101; ACT 161; BUS 185, 340, 350, 371; one 300/400 business elective 
(21 credits). 

Courses in Business (BUS): 

160. Computer Applications. An introduction to PC software applications and their use in 

business. Through hands-on classroom instruction students learn software applications that 

are commonly used in business including word processing, presentation, spreadsheet. 

database, and Internet applications. The class teaches basic principles of using business 

software to solve problems, enhance critical thinking skills, and facilitate creativity. 3 

credits. 

185. Business Management. An examination of the functional areas of business admin- 
istration with an emphasis on management. The course focuses on understanding the 
composition of business organizations with respect to management, structure, leadership. 
and interpersonal relationships. Prerequisite: freshman or sophomore standing only or 
permission. 3 credits. 

275. Health Care Finance. An examination of the financial issues of health and medical 
care to determine how to provide the best health care to the most people in a cost-effective 
manner. Examination of the principal elements of health care, including the physician, the 
hospital and the pharmaceutical industry, as well as the influence of government and the 
insurance industry. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 102. 3 credits. 

285. Organizational Communications. The development of writing, speaking and listening 
skills for business management. Prerequisite: ENG 1 1 1 and 112. Writing process. 3 credits. 

340. Principles of Marketing. An overview of marketing from the management perspectix e. 
Topics include marketing strategies, marketing research, consumer behavior, selecting target 
markets, developing, pricing, distributing and promoting products and services and non- 
profit marketing. Prerequisite: junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

350. Organizational Behavior. A detailed study of theories and models of organizational 
behavior and development, with emphasis on the practical application of these models in 
the workplace to improve individual, group and organizational performance. Prerequisite: 
junior standing and BUS 185, or permission. 3 credits. 

354. Advertising & Consumer Behavior. A study of the interrelationships between 
advertising and consumer behavior. Topics include the multimediation model of consumer 
behavior, the contributions of the social sciences to the understanding of consumer 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 43 



behavior, the development and effective use of advertising strategies, and the creatior 
of advertising campaigns. Class projects will be a major component of the course 
Prerequisite: BUS 340. 3 credits. 

361. Principles of Finance. A study of financial management covering analysis of asset, 
liability and capital relationships and operations; management of current assets and working ; 
capital; capital planning and budgeting; capital structure and dividend policy; short and 
intermediate term financing; internal and external long term financing; and other financial 
topics. Prerequisite: ACT 162; ECN 101, 102. 3 credits. 

362. Investments. An analysis of investment and its relation to other economic, legal and 
social institutions. The course includes discussion of investment principles, machinery, 
policy, management investment types and the development of portfolios for individuals 
and institutions. Prerequisite: BUS 361. 3 credits. 

371. Business Law I. Elementary principles of law relating to the field of business. The 
course covers contracts, government regulation of business, consumer protection, bank- 
ruptcy, personal property, real estate, bailments, insurance and estates. 3 credits. 

372. Business Law II. Elementary principles of law relating to business. Includes agency, . 
employment, commercial paper, security devices, insurance, partnerships, corporation,. 
estates and bankruptcy. 3 credits. 

374. Personal Selling and Sales Management. The study of personal selling as a 
communication process and the management of the personal selling force. Emphasis is 
placed upon the development, implementation and evaluation of the sales presentation; 
and upon the role of the sales manager in staffing, compensating, motivating, controlling 
and evaluating the sales force. Effective oral and written communication is stressed. 
Prerequisite: BUS 340. 3 credits. 

376. International Business Management. Studies management techniques and procedures 
in international and multinational organizations. Prerequisite: BUS 185, 340. 3 credits. 

380. Small Business Management. A study of small business, including organization, 
staffing, production, marketing and profit planning. Cases are used extensively in presenting 
the course material. Prerequisite: ACT 162, BUS 185. 3 credits. 

383. Management Science. An introduction to the techniques and models used in man- 
agement science. Topics include forecasting, inventory control models, linear programming, 
product scheduling, and simulation. Prerequisites: MAS 150 and MAS 170 with a minimum 
grade of C- or better, BUS 185, ACT 161, 162. 3 credits. 

400 Internship. Field experience in a business, government, or organization. Prerequisite: 
GPA of 2.75, junior level standing, and permission of department chair. 1-15 credits. 



44 Business and Economics 2002-2003 Catalog 



420. Human Resource Management. This course examines the problems in effectively 
recruiting, selecting, training, developing, compensating and disciplining human 
resources. It includes discussions on both equal employment opportunity and labor- 
management relations. Prerequisite: BUS 185. 3 credits. 

460. Management Information Systems. Examines data sources and the role of information 
in management planning, operations and control in various types of business environments. 
Treats information as a key organization resource parallel to people, money, materials and 
technology. Prerequisite: ACT 162, BUS 185 or permission. 3 credits. 

485. Strategic Management. A capstone course to study administrative processes under con- 
ditions of uncertainty, integrating prior studies in management, accounting and economics. 
Uses case method and computer simulation. Prerequisites: BUS 185, 340, 361 and senior 
standing or permission. Writing process. Prerequisite: Last semester seniors only. 3 credits. 

487. Health Care Management. A capstone course to study the administrative processes 
of America's health care industry including institutional infra-structure, governance 
systems, financial systems, personnel systems, quality controls, nursing and clinical 
services, and marketing. The course integrates prior study in health care, management, 
accounting, and economics. Students will develop problem solving skills and an appropriate 
management style. Prerequisite: senior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

500. Independent Study. A course to allow the student to pursue a specific area of research 
not incorporated into the curriculum. Ordinarily for juniors and seniors only. Prerequisites: 
2.75 GPA and permission of the department chair. 

' Economics Program 

Economists study how we work and play to satisfy our needs and desires. The traditional 
major in economics deals with decisions and choices made by individuals and firms and 
with the macroeconomic consequences of those choices. Economists have a wide variety 
of employment opportunities in government and the private sector. The major includes 
courses in accounting, mathematics, political science, and economics. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in economics. 

Major: ACT 161; ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 312, and four additional elective courses in 
economics; MAS 111, 150, or 161; 170, 270 or 372; PSC 112 (39 credits). 

Minor: ECN 101, 102, 201, 202. 312; and one additional course in economics (18 credits). 

Courses in Economics (ECN): 

100. Public Issue Economics. This course, for the non-major, covers public policy issues 
from the viewpoint of the economist. It looks at how individuals and also groups like 
corporations and governments make decisions about how resources are used. Issues 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 45 



covered remain current but may include welfare, poverty, crime, the environment, race 
and gender in microeconomics and unemployment, the debt and deficit, inflation and 
growth at the macroeconomic level. 3 credits. (Students having completed ECN 101 
and/or 102 may not receive credit for ECN 100.) 

101. Principles of Microeconomics. The course examines how individuals and firms 
make choices within the institution of free-market capitalism. Individuals decide how 
much of their time to spend working and what to buy with the earnings of their labor. 
Firms decide how much to produce and in some cases what price to charge for their goods. 
Together these choices determine what is produced, how it is produced and for whom it 
is produced in our economic system. 3 credits. 

102. Principles of Macroeconomics. This course extends the study of consumer and 
producer choices to discover how they affect the nation's economy. Macroeconomics deals 
with the economy as a whole as measured by the key variables of inflation, unemployment, 
and economic growth. Emphasis is on both Keynesian and classical theories and how they 
predict what monetary and fiscal policies can be used to affect these variables and reach 
national economic goals. Prerequisite: ECN 101. 3 credits. 

201. Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis. This course covers the major theories of 
mainstream neoclassical economics. There is intensive study of the models of consumer 
and firm behavior that permit understanding of how the prices and quantities of goods and 
services are determined in a free market capitalistic system. The implications for social 
welfare, and equity and efficiency issues that are inherent in the free-market system are 
emphasized. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

202. Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis. In this course, students develop a model of the 
macroeconomy which permits them to analyze the nature of the business cycle. The 
assumptions built into the model can be altered, rendering it capable of examining the 
macroeconomy from various theoretical viewpoints. In addition to unemployment, inflation 
and economic growth, the course covers real business cycles, the macroeconomic 
implications of free trade and emphasizes the microeconomic foundations of macro- 
economics. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

250. Public Choice Economics. This course concerns itself with how individuals and 
groups make decisions in the context of the family, interest groups, bureaucracies and the 
government. It goes beyond individual choice and private markets to group interests and 
activities. It emphasizes the ethical and political nature of all economic choices. 
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

312. Money and Banking. The study of the nature and functions of money and credit, 
including the development and role of commercial and central banking, structures of the 
Federal Reserve System, and monetary and banking theory, policy and practice. The 
course considers the political nature of money and the tension between fiscal and monetary 
policy making. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 



46 Business and Economics 2002-2003 Catalog 



375. Health Economics. This course uses the concepts of micro and macro economic theory 
to examine how health care is produced, delivered and financed. The tension between 
efficiency and equity that pervades the free market system will be a focal point. Topics such 
as the pricing of medical care, insurance and moral hazard, ethical problems of quality 
versus quantity control, and the political nature of policy decisions are examined. 
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

316. Ecological Economics. Ecological economics stresses the co-evolution of human 
preferences, understanding, technology and cultural organization. This approach differs 
from that of conventional economics and conventional ecology in the importance it 
attaches to environment-economy interactions. The role that our economic system plays 
in decisions affecting the sustainability of our ecosystems is emphasized. Prerequisites: 
ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

321. Public Finance. This course extends the study of public economics to its application 
in the principles of taxation and public expenditures. Topics include the structure of the 
Federal Budget, the national debt and fiscal deficits, but also state and local financing and 
the division of responsibilities between the federal and local governments. Prerequisites: 
ECN 101 and 102. Writing process. 3 credits. 

332. International Economics. This course introduces the theory and practice of inter- 
national economic relations. It includes, not only the history and purpose of trade and the 
traditional theory of the gains from trade, but also the more modem theory of trade with 
imperfect competition. The history and nature of the institutional structures of trade 
(World Trade Organization) and international finance (International Monetary Fund) are 
covered. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. Writing process. 3 credits. 

410. Senior Seminar. This course begins with an introduction to econometrics; each student 
will complete a research project that includes data analysis using a statistical computer 
program and retrieving data from the Internet. Students will also read and critique articles 
from refereed economic journals and from the popular press. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 102, 
201 , 202 and either 250 or permission of the instructor. Writing process. 3 credits. 

Health Care Management Program 

The major in health care management is designed for people in health care fields who 
possess an associate degree or diploma and professional certification. These qualifications 
are required for admission to the program. The program combines studies in the liberal 
arts and management, plus business practices common to the health care industr>'. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in health care management. 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 47 



Major: Health Care Management/Business core: ACT 161, 162; BUS 185, 215, 285, 340, 
350,371,420,487; ECN 101, 102; ENG 111; MAS 170; PHL 160; SOC 324; 12-15 credits 
in sociology, psychology, or other disciplines approved by the associate dean for graduate 
studies and continuing education (at least six credits in courses at the 200 level or higher). , 
(60-63 total). ^ 

Admission to this degree program is open only to adults who have completed success- 
fully an accredited diploma or associate degree program also with certification by a state 
governmental agency or a national professional accrediting organization in the following 
fields: Clinical Medical Assistant, Cytotechnologist, Dental Hygienist, Emergency Medical 
Technician, Medical Laboratory Technician, Nuclear Medicine Technologist, Occupational 
Therapy Assistant, Physical Therapy Assistant, Radiologic Technologist, Registered Nurse, 
Respiratory Therapist, Clinical Perfusionist, Surgical Technician. 

Courses in Hotel Management (HTM): 

211. Hotel Law. Fundamentals of hotel law including innkeeper laws and dramshop laws. 
The case study method develops an awareness and understanding of the legal problems 
confronting hotel managers. 3 credits. 

221. The Psychology and Sociology of Leisure. An analysis of the fundamental psycho- 
logical and sociological concepts and theories related to the motivation for travel. Review 
of consumer behavior in the hotel industry. Evaluating customer needs and services. 
Prerequisite: HTM 111 or permission. 3 credits. 

222. Food and Beverage Management 1. Introduction to the food and beverage functions 
with emphasis on menu planning and purchasing. Includes fundamentals and language, 
systems, equipment, operational responsibilities, management organizational patterns, 
nutrition, storage and sanitation. Prerequisite: HTM 111.3 credits. 

231. Supervised Field Experience: Front Office Management. Emphasizes selected aspects 
of front office management. Accompanied by readings, reports, journals and faculty 
conferences. One hundred thirty-five (135) hours of field work in the hotel industry. 
Prerequisite: HTM 112 and permission. 3 credits. 

311. Advanced Hotel Management. An analysis of the following aspects of hotel organ- 
izations: health, safety and security; building and grounds; equipment purchase, repair 
and maintenance; facilities design; renovation and maintenance; internal controls; and 
energy management. Prerequisite: HTM 112. 3 credits. 

322. Food and Beverage Management II. Analysis of the food and beverage functions 
with emphasis on production and services. Prerequisite: HTM 112. 3 credits. 

331. Supervised Field Experience: Marketing. Emphasizes selected aspects of marketing 
techniques and research. Accompanied by readings, reports, journals and faculty confer- 
ences. One hundred thirty-five (135) hours of field work in the hotel industry. Prerequisite: 
HTM 112, MGT 340 and permission. 3 credits. 



48 Business and Economics 2002-2003 Catalog 



431. Supervised Field Experience: Accounting and Finance. Emphasizes selected 
aspects of accounting and financial management concepts and techniques. Accompanied 
by readings, reports, journals and faculty conferences. One hundred thirty-five (135) 
hours of field work in the hotel industry. 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Gayle L. Bolinger, assistant professor of accounting. 
M.S., Purdue University. 

Bolinger is a Certified Public Accountant and Certified Valuation Analyst who serves as 
a consultant to many area organizations. She teaches accounting and management courses. 

Donald C. Boone, associate professor of business administration. 

M.BA., Michigan State University. 

Boone has 18 years of hotel industry experience and has taught several years in hotel 

management programs. He serves as coordinator of internships and study abroad and 

teaches courses in hotel management, financial and managerial accounting, and business 

management. Boone has received the designation of Certified Hotel Administrator from 

the Educational Institute of the AH&MA and he is a non-practicing C.P.A. 

Sharon F. Clark, professor of business administration. 
J.D., University of Richmond . 

Clark has experience in private law practice and several years as a supervisory tax attorney 
with the Internal Revenue Service. She serves as a management consultant to various 
state- wide organizations. Clark teaches courses in business law, human resource manage- 
ment and diversity in the work force. She is a faculty member for the M.B.A. program. 

Paul A. Heise, professor of economics. 

Ph.D., New School for Social Research. 

His chief areas of interest are public policy, international economics and the economics of 

the European Community. He has served with the United States International Trade 

Commission, the U.S. Department of State, and the Executive Office of the President with 

overseas assignment in Geneva, Switzerland. He has published in the United States and 

abroad on labor and multinational corporations and on the philosophy of Adam Smith. 

Jeanne C. Hey, professor of economics. 

Ph.D., Leltigh University. 

She specializes in economic theory and environmental and health economics. Her chief 

interests are in the application of economic principles to the study of social issues. Her 

professional focus is on the economic analyses of state and local public policy issues. 

Joel A. Kline, assistant professor of business administration and acting director of the 
digital communications program. 
M.J., Temple University'. 

Kline co-owns a marketing and technology firm. He teaches business management and dig- 
ital communications courses. 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 49 



Robert W. Leonard, professor of business administration. Chairperson. 
M.BA., Ohio State University. 

Leonard has been a management consultant for 17 years, working with over 300 organi- 
zations. He has received numerous state and federal grants for his work with nonprofit 
organizations. He serves as director of the College's Supervisory Management Institute. 
He teaches courses in organizational behavior, and strategic management and is a faculty 
member for the M.B.A. program. He has completed Ph.D. coursework at The Ohio State 
University. 

Leon E. Markowicz, professor of business administration. 
PhD., University of Pennsylvania . 

Markowicz is a communications consultant and a writer for The Daily News of Lebanon. 
His research includes investigating the relationships among communications, the effective- 
ness of an organization and leadership. He teaches courses in communications. 

R. Anthony Maynard, assistant professor of economics. 

Ph. D., University of Tennessee. 

His interests include international economics, developmental, environmental and natural 

resource economics, international finance, and international trade. Maynard has published 

in the Journal of Economic Issues where he also serves as a referee. He teaches courses 

in economics. 

Barney T. Raffleld III, professor of business administration. 

Ph.D., Union Graduate School. 

Dr. Raffield has been named a Fulbright Scholar to Ukraine at the State Academy of 

Management in Donetsk. He is also a faculty member for the M.B.A. program, consults with 

area businesses, and serves as the coordinator of advising for the department. 

Gail Sanderson, associate professor of accounting. 
M.BA., Boston University. 

A C.P.A., Sanderson has professional experience in accounting, income tax, computer sys- 
tems analysis and design. She teaches courses in financial and managerial accounting. 

Edward J. Sullivan, associate professor of business administration. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Sullivan has published articles in business and economic journals and specializes in 

monetary, macro and financial economics. He teaches courses in principles of finance, 

management science, money and banking, and economics. 

Nancy L. Eastwood, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

M.BA., University of Pittsburgh. 

Eastwood has experience as a financial consultant for small businesses and a credit analyst 

in the banking industry. She teaches principles of finance and is a M.B.A. faculty member . 



\ 



50 Business and Economics 2002-2003 Catalog 



Catherine M. Fitzgibbons, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

J.D., Northwestern University School of Law. 

Fitzgibbons is a partner in the law firm of Fitzgibbons & Fitzgibbons whose practice 

specializes in estate planning, small business and real estate. She teaches business law and 

is a M.B.A. faculty member. 

Douglas C. Gautsch, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

M.BA., Lebanon Valley College. 

aautsch works in logistical/transportation business development. He teaches courses in 

Dusiness and management. 

Jeff Tsai, adjunct professor of business administration. 

Ph.D., Florida State University. 

rsai works for the Pennsylvania Bureau of Information Systems and teaches courses in 

management information systems, operations management and economics. 

Gene G. Veno, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

M.PA., Marywood College. 

Veno has extensive experience in both public and private sector health care administration. 

He teaches courses in business and marketing. 

Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic, adjunct professor of accounting and associate dean of faculty. 
J.D., Widener University. 

Vlaisavljevic has worked in the public sector as a C.P.A. for nine years. She teaches 
:ourses in auditing, governmental and non-profit accounting, and managerial accounting. 

Michael C. Zeigler, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Zeigler works for the college in the computer services department as director of client 

services. He teaches courses in management information systems and computer applications. 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 5 1 



DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY 

Chemistry Program 

Chemistry is the "central science" that provides the fundamental understanding needed 
for protecting our environment, maximizing the yield from limited natural resources, 
improving our health and creating new materials for tomorrow's products. Indeed, chemistry 
is essential to understanding life itself. 

Career opportunities in chemistry are numerous and diverse. Many students enter 
industrial or governmental laboratories where they find positions in environmental analysis, 
quality control, or research and development. Possibilities outside of the laboratory 
include teaching, sales, marketing, technical writing, business and law. Many chemistry 
students continue their education in graduate school in chemistry or biochemistry, or in 
professional schools in the areas of medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine. 

The Department of Chemistry is located on the upper two floors of the Garber Science 
Center. Major scientific equipment available to students includes a superconducting nuclear 
magnetic resonance spectrometer, a liquid scintillation counter, a fourier transform infrared 
spectrometer, a high performance liquid chromatographic system, a diode-array UV- visible 
spectrophotometer, a Raman spectrophotometer, a gas chromatograph-mass spectrometer 
and an atomic absorption spectrophotometer. Computing facilities available to students in 
the department include 12 computers in the Molecular Modeling Laboratory. 

The department encourages students to discover the excitement and challenge of lab- 
oratory research. Research programs are conducted during both the academic year and the 
summer. Students are paid for summer research either from college funds or from grants 
that professors receive to support their projects. 

Two degrees are available to those interested in chemistry and one for those interested 
in biochemistry. The Bachelor of Science in Chemistry is the more demanding of the two 
degrees in chemistry and is recognized by the American Chemical Society. This degree 
has a required research component and is recommended for students who wish to become 
practicing chemists or enroll in graduate school. Other students opt for the standard 
Bachelor of Science, majoring in chemistry. 

The major in biochemistry is offered jointly with the Biology Department. For the 
major program and course descriptions in biochemistry, see page 38. 

The chemistry department participates in the "3-1-2" Engineering program and directs 
the chemical engineering track. For details see Cooperative Programs page 22. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degrees: Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science with a major in chemistry. 

Majors: (B.S. in Chemistry) CHM 111, 112, 1 13, 1 14, 213, 214, 215, 216, 222, 305, 306, 
307, 308, 311, 312, 321, 322, 411; BCMB 421; three credits from CHM 414-498 or 590 
or BCMB 422; four credits of CHM 510; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 112 (63-64 credits). 

(B.S., major in chemistry) CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216, 222, 305, 306, 
307, 308, 311, 312, 321, 322; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 112; (50-51 credits). 

Minor: CHM 111, 112, 113, 114; 12 credits from CHM 213, 214, 222, 305, 306, 311, 
312,411 or BCMB 421 ,422; three credits from CHM 215, 216, 307, 308, 321, 322 or BCMB 
430. 

52 Chemistry 2002-2003 Catalog 



Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in chemistry 
Tiust take BIO 111,112; BCMB 421 ; CHM 360 and 21 credits education courses including 
EDU 1 1 and SED 430 , 43 1 and 440 . 

Courses in Chemistry (CHM): 

100. Introduction to Chemistry. An introduction to the principles of chemistry including 
nathematical tools, atomic structure, stoichiometry, elementary concepts of equilibrium, 
ponding and organic chemistry. Intended for non-science majors. Laboratory experience 
included. 4 credits. Students who have received credit for CHM 1 1 1 may not take CHM 100. 

109. Chemical Skills. A step-by-step approach to solving chemical problems. Topics 
include the application of mathematical tools in introductory chemistry and techniques for 
Finding the proper approach to solve problems. The course is designed to be taken con- 
:urrently with CHM 111.1 credit. 

Ill, 112. Principles of Chemistry I, II. An introduction to chemistry for the science 
major. First semester topics include atomic and molecular structure, chemical reactions, 
:alculations involving chemical concentrations, gas laws and bonding. Second semester 
:overs kinetics, acids and bases, equilibrium, oxidation-reduction chemistry, thermody- 
namics, electrochemistry and nuclear chemistry. Prerequisite: one year of high school 
:hemistry or permission. 3 credits per semester. 

113, 114. Introductory Laboratory I, II. Laboratory courses to accompany 1 1 1 and 112. 
Experiments cover stoichiometry, gas laws, quantitative analysis, equilibrium, electro- 
chemistry, chemical synthesis and the use of computers for collecting data. Students are 
introduced to instrumentation including infrared, UV-visible, NMR and atomic absorption 
spectrometers. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 111 for CHM 113 and CHM 112 for 
CHM 114. 1 credit per semester. 

213, 214. Organic Chemistry I, II. An introduction to the principles of organic chemistrv'. 
The focus of the course is on the structure of organic molecules and how the structure 
of various functional groups affects their reactivity. The concepts of reactivity, structure and 
mechanism are applied to organic synthesis. Prerequisite: CHM 112.3 credits per semester. 

275, 216. Organic Laboratory I, II. An introduction to the practice of classical organic 
chemistry and modem instrumental organic chemistry. The techniques of organic synthesis 
are taught along with instrumental methods including infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance 
and mass spectrometry. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 114 and CHM 213 for CHM 215 
and CHM 214 for CHM 216. 1 credit per semester. 

222. Introductory Inorganic Chemistry. The application of elementary principles of 
chemistry to provide a basis for understanding the physical and chemical properties of the 
elements. Topics include periodicity, acidity or basicity of metal cations and oxoanions, 
precipitation reactions, oxidation-reduction chemistry and the stmctures of solids. 
Prerequisite: CHM 112. Writing process. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Chemistn,- 53 



305. Analytical Chemistry. Gravimetric, volumetric, and electro-chemical methods of' 
chemical analysis covered. Includes statistical methods of data treatment and rigorous 
considerations of complex chemical equilibria.. Prerequisites: CHM 112 and MAS 161. 3 
credits. 

306. Instrumental Analysis. Basic types of chemical instrumentation and their applications i 
in analytical chemistry are examined. These include gas and liquid chromatography; 
infrared, UV-VIS, fluorescence, atomic absorption, and plasma emission spectrophotometry; 
nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectrometry; and radiochemical methods. 
Prerequisites: CHM 112 and MAS 161. 3 credits. 

307. Quantitative Analysis Laboratory. Techniques of gravimetric, volumetric, and electro- 
chemical analysis are applied to the analysis of unknowns. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 
305. 1 credit. 

308. Instrumental Analysis Laboratory. Chemical instrumentation is utilized in analytical 
method development and analysis. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 306. 1 credit. 

311. Physical Chemistry I. The study of thermodynamic laws and functions, including 
phase and reaction equilibria. Systems under study include ideal and real gases, ideal and 
non-ideal solutions, and multi-component phase transitions. Prerequisites: CHM 112, 
MAS 161, and PHY 104 or 112. 3 credits. 

312. Physical Chemistry II. The study of chemical systems from a molecular perspective. 
Basic concepts of quantum chemistry and statistical theory applied to atomic and molecular 
structure. Also included are electrochemistry, kinetics and transport processes. Prerequisite: 
CHM 311. 3 credits. 

321, 322. Physical Laboratory I, II. Application of chemical instrumentation to a study of 
the principles of physical chemistry. Experimental work involves calorimetry, refractometry, 
conductivity, viscometry and atomic absorption, FTIR, UV-VIS, and NMR spectroscopy 
applied to the study of phase and reaction equilibria, kinetics, and atomic and molecular 
structure. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 31 1 for CHM 321 and CHM 312 for CHM 322. 
Writing process. 1 credit per semester. 

360. The Teaching of Chemistry in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students 
seeking certification to teach chemistry in secondary education. Topics include evaluation of 
laboratory experiments, demonstrations, textbooks and computer software. Prerequisites: 
CHM 112, 114. 3 credits. 

411. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. A study of bonding theories, molecular structure, 
spectroscopy and reaction mechanisms with special emphasis on transition metal com- 
plexes. Prerequisite: CHM 312. 3 credits. 



54 Chemistry 2002-2003 Catalog 



414. Advanced Organic Chemistry. A study of advanced topics in the field of organic 
chemistry. The course covers mechanistic and synthetic chemistry with an emphasis on 
current and classical organic chemical Uterature. Prerequisites: CHM 213 and 214. 3 credits 

421. Chemometrics. The application of multivariate statistics to experimental design 
and data analysis. Topics include experimental design, pattern recognition, calibration, 
optimization, signal processing and peak resolution. Some familiarity with computers 
and chemical instrumentation is recommended. Prerequisite: CHM 112. 3 credits 

510. Chemical Research. Chemical research conducted under the supervision of a faculty 
member. This course introduces the students to the methods and analysis involved in 
research. A major written report and an oral presentation are required. Prerequisites or 
corequisites: CHM 305 and 311 and senior standing. 1 to 4 credits per semester. 

810. Computers in Chemistry. A hands-on study of the application of Macintosh computers 
to problems in the high school chemistry curriculum. Topics include word-processing, 
graphics, spreadsheets, applications of computer interfacing, molecular modeling and the 
Internet. 3 credits. 

Course in Science (SCI): 

100. Introduction to Science. The study of scientific principles and experiments applicable 
to a person's everyday experiences. Student projects are selected from the areas of biology, 
chemistry, and physics. The course is open to all students and is appropriate for those 
intending to teach elementary school. Laboratory experience included. 4 credits. 

Faculty 
Marc A. Harris, assistant professor of chemistry. 
Ph.D., University of Nevada, Reno. 

Research interests include the synthesis of macrocyclic azacrown and crown ether 
bipyridine analogues and ther coordination complexes with Pt(II), Pd(II), and Rh(I). These 
complexes are investigated for their host-guest interactions with both small alkali metal 
cations and organic substrates. 

Kathleen Kolbet, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 

Research interests include statistical mechanics of condensed phase systems; equilibrium 

structure and thermodynamics of molecular and polymer liquids: and local and global 

structures of self-assembling systems. 

Owen A. Moe Jr., professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Purdue University; postdoctoral study, Cornell University. 

Biochemistry. Moe directs his research toward an understanding of enzyme active sites. 

He uses a technique called affinity labeling to covalently label amino acid residues at 

enzyme active sites. His research group carries out kinetic analyses of modified enzymes. 

identifies labeled amino acids by chromatographic and protein sequencing methods, and 

studies active site topography using computer-based molecular modeling. 

Lebanon Valley College Chemistr> 55 



Walter A. Patton, assistant professor of chemistry. 

PhD., Lehigh Univeristy. 

Research interests include the elucidation of intracellular biochemical signal transduction 

pathways, determination of protein functional domains and active sites using proteins 

designed at the DNA level, and the development of novel methods and techniques for the 

detection and analysis of biochemical molecules. 

Carl T. Wigal, associate professor of chemistry. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., Miami University, Ohio. 

Organic chemistry. Wigal's research is aimed at developing new strategies for synthesizing 

natural products. Of particular interest to Wigal are the synthetic and mechanistic aspects 

of addition reactions to 1 , 4-quinones. He also is actively developing microscale experiments 

for organic chemistry. 

H.Anthony Neidig, professor and chairperson emeritus. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

Recipient of the Chemical Manufacturers' Association College Chemistry Teacher Award 

in 1970 and the E. Emmet Reid Award for excellence in teaching in a small college in 

1978. Neidig's pursuits include the development and publication of laboratory experiments 

for introductory chemistry. 

Cynthia R. Johnston, lecturer in chemistry. 

B.S., Lebanon Valley College. 

Johnston is focusing her efforts on the development of science curricula for the elementary 

school classroom and on instructing those studying to teach in the elementary school. 

PhiHp J. Oles, adjunct assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Massachusetts . 

Analytical chemistry. Oles has extensive experience in chemical industry in the area of 

analyzing foods for various nutrients. 



56 Chemistry 2002-2003 Catalog 




CITIZEN EDUCATION PROGRAM 

The College offers a program for students seeking certification to teach Citizenship 
education in the secondary schools. The program includes three required components: the 
!;!itizenship Education core, the secondary education core, and a major in one of the fol- 
owing disciplines: history, political science, or economics. Graduation requirements for 
iny of these majors are noted in this catalog under the appropriate department. There is 
lo major in citizenship education. (NOTE: The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania is 
eplacing part of the old Social Studies Certification Program with Citizenship Education 
Certification. This process is not yet complete, so the courses listed below are tentative 
intil final approval from the Pennsylvania Department of Education.) Dr. James H. 
3roussard is the coordinator of the Citizenship Education Certification Program. 

°rogram Requirements: 

Citizenship Education core courses: ECN 101, 102; HIS 103, 104, 125, 126, 202: PSC 

[11, 112, 130, 210, and either HIS 360 or PSC 360. (36 credits). 

Secondary Education core courses: EDU 110. SED 280, 430. 431. 440. 22-24 credits, 
students who enter LVC in the fall of 2002 must conform to new state guidelines that 
•equire another math and an English or American literature course in addition to the gen- 
eral education requirements. Students must apply to the certification program after com- 
Dleting at least 48 credits (including the math and English courses) with a 2.8 grade point 
iverage and must maintain that average in order to be certified. Due to the changeover 
Tom Social Studies to Citizenship Education, students entering the program will need to 
;onsult with the social studies coordinator. 

Major courses: history, political science, or economics. (32-40 credits). 



Lebanon Valley College 



Citizen Education Program 57 



DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS PROGRAM 

The new Digital Communications Program explores the fundamental elements of 
communication, business, design, and technology. The program fosters critical reasoning 
and learning so graduates have the ability to evolve as quickly as current technology. 

The program is interdisciplinary and combines classes from the art, business, English, 
and computer science departments into one degree. After graduating with a B.S. in Digital 
Communications the student is prepared to enter a wide range of technology-related 
positions in marketing, public relations, information technology, journalism, graphic 
design, internet development, multimedia, and programming. 

The creation of content, both written and visual, remains at the heart of this subject. 
Students will study art, writing, and marketing in the context of content creation for the New 
Media. Students will learn the theory behind the design of effective presentations, and will 
employ existing multimedia technologies to create them. The techniques with which content 
is created, processed, and delivered are found in the study of programming and computer 
science. Students in the program will choose a discipline related to the program and 
complete advanced coursework to form a cognate in that area. Students will investigate and 
carefully consider the social, ethical, psychological, aesthetic, commercial, educational, and 
legal ramifications of the information technology revolution. 

The program, designed to be interdisciplinary and integrative, emphasizes critical 
thinking, creativity, and analysis, rather than specific applications and technologies. The 
general education program at the college, together with the courses in the smdents' cognate 
areas, will expose the students to the fundamental questions of how information is created, 
processed, understood, and communicated in those disciplines. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in Digital Communications. 

Major Core: DCOM 130, 230, 330, 410, 431; DCOM 210, 355; DCOM 265, 365; DCOM 

275, 375; DCOM 285,385. 

In addition to the core, each major must select a cognate area from art, business, English, 
or computer science and take three additional courses from the cognate department. (48 
credits.) 

Courses in Digital Communications (DCOM): 

130. Introduction to Digital Communications. A broad survey of the curriculum making 
up the Digital Communications major. This includes the authoring of content (text, visu- 
al, aural); designing presentations for that content; understanding the processes, compo- 
nents; and distribution of information technology; introducing the legal and ethical envi- 
ronments, and comprehending the integrative nature of design, business, communication, 
and technology in society's culture. 3 credits. 



58 Digital Communications 2002-2003 Catalog 




210. Digital Graphic Design. An introductory studio/lecture course designed to increase 
visual literacy and vocabulary, develop design skills and present the creative possibilities 
of the computer as an art-making and editing tool. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Art 210.} 

265. Business of Information. An exploration of the important technologies related to 
doing business on the Internet. Topics will include e-commerce. advertising, customer 
support, and business-to-business applications. Emphasis on how businesses implement 
these technologies, resource requirements, cost-to-benefit analysis. 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Joel A.Kline, assistant professor of business administration. Acting director of the digital 
communications program. 
M.J.. Temple University. 

Jeffrey J. Ritchie, assistant professor of English. 
Ph.D., Arizona State University'. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Disital Communications 59 



DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION 

The Department of Education prepares students for elementary, special education and 
secondary school teaching. 

Post-baccalaureate certification is also available for those who wish to become teachers 
or for those already certified who want to add elementary, special education or secondary 
education to an existing certificate. 

Certification in two or more areas of teacher preparation is possible; however, such 
certification requires meticulous attention to scheduling and may require additional 
semesters. Elementary education majors who, as freshmen, begin to pursue both elementary 
and special education certifications will be able to complete them within their four years 
of study, unless they add other elements to their studies, such as pursuing an additional 
minor, double majoring, going abroad, etc. Careful and early scheduling can avoid 
misconceptions about such issues. 

The Education Department is intent on preparing well-rounded and qualified graduates 
who will exercise genuinely professional and personal leadership roles in the schools and 
communities where they will live and work. 

In accord with the regulations set forth in Chapter 354, General Standards for the 
Institutional Preparation of Professional Educators, the following criteria must be met by 
all candidates who seek teacher certification at Lebanon Valley College: 

I. Admission to teacher certification is not automatic and synonymous with admission 
to the college or to the major. 

II. All teacher candidates must be admitted to teacher certification by a formal and 
clearly delineated process that is distinct from admission to the college and/or to the 
major. 

in. Admission to teacher certification is contingent upon the completion of these criteria: 

(1) completion of a minimum of 48 college credits; 

(2) an overall GPA, after having completed 48 or more college credits, of at least 2.8 
(for candidates entering 2002-2003); of at least 3.0 for candidates entering 2003- 
2004); 

(3) completion of at least one English composition course; 

(4) completion of one English or American literature course; 

(5) completion of two college level mathematics courses; 

(6) passing scores on these PRAXIS Tests: PPST Reading; PPST: Writing; PPST: 
Mathematics. 

(7) completion of the Application for Admission to Teacher Certification form, 
available from the major adviser. 

IV. Those students who do not meet the above criteria may continue to pursue teacher 
certification, even though they are not and cannot be considered candidates for teacher 
certification until all of the above requirements have been met. 

V. Once all of the above requirements have been met, the student must see his or her 
adviser to complete the Application for Admission to Teacher Certification form, 

VI. Students who are not formally admitted to teacher certification cannot student 
teach nor will they be able to be recommended for teacher certification upon graduation. 

VII. Students who have been formally admitted to teacher certification, but who after- 
ward fall below the required overall GPA of at least 2.8 or 3.0, as applicable, may contin- 
ue in the program; however, they may not student teach unless and until they have 
achieved the required overall GPA of at least 2.8 or 3.0, as applicable. 

60 Education 2002-2003 Catalog 



VIII. Students must have the required overall GPA of at least 2.8 or 3.0, as applicable at 
the time of graduation in order to be eligible for recommendation b}/ the college for 
teacher certification. 

Title II 

In accordance with state and federal regulations, Lebanon Valley College, regularly 
reports the aggregate student data to the Pennsylvania Department of Education. The 
HEA-Title II 1999-2000 Academic Year Quartile Ranking (the last year of complete data), 
ranked the college's teacher preparation program in the 1st (highest) Quartile. Many fac- 
tors such as number of students in the program, number of tests required for licensure, and 
the number of teacher certification candidates who actually take the licensure exams affect 
the college's overall ranking. The college's quartile ranking, along with its overall 95% 
pass rate for the PRAXIS licensure exams, point to the high quality of the college's 
teacher preparation program. 

Education Program 
Degree Requirements: 
There is no major or minor in education. 

Courses in Education (EDU): 

110. Foundations of Education. A study of the legal, social, historical and philosophical 
foundations of American education correlated with a survey of the principles and theories of 
influential educators. Includes required weekly field practicum (two hours per week 
minimum). Limited to teacher certification candidates or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

310. An Introduction to Exceptionalities in Children and Youth. An introduction to current 
research and practices concerning the range of exceptionalities in children. The course 
includes attention to policies, legislation, programs, methods and materials. Various resource 
personnel are invited to address pertinent issues. The course includes a required weekly field 
experience in local programs designed to meet the needs of exceptional children. 
Prerequisites: limited to teacher certification candidates or permission of the instructor. 
3 credits. 

346. Educational Technology and Instructional Media. An introduction to the educational 
technologies used in the classroom based on the Pennsylvania Science and Technology 
Standards. Among the topics covered are computer hardware, peripherals, and operating 
systems; multimedia production; software evaluation and use; web page evaluation and 
construction; and ethical and societal issues related to the use of technology. Prerequisites; 
freshman or sophomore education majors or other certification candidates with permission 
of the instructor. 3 credits. 

Elementary Education (Teacher Certification) Program 

The Education Department is committed to preparing elementary education majors 
who have a thorough grounding in the disciplines they will teach within the context of a 
strong liberal arts foundation. The program includes intensive training in the content and 
methodologies of all elementary school subjects. 



Lebanon Valley College Education 6 1 



The field-centered component in the program requires extensive and carefully sequenced 
opportunities to work with teachers and children in a variety of school settings during all 
four years of preparation for teaching. The Education Department has established strong 
relationships with local public, parochial and private schools. Majors spend an average of 
two hours per week each semester in various public school classrooms, observing teachers 
and children, aiding, tutoring, providing small-group and whole-class instruction, and 
completing tasks on increasingly challenging levels of involvement. Student teacher 
candidates spend the semester immediately preceding the student teaching semester with 
their assigned cooperating teachers. Seniors spend the fall semester in full-time student 
teaching with cooperating teachers who have been carefully chosen for that role. Additional 
opportunities are provided for our students to work in nursery schools, child care centers, 
middle schools and in classes for exceptional children. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in elementary education. 

Major: Elementary education majors must take: EDU 110, 310; ELM 220, 250, 270, 280, 
332, 341, 342, 344, 361, 362, 401,499; GPY 111; HIS 125; two college-level mathemat- 
ics courses to fulfill the college's general education requirements, an English Compostion 
course, and an American or British literature course; PSY 120, 180 (52-56 credits). 

Note: Students who are pursuing teacher certification must also complete 12 credit hours 
of ELM 440 Student Teaching in addition to completing all requirements for the major in 
Elementary Education. 

Courses in Elementary Education (ELM): 

220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education 
majors in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments, 
singing, using notation, listening, movement and creative applications. Limited to teacher 
certification candidates or permission of instructor. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Music 220.} 

250. Mathematics in the Elementary School. A study of basic preschool to sixth grade 
mathematical concepts with major emphasis on the NCTM and Pennsylvania 
Mathematics Standards, the integration of media and technology, writing across the cur- 
riculum, student assessments and exceptional children. Attention is given to the develop- 
ment of hands-on teaching activities, simulations and experiences which can be utilized 
effectively with any classroom population. Limited to teacher certification candidates or 
permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

270. Children's Literature. A study of the entire range of literature for children, from 
infants through grade 8 based on the Pennsylvania Reading and Language Arts Standard. All 
categories of children's literature are experienced and studied, including poetry, picture 
books, traditional literature, modem fantasy, realistic fiction, historical fiction, nonfic- 
tion (biography, informational books, etc.), multicultural and international literature. 
Attention is given to the essential values and crucial benefits of using children's literature 
in the classroom and in the home. Controversies involving children's literature are dis- 
cussed openly, with care given to a balanced examination of all such issues. Limited to 
teacher certification candidates or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 



62 Education 2002-2003 Catalog 



1 




280. Field Practicum in the Elementary School. Supervised weekly field experiences 
l^two hours per week minimum) in appropriate school settings. Prerequisite: permission. 
1-3 credits. 

332. The Physical Sciences in the Elementary School. A study of basic concepts in 
general science, earth and space science, physical and biological science, and environmental 
studies based on the Pennsylvania Science and Technology Standrds. The course empha- 
sizes the experiential nature of science in the elementary classroom with special atten- 
tion to materials, media and technology, writing across the curriculum, authentic assess- 
ment, exceptional children, and methodologies appropriate for kindergarten through sixth 
grade students. The course integrates a multidisciplined, whole language approach to teach- 
ing physical and environmental science. Limited to teacher certification candidates or per- 
mission of instructor. 3 credits. 

341, 342. Teaching of Reading /, //. The fundamentals of teaching children to read from 
the readiness programs of early childhood education to the more comprehensive techniques 
required to teach reading in all subject areas of the curricula in elementary and middle 
schools, based on the Pennsylvania Reading and Language Arts Standards. Effective read- 
ing programs, methods and materials are examined first hand. Prerequisite: ELM 270. 
Limited to teacher certification candidates or permission of instructor. 3 credits per semes- 
ter. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Education 63 



344. Health Education in the Schools. Provides the background information and skills 
teachers need to implement comprehensive school health education. The course includes 
information on the six categories of risk behavior identified by the Center for Disease 
Control and Prevention, the Pennsylvania Science and Technology Standards. The course 
examines the objectives of Healthy People 2000, the eight components in comprehensive 
school health, the Safe Schools Act, the National Health Education Standards, compre- 
hensive school health programs, the 10 content areas of health education, and instruction- 
al strategies and materials appropriate to the teaching of health in today's schools. 
Attention is given to the ethical, moral and religious issues often associated with this area 
of the school curriculum. Limited to teacher certification candidates or permission of 
instructor. 3 credits. 

361. Language Arts in the Elementary School. The content, methods and materials for 
teaching oral and written language beginning with early childhood: listening, speaking, 
creative and practical writing, creative dramatics, handwriting, grammar and usage, 
spelling, reading, thinking, visualizing and visually representing based on the 
Pennsylvania Reading and Language Arts Standards. The course emphasizes media and 
technology, authentic assessment and exceptional children's language development. The 
course is designed to assist preservice teachers in helping children to communicate effec- 
tively and responsibly through a process writing, whole language, literature based, multi- 
disciplined approach to teaching. Writing process. Limited to teacher certification candi- 
dates or permission of instructor. Limited to teacher certification candidates or permission 
of instructor. 3 credits. 

362. Social Studies in the Elementary School. An examination of the content, methods 
and role of social studies in the elementary school, beginning with early childhood, based 
on the 10 Social Studies Strands of NCSS. The curriculum is examined from two vantage 
points: the daily lives of children as they relate to developing values and attitudes, and the 
planned study of people as they live and have lived in our world. The development of a 
teaching unit and the examination of learning resources are required. Limited to teacher 
certification candidates or permission of instructor. 3 credits. i 

401. Art in the Elementary School. Introduction to creative art activity for children in ele- 
mentary school. Topics covered include philosophical concepts, curriculum, evaluation, 
and studio activity involving a variety of art media, techniques, and processes and are 
based on the Pennsylvania Art Standards. 3 credits. 

440. Student Teaching. Each student spends an entire semester in an area school under 
the supervision of a carefully selected cooperating teacher. Open to seniors or students 
who are seeking certification only. A major grade point average of at least 2.0 and a cumu- 
lative grade point average of 2.8 for those entering in 2002; 3.0 for those entering the col- 
lege in 2003 are required. Prerequisites: EDU 110, 310; GPY 111; HIS 125; PSY 180; 
ELM 220, 250, 270, 280, 332, 341, 342, 344, 361, 362 and permission of the Education 
Department faculty. 12 credits. 

499. Senior Seminar. Special topics related to current concerns in education are 
researched and presented by the students in the course. Issues related to teaching and to 
further professional growth are explored. Teams of students are required to do extensive 



64 Education 2002-2003 Catalog 



•esearch in an approved topic and to make a computer-based, multimedia presentation of 
hat research to the class. Limited to senior elementary education majors or permission of 
nstructor. 3 credits. 

Geography Program 

A course in geography is offered to acquaint students with the physical and cultural 
ispects of the world in which they live and to introduce them to geography as a discipline. 
Fhe course is recommended for all students who wish to broaden their understanding of 
he world. 

Course in Geography (GPY): 

HI . Physical Geography and Its Impact. A survey of the physical aspects of the earth and 
ts impact on life through the Six Themes of Geography developed by the National 
Geography Standards and the 10 Social Studies Strands of NCSS. Attention is given to 
he solar system, the earth' s movements, climate, weather, landforms, ecology, environ- 
Tiental awareness, and the processes that form and change the earth's surface. Students 
explore, through different modes of media and technology and a variety of hands-on activ- 
ties, the impact that physical geography has on their everyday lives. A Whole Language, 
nultidisciplined approach to teaching geography is presented. Requirement for elemen- 
;ary education certification. Prerequisite: Elementary Education major or permission of 
nstructor. 3 credits. 

Secondary Teacher Certification Program 

Students pursuing secondary teacher certification are prepared for teaching by corn- 
Dieting an intensive program in the departmental major(s) of their choice in conjunction 
*vith a carefully sequenced professional education component within the Education 
Department. Both the major program and the professional education component are com- 
Dleted within the context of a strong foundation in the liberal arts. 

Departmental majors may seek certification in biology, chemistry, English. French, 
aerman, Spanish, mathematics, physics and Citizenship Eudcation (with PDE approval 
2002-2003). 

Candidates are provided with opportunities to observe and to teach in junior high, mid- 
dle school, and high school settings prior to the full-time student teaching semester. 
Cooperating teachers are selected through a process involving college faculty, public school 
personnel and the student teachers, thus assuring the most beneficial placements possible. 

Degree Requirements: 

rhere is no major in education for those interested in secondary teaching. Students complete 

the requirements in their chosen major and the designated professional education courses. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: biology, 
chemistry, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, physics and social studies.) 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification must complete 
the approved program in the chosen major and 21 credits in education courses, consisting 
I 



Lebanon Valley College Education 65 



of EDU 110 and SED 430, 431 and 440. SED 280 or SED 430 must be taken in the fall 
or spring semester immediately preceding the student teaching semester. SED 280 should 
be taken at least twice prior to SED 440. 

Courses in Secondary Education (SED): 

280. Field Practicum in the Secondary School. Supervised field experiences in appropriate 
school settings. Designed to offer practical experiences for prospective secondary teachers 
or students planning an educational ministry. Prerequisites: permission. 1-3 credits. 

420, Human Growth and Development. A survey of human characteristics, research in 
developmental psychology and its implications for teaching and learning at the middle 
school and secondary levels. This course is normally taken in conjunction with student 
teaching. Prerequisites: EDU 110; SED 430; secondary teacher certification candidate; 
junior or senior status; approval of instructor. 3 credits. 

430. Practicum and Methods I. A study of the basic principles and procedures for mid- 
dle school and secondary school classroom management and instruction. Prerequisites: 
EDU 110; secondary teacher certification candidate; junior status; approval of the instruc- 
tor; must be taken prior to SED 440. 3 credits. 

431. Practicum and Methods II. A continuation of the basic principles and procedures for 
middle school and secondary school classroom management and instruction. 
Prerequisites: EDU 110; SED 280, 430; secondary teacher certification candidate; junior 
or senior status; approval of the instructor; must be taken prior to SED 440. 3 credits. 

440. Student Teaching. Students spend the entire semester in an area school under the 
supervision of a cooperating teacher. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.8 for 
those entering 2002; 3.0 for those entering in 2003; a grade point average of at least 2.00 
in the major field. Prerequisites: EDU 110; SED 430, 431; open to seniors or students 
seeking certification only; fulfillment of all ACT 354 requirements as outlined by the 
Pennsylvania Department of Education; passing scores on the PPST Reading, Writing, 
and Mathematics PRAXIS exams; approval of the major subject area adviser and the 
Education Department faculty. 12 credits. 

Note: No other courses should be taken during the student teaching semester except for 
SED 43 1 , if it has not been taken in the semester immediately preceding the student teach- 
ing semester. SED 43 1 or SED 280 (one credit for four hours per week in an assigned 
classroom with a cooperating teacher) should be taken in the semester immediately pre- 
ceding the student teaching semester. 



66 Education 2002-2003 Catalog 



Special Education Certification Program 

Cognitive, Behavior, Physical/Health 
Disabilities (CBP/HD) 

The special education program operates in conjunction with the elementary, music 
ducation or secondary education programs. Students complete a full sequence of course 
/ork in their majors in addition to their specialized course work in special education, 
tudent teaching experiences are provided in two settings: one in a regular school setting 
nd the second in a special education setting. Program graduates are certified to teach in 
jgular elementary, music education, or secondary school programs and in special education 
rograms for students with mental retardation, learning disabilities, behavior disorders, 
utism, orthopedic impairments, or multiple disabilities, grades K through 12. 

Students pursuing special education certification must at the same time be seeking 
ither elementary, music education or secondary teacher certification. Special education 
ertification cannot be taken apart from one of these other areas. 

Post-baccalaureate candidates who already have a currently valid teaching certificate 
lay apply for admission to the special education program. Each candidate's credentials 
/ill be reviewed on an individual basis to ensure adequate preparation for admission to 
le special education program. 

Each course in the program includes mandatory weekly field experiences in a special 
ducation setting over the course of the entire semester. One-half of the student teaching 
smester will be completed in a special education setting. 

degree Requirements: 

'here is no major in special education. Students complete the requirements in their majors 
nd in the chosen area of certification relative to that major and then the required courses 
1 special education. 

degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: biology, 
hemistry, elementary, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, music education, 
hysics and the social sciences.) 

bourses in Special Education (EDU): 

10. An Introduction to Exceptionalities in Children and Youth. An introduction to current 
^search and practices concerning the range of exeptionalities in children. The course 
icludes attention to policies, legislation, programs, methods and materials. The course 
icludes a required weekly field experience in local programs designed to meet the 
eeds of exceptional children. Prerequisites: limited to teacher certification candidates 
/ith permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

11, 312. Diagnostic and Prescriptive Teaching in Special Education and Included 
'ettings-Phase 1, II. Addresses the diagnosis of and the necessary adaptations to the 
earning needs of exceptional students, preschool through grade twelve. The development 
nd application of curricula, methodologies and classroom practices to respond to the 
trengths and needs of students will be developed and applied in real settings. All areas of 
tie various kindergarten through grade twelve curricula, as well as life skills instruction, 
vill be addressed. Includes a required weekly field experience in a special education setting. 
iDU 31 1 is Writing process. Prerequisites: EDU 110, 310. 3 credits per semester. 



,ebanon Valley College Special Education 67 



313. Managing Instructional and Behavioral Components in Special Education and 
Included Classrooms. The absolute necessity of knowing how, when, why and the what 
of dealing effectively with students who have special learning needs will be addressed in 
this course. Ways of observing, of recording and of responding to student behaviors will 
be developed. Intervention strategies will be studied and evaluated. Classroom management 
will be analyzed and reflectively applied. Includes a required weekly field experience in 
a special education setting. Prerequisites: EDU 110, 310, 311, 312. 3 credits. 

314. Assessment, Evaluation, and Response Strategies for Students with Exceptionalities. 

Special education professionals need to use caution in the assessment process and in 
making educational decisions. There continues to be a need to understand the consequences 
of labeling and segregating individual students. This course will address the assessment • 
process in light of current research and legislation concerning special education, with 
attention to recent state and federal legislation and revised mandates. This course also 
focuses on curriculum based assessments and performance based assessments used to 
evaluate the rate and quality of student learning and the effectiveness of teacher instruction 
on an ongoing basis. Includes a required weekly field experience in a special education 
setting. Prerequisites: EDU 110, 310, 311, 312, 313. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Susan L. Atkinson, professor of education. Chairperson. 
Ed.D., Temple University. 

She teaches method courses in mathematics, science, and language arts, plus courses in chil- 
dren's literature and physical geography. Supervises student teachers. Her research interests 
are in the area of matching student/teacher learning styles to increase academic achieve- 
ment. Her interests include multidisciplined curricula, classroom management and early 
childhood education. She is the adviser for the college's professional teaching organization, 
which includes secondary, elementary and music education majors. 

Cheryl L. George, assistant professor of special education. 
Ph.D., University of North Texas. 

She serves as the director of special education and is responsible for the operation, 
coordination and continued development of the program. She teaches courses in special 
education and is the department liaison with special education administrators and teachers 
in the intermediate units and in the school districts of the surrounding areas. She oversees 
course required field experiences and supervises student teachers in special education 
settings. She serves as a resource in special education matters for faculty and students 
involved in teacher certification, especially within the education department. 

Donald E. Kline, assistant professor of education. | 

Ed.D., Lehigh University. \ 

He teaches courses in educational technology, secondary methodology and supervises stu- 
dent teachers. He serves as the director of instructional design and technology in the 
department to develop and promote the integration of the computer and other instruc- 
tional media in all phases of teacher preparation. 



68 Special Education 2002-2003 Catalog 



3ale E. Summers, professor of education. 

't.d.D.y Ball State University. 

^e teaches courses in educational foundations, elementary social studies, and senior semi- 

lar. He serves as supervisor of student teachers and helps to monitor pre-student teaching 

"leld experiences. He maintains a particular interest in special education for the emotionally 

listurbed at both the elementary and secondary level. 

^inda L. Summers, instructor in education. 

VIA., Ball State University. 

)he serves as the director of elementary and secondary field experiences for the Education 

Department. She teaches courses in language arts, social studies and health. She super- 

dses elementary and secondary student teachers. Areas of interest in education include 

;arly childhood education, thematic approaches to learning, the use of integrated curricu- 

um and cooperative learning. 

^. Jane Yingling, assistant professor of education. 

W.Ed., Shippensbiirg Univeristy. 

5he serves as assistant to the director of special education. She teaches courses in both 

;pecial education and elementary education, oversees required field experiences and 

;upervises student teachers. Her areas of interest include working with children with mild 

o moderate learning disabilites, inclusion and brain-based learning and resiliency. 



Lebanon Valley College Education 69 



DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH 

English Program 

The major in English introduces students to the humanistic study of language. Whilei 
English majors may choose to concentrate in literature, communications, theater or sec- 
ondary education, the basis for all concentrations is the study of literature. All majors learn 
the skills of clear, concise and correct expression as well as of effective collection, organ- 
ization, and presentation of material. Such study prepares the student for graduate work in 
literature or communications, or for professional study in such fields as law or theology. 
Graduates of the Department of English are also prepared to work in journalism, teaching, 
editing, public relations, publishing, advertising, theater, and business. 

Departmental Honors: English majors with a major GPA of 3.5 at the end of the jun- 
ior year are eligible to apply for departmental honors. Details are available from the; 
department chairperson. ] 

The English Department offers minors in literature, communications and theater. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in English. 

Major: Core requirements: ENG 120 ; three from 221-229 (at least two of the three must 
be from 221-226); 321; 341 or 342 (18 credits). Students must choose one of the concen- 
trations below in addition to the core. 

Literature concentration: Three additional survey courses (ENG 221-229); 370; three 
from among 330, 350, 390-literature (21 credits). 

Communications concentration: ENG 099, 140; five additional communications courses, 
at least two of which must be at the 300 level (201 or 202, 210-218, 310-315, 390-com- 
munications); three credits of 400 (21 credits). 

Tiieater concentration: ENG 201-204; three credits of 301; two additional drama-related 
courses from among the following: 330, 341 or 342, 350, 390, 391, 400 (21 credits). 

Secondary Education concentration: One additional survey course from ENG 221-229 
(the total of four surveys must include at least three from 221-226); two from among 201 , 
213, and 218; three from among 330, 350, 370, 390-literature or communications; and 360 
(21 credits). 

To be certified by the state, secondary education concentrators must also complete EDU 
110; SED 280, 430, 431, and 440 (Minimum cumulative GPA, as required by PDE). 

Minor (Literature): ENG 120; 221 or 222; two from 225, 226, 227, 228, 229; two addi- 
tional 300-level literature courses (18 credits). 

Minor (Communications): ENG 120, 140, 221 or 222; three additional communications 
courses (202-218, 310-315, 390-communications) (18 credits). 

70 English 2002-2003 Catalog 



Winor (Theater): ENG 120, 201 , 202, or three credits of 301 ; 203 or 204; 341 or 342; six 
idditional credits to be selected in consultation with the student's adviser^(18 credits). 

'bourses in English (ENG): 

)99. Internship Portfolio. A formal collection of the student's completed communications-ori- 
inted work, to be submitted to the department as part of the student's formal request to take 
iNG 400 (Intemship). Offered every semester. credits. 

7/, 112. English Communications I, II. Both semesters help the student find her or his 
)wn voice within the demands and expectations of public expression. Both courses 
jmphasize the development of clear, organized and rhetorically effective written prose. 
.12 also emphasizes speaking, reading and research skills. Prerequisite for 112: 111 or 
)ermission of chairperson. 3 credits. 

'20. Introduction to Literature. An introduction to literary genres and to the basic 
nethodology, terminology and concepts of the study of literature. Usually offered every 
icmester. 3 credits. 

'40. Introduction to Mass Communications. An introduction to career-oriented uses of 
anguage and to the skills used universally by reporters, editors, advertising copywriters, 
)ublic relations personnel and technical writers. Usually offered every semester. 3 credits. 

Wl. Introduction to Acting. The development of skills in speech and movement through 
he use of theater games and improvisations. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

W2. Advanced Acting. An exploration of the relationship between the actor and the text 
hrough script analysis and the performance of scenes and mononlogues. Usually offered 
;pring semester. 3 credits. 

103. Stagecraft: Technical Skills. Instruction in the mechanics of backstage theater 
)perations, including lighting as well as set and property construction. Usually offered 
ilternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

104. Theater Production and Performance. Instruction in all aspects of producing and 
)erforming a full-length play. Usually offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

110. Management Communications. The development of writing, speaking and listening 
;kills for business management. Prerequisite: ENG 111 and 112, or permission of the 
nstructor. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

113. Journalism. The development of the basic skills of journalistic writing such as 
nterviewing, covering meetings, gathering and reporting news and writing features 
iccording to standard formats and styles. The course also covers legal and ethical 
ispects of journalism. Writing intensive. Prerequisite: ENG 111 and 112, or permission 
Df the instructor. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

114. Creative Writing: Poetry. A workshop in writing poetry. Usually offered alternate fall 
semesters. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College English 7 1 



215. Creative Writing: Fiction. A workshop in writing short fiction. Usually offered alternate 
fall semesters. 3 credits. 

216. Technical Applications in Writing. The development of writing, speaking and 
illustrating skills to convey specialized, often technical information to a non-technical 
audience. Prerequisite: ENG 111 and 112 or permission of the instructor. Usually offered 
alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

218. Oral Communication. Introduction to informative, persuasive and other types of oral 
communication, with emphasis on the student's own performance as well as the judgment! 
of others' performance. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

221. Survey of American Literature I. A survey of selected major American authors from the 
colonial period to about 1900. Writing process. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

222. Survey of American Literature II. A survey of selected major American authors from 
about 1900 to the present. Writing process. Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits. 

225. Survey of English Literature I. A survey of selected major English authors from the 
Middle Ages to about 1800. Writing process. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 
3 credits. 

226. Survey of English Literature II. A survey of selected major English authors from about 
1800 to the present. Writing process. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

227. World Literature I. A survey of selected major writers from earliest literate history 
to about A.D.I 000. This course includes literature from western Europe and non- western 
cultures. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

228. World Literature II. A survey of selected major writers from about A.D. 1000 to about 
1800. This course includes literature from western Europe and non- western cultures. 
Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits. 

229. World Literature III. A survey of selected major writers from about 1800 to the 
present. The course includes literature from Europe and Russia, as well as non- western 
cultures. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

291. Journal Writing. Exploration of overseas experience by engaging students in a 
dialogue between themselves and the new society and culture. 1 credit. 

301. Acting Lab. A workshop that meets once a week to explore specific issues in acting; 
course content changes every semester. Usually offered every semester. 1 credit. 

310. Advanced Journalism. Enhancement of basic journalistic skills by reading and 
writing longer investigative and feature articles. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 213. 
Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

312. Writing for Radio and TV. Theory and technique of writing news and features for 
broadcast media. Editing and rewriting press association dispatches, gathering local news, 
recording interviews, and preparing newscasts and feature programs. Usually offered 
alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 



72 English 2002-2003 Catalog 




313. Advertising Copy and Layout. Principles and techniques of copywriting; selection 
and presentation of sales points; creative strategy in production of layouts. Usually offered 
alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

314. Public Relations. Purposes and methods of modem public relations as practiced by 
business and industry, organizations and institutions, trades and professions. Public opinion 
evaluation. Planning of public relations programs. Prerequisite: ENG 213, or permission 
of the instructor. Usually offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

375. Editing. Editing theory and exercises in copyreading, rewriting and headlining. 
Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 213, or permission of the instructor. Usually offered 
alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

321. History and Grammar of the English Language. An examination of the evolution 
of English phonology, morphology, syntax and vocabulary, including current conventions 
and usage. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

330. Literary Genres. A study of one of the various forms of literature, such as the nar- 
rative poem, the lyric poem, the novel, the short story, drama, film, the essay, biography, 
and autobiography. The genre will vary from semester to semester. May be repeated for 
credit when it involves a genre the student has not previously studied. Writing process. 
Prerequisite: Eng 120 or a 200-level survey (221-229). Usually offered every semester. 
3 credits. 

341. Shakespeare I. A concentrated study of early Shakespearean drama, especially the 
comedies and the histories. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level sur\ey 
(221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College 



English 73 



342. Shakespeare II. A concentrated study of late Shakespearean drama, especially the 
tragedies and the romances. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey 
(221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

350. Major Authors. Intensive study of one or two major American or British authors. 
Recent subjects have included Faulkner, Joyce, Woolf, O'Connor, Morrison, Chaucer, 
Milton, Pound, and Williams. The authors will vary from semester to semester. May be 
repeated for credit. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey (221-229). 
Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of English in Secondary Schools. The teaching of writing and literature 
in the junior high and high school classroom, exploring Uterary, pedagogical, and composi- 
tion theory as they apply to actual teaching practice. Writing process. Prerequisites: ENG 
120 and EDU 110. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

370. Literary Theory and Its Applications. Consideration of fundamental questions such 
as the definition of literature, the value of literature, and the validity of the literary canon. 
Provides an introduction to a variety of critical approaches to literary interpretation, on 
both a theoretical and practical level. Prerequisite: ENG 120. Usually offered alternate 
spring semesters. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience, on or off campus, related to 
the student's career interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally 
limited to juniors and seniors. All internships are graded pass/fail. Prerequisites: ENG 099; 
permission of the chairperson; application form from Registrar's office must be completed 
prior to registration. 1-12 credit hours. 

Faculty 

Philip A. Billings, professor of English. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 

He teaches courses in world and American literature as well as poetry and fiction writing. 

His publications include poems and articles in various magazines and two books of poems. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, associate professor of English. Chairperson. 

M.LA., University of Pennsylvania. 

She teaches courses in travel writing, environmental literature, and communications. 

Experienced in journalism, public relations, and freelance writing, she has published one 

book and numerous articles and essays in national magazines. 

Phylis C. Dryden, associate professor of English. 

DA., State University of New York at Albany. 

She teaches courses in communications and American literature. She has published 

numerous poems, stories, and journalistic articles, and she has won two NEH Summer 

Seminar grants for the study of British literature. A current book-length project will 

explore town-gown issues in selected "college towns." 



74 English 2002-2003 Catalog 



Sary Grieve-Carlson, professor of English. Director of American Studies Program. 
°h.D., Boston University. 

-{& teaches courses in American Uterature, American studies, Greek myth, and grammar. 
^e has been a Fulbright Junior Lecturer in Germany and has published on American cul- 
ural criticism and twentieth-century poetry. 

Fohn P. Kearney, professor of English. 

°h.D., University of Wisconsin. 

-le teaches courses in Shakespeare, English literature, and technical writing as well as an 

nterdisciplinary course in revolutions. He is a Victorian literature scholar who is working 

)n Charles Dickens and George Eliot. 

kVaiter E. Labonte, lecturer in English. 

WA., Northeastern University. 

■le teaches introductory writing and literature courses, as well as "The Teaching of 

inglish in Secondary Schools." He is assistant director of the College Writing Center. 

Vlary K. Pettice, associate professor of English. 

°h.D., University of Houston. 

she teaches courses in journalism, creative writing, and English and American literature. 

ihe also advises the student newspaper. Experienced in the newspaper and publishing 

vorlds, she has also published poetry and short stories. 

[Cevin B. Pry, assistant professor of English. 

°h.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Dramaturge for local theater companies, he teaches courses in acting, world literature, 

iramatic literature, and theater production. He also advises Wig and Buckle, the student 

irama club. 

Jeffrey J. Ritchie, assistant professor of English. 

°hD., Arizona State University. 

^e teaches courses in technical writing, digital communications, and British literature. He 

las published on British literature and currently serves on the executive committee of the 

VILA Scottish literature discussion group. 

Henry L. Wilson, assistant professor of English. 

'^h.D., University of Tennessee. 

\ie teaches American literature, management communications, and technical writing, and 

le is director of the College Writing Center. He has published on contemporary issues in 

•hetoric and composition. 



Lebanon Valley College English 75 



DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

The study of a foreign language has three aims: to develop fluency in the basic com- 
munication skills, to provide an understanding of the cultural heritage of the people who 
use the language, and to understand language as the fundamental medium by which 
humankind thinks and interacts. 

The Department of Foreign Languages prepares the language major for a career in a 
variety of fields: teaching, diplomatic and government service, foreign trade, business and 
social service. For many of these careers the study of a foreign language is often combined, 
with majors in other disciplines. 

The department encourages students to avail themselves of the College's opportunities • 
for foreign travel and study, particularly Lebanon Valley College programs in Cologne, ^ 
Germany; Montpellier, France; and Salamanca, Spain. 

The Department of Foreign Languages offers majors in French, German and Spanish, 
secondary teacher certification in foreign language, as well as minors in the three languages. 
The department also offers the major in International Business jointly with the Management 
Department. 

Foreign Languages Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Majors are offered in French, German and Spanish. 

Elementary or Secondary Teacher Certification: In addition to majoring in a language, 
students seeking elementary or secondary certification in a foreign language must take 
FLG 360 and 21 credits in education courses including EDU 1 10 and SED 430, 431 and 
ELMorSED440. 

Courses in Foreign Language (FLG): 

260. Approaches to Culture. A survey of contemporary life in French, German and Spanish 
speaking countries. Topics may include customs, values, social structures, geography and 
current issues. Taught in English. 3 credits. 

350. Linguistics. A study of the field of linguistics. Investigates language as a system of 
signs and as a culturally conditioned behavior. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Foreign Language in Schools. A comprehensive study of modem 
teaching methods, with emphasis on practicing basic classroom skills for elementary through 
secondary school level instruction. Prerequisite: FRN 202, GMN 202, or SPA 202. 3 credits. 

French Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in French. 

Major: 24 credits in French above the intermediate level at least six of which must be in 
400 level courses, FLG 350 (27 credits) For teaching certification, FLG 360 is required. 



76 Foreign Languages 2002-2003 Catalog 



Minor: 18 credits in French above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversa- 
tion and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Our program in Montpellier, France, is designed for students with varying abilities in 
French. This program is located at the University of Montpellier in southern France near 
the Mediterranean Sea. Students are placed in courses at their level of language expertise. 
A.11 courses will be in French. 

Courses in French (FRN): 

101, 102. Elementary French 1,11. Introductory courses in French. Aimed at developing 
basic communicative proficiency in French. Also offers insights into French-speaking 
:ultures. 3 credits. 

201, 202. Intennediate French IJI. Review of material typically covered in a first-year 
French course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills - listening, 
speaking, reading and writing - and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures of French- 
speaking people. Prerequisite: FRN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken French. Discussions on a wide 
range of topics related to French life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 

310. Advanced Grammar & Composition. Intensive practice in written French. 
Development of advanced writing skills through composition assignments based on 
:ontemporary French writing and issues. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

320. Business French. A study of the language of business and business practices of 
France and French-speaking countries. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

340. The Sounds of French: Intensive Listening Comprehension Skills. An intensive 
listening comprehension class in which students are exposed to, and tested in. many regis- 
ters of spoken French: stories, lectures, movies, advertising, radio, television, conversation, 
announcements, instructions, etc. The objective is to provide students with a listening 
immersion in the Francophone world. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

350. Issues in French Culture. Discussion of an important issue in France from different 
points of view. Taught in French. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

410. French Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of medie\al French 
literature to 1600. Works from the medieval epic and courtly romance through Renaissance 
philosophical essays. Development of advanced communicative skills through literature will 
be promoted. Prerequisite: FRN 300 or 310 or permission. Writing process. 3 credits. 

420. French Literature of the 17th Century. A study of the spirit and principal authors of 
French Classicism with a special emphasis on the theater of Comeille. Racine and 
Moliere. Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or pemiission. Writing process. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 77 



430. French Literature of the 18th and 19th Centuries. A study of the main ideologicah 
currents of the 18th and 19th centuries: the faith in reason, the emergence of pre-romanticism, 
romanticism and realism. Emphasis on the works of Voltaire, Montesquieu, Diderot, 
Rousseau, I'Abbe Prevost, Marivaux, Hugo, Raubert, Balzac, Zola and Baudelaire. 
Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. Writing process. 3 credits. 

440. French Literature of the 20th Century. A study of contemporary society as reflected 
in the literary evolution from Proust to the Nouveau Roman and le theatre de I'Absurde. 
Such writers as Giraudoux, Anouilh, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, lonesco and Becket will be 
studied. Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. Writing process. 3 credits. 

450. Modern Theatre and Poetry of France. A study of theater and poetry of the 19th and 
20th centuries. Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. Writing process. 3 
credits. 

German Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in German. 

Major: 24 credits in German above the intermediate level at least six of which must be in 
400 level courses, FLG 350. (27 credits). For teaching certification, FLG 360 is required. 

Minor: 18 credits in German above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation 
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Our program in Cologne, Germany, allows students to complete a full year of intermediate 
German in one semester. Students also enroll in a German reading course or courses in 
German civilization taught in English. 

Courses in German (GMN): 

101, 102. Elementary German I, II. Introductory courses in German. Aimed at developing 
basic communicative proficiency in German. Also offers insights into German- speaking 
cultures. 3 credits. 

201, 202. Intermediate German I, II. Review of material typically covered in a fu"st-year 
German course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills — 
listening, speaking, reading and writing— and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures 
of German-speaking people. Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

203, 204; 303, 304; 403,404. Language & Culture I, II. An immersion course on three 
levels offered in Cologne, Germany. German in context with a grammar review, practical 
exercises and discussion of cultural issues. Placement determined in Cologne. Prerequisite: 
GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken German. Discussions on a 
wide range of topics related to German life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: GMN 
202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

78 Foreign Languages 2002-2003 Catalog 



Wl. Advanced Grammar & Composition. Intensive practice in written German. 
)evelopment of advanced writing skills through composition assignments based on con- 
emporary German writing and issues. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

UO. Germany Past and Present. Studies the major epochs of German cultural history and 
[escribes the chief characteristics of present-day German society. Prerequisite: GMN 202 
)r equivalent. 3 credits. 

^20. Business German. A study of the language of business and business practices of 
jermany and German-speaking countries. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

'30. German Short Fiction. A reading course in the Cologne program for the intermediate 
tudent. Study of short texts to develop more advanced skills and introduce the techniques 
>f literary analysis. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

'50. Issues in German Culture. Study of a major issue from various points of view, 
leadings in German and English; discussion and writing in German and English. 
*rerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

'70. Techniques of Translation <& Interpretation. Emphasizes the skills needed for 
ccurate and idiomatic translation of German texts into English. Discussion of more 
omplex grammatical structures. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

^00-419. Readings in German. Works of fiction and nonfiction selected to explore a 
(articular topic or theme. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

^60. Lyric Poetry. A study of German song from minnesang to contemporary rock, 
nvolves both texts and music as appropriate. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 
Vriting process. 3 credits. 

Spanish Program 

degree Requirements: 

')egree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in Spanish. 

4ajor: 24 credits in Spanish above the intermediate level at least six of which must be in 
^00 level courses, FLG 350 (27 credits). For teaching certification, FLG 360 is required. 

4inor: 18 credits in Spanish above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation 
ind composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

)ur program in Spain is located in the university city of Salamanca. Students take courses in 
Jpanish language, history, civilization, economics, music and art at the Colegio de Espana. 

Zourses in Spanish (SPA): 

01, 102. Elementary Spanish I, II. Introductory courses in Spanish. Aimed at developing 
)asic communicative proficiency in Spanish. Also offers insights into Spanish-speaking 
:ultures. 3 credits. 

*01, 202. Intermediate Spanish I, II. Review of material typically covered in a first-year 
Jpanish course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills — 
istening, speaking, reading and writing— and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures 
)f Spanish-speaking people. Prerequisite: SPA 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 



^ebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 79 



211, 212. Spanish for Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation I, II. Introductions to thei 
technical vocabulary of physical therapy needed to communicate with Spanish-speakingi 
patients. One hour of conversation and mock patient-therapist sessions per week. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 1 credit each. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken Spanish. Discussions on ai 
wide range of topics related to Spanish life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: SPAi 
202. 3 credits. 

310. Advanced Grammar & Composition. Discussion of more complex grammatical 
structures. Intensive practice in written Spanish. Development of advanced writing skills i 
through composition assignments based on contemporary Spanish writing and issues. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202. Writing process. 3 credits. 

320. Business Spanish. An introduction to the language of business and business practices. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

340. The Sounds of Spanish: Intensive Listening Comprehension. An intensive listening 
comprehension class in which students are exposed to, and tested in, many registers of 
spoken Spanish: stories, lectures, movies, advertising, radio, television, conversation, 
announcements, instructions, etc. The objective is to provide students with a listening 
immersion in the Hispanic world. Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 credits. 

350. Spanish Culture and Civilization. An overview of Spanish culture, history and geog- 
raphy, with special focus on current issues. Taught in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 

360. Latin American Cultures and Civilizations. An overview of Latin American cul- 
tures, history, and geography, with special focus on current issues. Taught in Spanish. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

370. Techniques of Translation & Interpretation. Studies methods of translation and 
interpretation. Oral and written texts will be used to work both from Spanish to English 
and English to Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 credits. 

410. Spanish Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of the outstanding 
works of the period. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

420. Spanish Literature of the Golden Age. A study of the major works of the period. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

430. Spanish Literature and the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries. Readings from 
the Enlightenment in Spain and an examination of the major works of romanticism and 
realism. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

440. Spanish Literature of the Twentieth Century. A study of the literary movements of the 
century, starting with the Generation '98 and modernism. Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent. 
Writing process. 3 credits. 

80 Foreign Languages 2002-2003 Catalog 





^50. Latin-American Literature of the 20th Century. A study of the important writers of 
he century, with emphasis on recent developments. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 
Vriting process. 3 credits. 

^60. The Age of Discovery. An examination of the Aztec, Mayan and Incan civilizations 
)efore 1492 and the philosophy of the Spanish explorers from 1492 on. Prerequisite: SPA 
[02. Foreign studies. Writing process. 3 credits. 

Faculty 
[ean-Marc Braem, assistant professor of French. 
^h.D., Princeton University. 

kaem teaches courses on all levels of Francophone language, culture, and civilization. He 
las written on censorship in French literature and the instructional use of films in French. 

^arta Guevara-Geer, assistant professor of Spanish. 

i4A., University of Wisconsin-Madison . 

)he teaches basic language classes as well as literature and culture of the Hispanic world. 

ier research interests include Cervantes, the Golden Age comedia and Spanish American 

Colonial texts. She is interested in comparative literature and film 

)iane M. Iglesias, professor of Spanish. 

^h.D., City University of New York. 

glesias teaches courses in Spanish language, and in Spanish and Latin American culture. 

dvilization and literature. She has presented research papers in medieval balladry and the 

Spanish Golden Age theater at scholarly conferences. She is currently researching the 

)lays of Velez de Guevara and Quifiones de Benavente. 



.ebanon Valley College 



Foreign Lansuases 8 1 



James W. Scott, professor of German. Acting chairperson. 
PhD., Princeton University. 

Scott teaches German and courses in the culture, civilization and literature of German- 
speaking countries. His most recent scholarly presentations have ranged from Kafka's 
short fiction to cabaret in the GDR and communicative testing. At present he is preparing 
a new translation of Iwein, an Arthurian epic by Hartmann von Aue. He chairs a state 
selection committee for the Congress-Bundestag Youth Exchange Program. 

Rosa Tezanos-Pinto, assistant professor of Spanish. 

PhD., University of Miami. 

Tezanos-Pinto teaches courses in Spanish language, Hispanic culture and literature. She 

researches the poetic and narrative works of the Twentieth century Caribbean and. 

Hispanic American female writers. She has published essays on critical theory and literary 

language ans has presented papers at conferences in the United States, Europe, Asia and 

Latin America. 

Angel T. l\ininetti, associate professor of Spanish. 

Ph.D., Washington University. 

Tuninetti teaches Spanish language classes and Latin American culture, history, and 

literature. His special interests are South American tra\el literature of the colonial and 

nineteeth century periods, and Pre-Columbian civilizations. 

Theresa Bowley, adjunct instructor in French. 

MA., Middlebury College. 

Bowley teaches French language at the elementary and intermediate level. 

Ming Gao, adjunct instructor of Linguistics. 

Ph.D., Lehigh University. 

Gao's work is in psychology and applied linguistics. 

Rita M. Gargotta, adjunct instructor in Spanish. 

MA., West Chester University. 

Gargotta teaches courses in Spanish language, culture and contemporary society. 

Barbara Nissman-Cohen, adjunct instructor in French. 

MA., Montclair State College. 

Nissman-Cohen teaches French language at the elementary level. 

Doris J. Russ, adjunct instructor in German. 

MA., University of Maryland. 

Russ teaches the German language and courses relating to the culture of German speaking 

countries. 



82 Foreign Languages 2002-2003 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 

As disciplines, history and political science are closely related. Many students choose 
I double major or a major/minor combination. Others combine a history or political sci- 
;nce major with a major or minor in fields such as economics, foreign languages, philos- 
>phy or religion, English, or business. Students in these majors also may choose to work 
owards certification in Citizenship Education (formerly social studies). 

History Program 

By examining human behavior in the past, the study of history can help people better 
inderstand themselves and others. Students of history also learn how to gather and analyze 
tiformation and present their conclusions in clear, concise language. 

An undergraduate degree in history can lead to a career in teaching at the college or high 
chool level, law, government, politics, the ministry, museums and libraries, journalism or 
diting, historical societies and archives, historical communications or a number of other 
irofessions. 

')egree Requirements: 

degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in history. 

4ajor: History 103, 104, 125, 126, 250, 251; six upper division courses (above the 100 
svel), including one each in American, European, and Latin American or non- western his- 
ary, and three electives; and 499. Two of the six upper division courses must be at the 300 
;vel (39 credits). 

'econdary Education Concentration: Students shall successfully complete the history 
najor plus HIS 360, The Teaching of History and Social Studies in Secondary Schools. 
Itudents shall also complete the Citizenship Education core, a second math course, an 
English or American literature course, and 21 credits of secondary education courses 
ncluding EDU 110, SED 280, 430, 431 , and 440. Students apply to the certification pro- 
jam after completing at least 48 credits (including the math and English courses) with a 
:.8 grade point average, and must maintain that average in order to be certified. 

4inor: HIS 103, 104, 125, 126, 250 or 251; two electives, at least one of which must be 
tthe 300 level (21 credits). 

Historical Communications Program 

The History Department offers a historical communications program in conjunction with 
lie English Department, described on page 70. The major in historical communications is 
n interdisciplinary program that provides the opportunity for interested students to engage 
n a comprehensive study of both history and communications and their interconnectedness. 
Tie program is designed to prepare students for professional research, writing and editing 
•ositions in such fields as radio, television, motion pictures, cable, popular history 
aagazines, theatrical history and oral history. Lebanon Valley College is one of the very 
ew colleges to offer such a major. 



-ebanon Valley College History and Political Science 83 



Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in historical communications. 

Major: HIS 103, 104, 125, 126, 202, 250, 251 , 400; three upper division courses (above the 
100 level), one each in American, European, and Latin American or non- western history; ' 
one course from 271 , 273, 275, 277, 279, or 303; ENG 140, 213, 216, 310; and one from 
ENG 204, 312, 315 (48 credits) 

Courses in History (HIS): 

103. The Ancient World: The Dawn of Civilization to the Fall of the Han and Roman i 
Empires. A study of the development of civilizations from the development of human 
civilizations to the end of the first era of empire building in India, China, and the 
Mediterranean. Topics include the river valley civilizations of Mesopotamia, Egypt, India, 
and China; the formation of great philosophies and religious traditions in Asia and Greece; \ 
and the first empires in the Mediterranean world, India, and China. 3 credits. 

104. The Second Age of Empires: World History From the Fall of Rome to the Mongol ' 
Invasions. A study of the second phase of empire building in world history, spanning the 
period from the fall of Rome in 476 to the end of the Middle Ages in Europe and the end 
Mongol domination in Asia and Russia by 1450. Topics will include the Byzantine Empire; 
the gradual recovery of Europe after the fall of Rome; the renewal of China under the T'ang 
and the Song Dynasties; the Islamic dynasties in the Middle East, Africa, India, and China; 
the pre-Columbian empires of Latin America; and the Mongol invasions. 3 credits. 

125. United States History to 1865. The major events and developments in America from 
Columbus to the Civil War, with emphasis on the creation of a distinctive American soci- 
ety from the interaction of different cultures, ethnic groups, and ideas. Major themes 
include the transformation of European cultural ideas in colonial America and the impact 
of republican ideology, democratization, and the spread of the market economy between 
the Revolution and the Civil War. 3 credits. 

126. United States History to 1865. This course investigates American history from 1865 
until the present. Students learn about important themes in recent history such as law and 
order, native land rights, protest movements, foreign policy and its critics, and the rise of 
corporate power and its economic and political consequences. The course also introduces 
students to the method of historical inquiry, analysis, and writing. 3 credits. j 

200. Europe Encounters the World: Colonization from Columbus to Mao. A study of 
European expansion from the fifteenth century to the process of decolonization in the twen- 
tieth. The course will examine trading post empires; colonization of the New World; the 
slave trade; the relationship among the industrial revolutions, nationalism in Europe, and 
nineteenth-century imperialism; independence movements; and neocolonialism. 
Prerequisites: sophomore standing or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 



84 History and Political Science 2002-2003 Catalog 



02. Historical and Cultural Geography. A study of the various geographic regions of the 
/odd and how the natural environment has influenced historical and cultural development, 
'rerequisites: sophomore standing or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

05. Early Modern Europe. The Renaissance, Reformation, Scientific Revolution, and 
le development of national political states. Writing process. 3 credits. 

06. Revolution & Nationalism, 1789-1914. A study of the effects of the French 
devolution and the industrial revolution in Europe. Particular attention is paid to the rise 
f class antagonisms and national rivalries. Writing process. 3 credits. 

07. Europe in the 20th Century. Developments in Europe from 1900 to the present, with 
pecial focus on the role of Germany, the Nazi Era and post- World War II conditions. 
Writing process. 3 credits. 

08. Great Britain from 1688 to the Present. Selected themes in British history from 1688 
) the present. The course will begin with the Glorious Revolution of 1688 so as to establish 
le background for an ongoing discussion of Great Britain's parliamentary tradition. Great 
Iritain's industrial revolution, the rise of a working class, and the politics of labor will 
onstitute another set of related themes. The course will also explore Victorianism and 
ultural developments in the nineteenth century. Other major topics will include British 
nperialism, the impact of two world wars, and the relationships among the component parts 
f the United Kingdom (Ireland, Scotland, Wales, and England). Writing process. 3 credits. 

10. The History of Modern France, 1750 to the Present. A study of French history from 
750 to the 1980s. The course provides an overview of the political, social, economic, and 
ultural history of France from the late eighteenth to the late twentieth century. The course 
/ill address a variety of themes from the standpoint of France's place in European history 
s a whole but also in terms of the uniqueness of the French experience. Some of the themes 
overed by the course will include: France's revolutionary tradition; the development of a 
emocratic society; the French pattern of gradual industrialization; the persistence of the 
Tench peasantry; the socialist movement and syndicahsm; the evolution of the radical right; 
nperialism; French communism; intellectual movements in literature, philosophy and the 
rts; France and Europe in the post-war period; women in French society; and the role of 
linorities in France. The course will also examine the ways in which these themes relate to 
?sues confronting contemporary France. 3 credits. 

12. History of Modern Germany. An introduction to the historical, political, social and 
ntellectual background of modem Germany. Discussion topics include the Congress of 
/ienna, the 1848 revolution, the first unification in 1871 , the Weimar Republic. National 
iocialism and the division of Germany after World War II. Special attention will be paid 
the unification process since 1989 and Germany's role in international politics. Offered 
n the Cologne program. 3 credits. 

'75. The History of London. This course will explore London history from Roman times 
the 20th century with emphasis on London's traditions and accomplishments in terms 
)f social, cultural, religious, political and technological change. 3 credits. 



xbanon Valley College History and Political Science 85 



217. Women in Modern Europe, 1750 to the Present. An exploration of the position of 
women in Modem Europe from 1750 to the present. The course focuses around the tensions 
between women's difference and demands for equal treatment as this theme has played out 
through history. The course will begin with a discussion of gender in history and then 
proceed to examination of women in pre-industrial Europe, the French Revolution, the 
industrial revolution, nineteenth-century reform movements, feminism and the suffrage 
movement. Twentieth century themes include the "new" woman, women in communist 
Russia and under the fascist regimes, the impact of two world wars on women's roles, the 
welfare state, and finally, contemporary feminism. Writing process. 3 credits. 

226. Age of Jefferson & Jackson. How the old republican ideal of a virtuous agrarian 
society struggled to confront the new age of economic modernization, social diversity and 
sectional tension. Writing process. 3 credits. 

240. American Military History. An analysis of American military institutions from Old 
World tradition to the post-Persian Gulf era with emphasis on the U.S. Army. 3 credits. 

242. The African-American Experience. This course is a survey of African- American 
history from the origins of slavery until the present. The course develops several inter- 
related themes such as slavery, protest movement and civil rights, economic history, and 
blacks in Pennsylvania. 3 credits. 



245. Women in America. This course addresses the role and status of women in American ' 
society from the colonial period to the present. It emphasizes the ways that women's paid 
and unpaid labor has shaped their status and role in the family, society, and the economy. 
3 credits. 

250. The Historian's Craft. An introduction to the basics of historical research and writing. 
The most important goal of the course is to help students produce a clearly written 
research paper, with footnotes and a bibliography. A primary source paper and other writing 
assignments will prepare the students for the achievement of this goal. Class discussion 
will revolve around analysis of various types of primary sources, secondary sources, journal 
articles, issues of interpretation, and research methods. The course will also include several 
research trips to libraries, archives, historical societies, or local history collections. 
Prerequisites: at least one of the following: History 103, 104, 125, or 126; or permission 
of the instructor. Writing process. 3 credits. 

251. History and Historians. The first half of this course covers the lives and ideas of 
the great historians from ancient times to the modem world; the second half of the 
course covers recent interpretations of American history. 3 credits. 

277. Modern China and Japan. An analysis of political, economic and cultural institutions 
of China and Japan with special emphasis on the western impact on these institutions after 
1500. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the intmctor. Foreign studies. 
3 credits. 



86 History and Political Science 2002-2003 Catalog 



173. Modern Africa. This course surveys African history from the origins of humanity 
intil the present. Students learn more about the modem period, particularly the effects of 
he slave trade, colonialism, and neocolonialism on Africa. Special emphasis is given to 
he genocides in the Congo Free State at the end of the nineteenth century and in Rwanda 
it the close of the twentieth. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the 
nstructor. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

174. Colonial Latin America. This course will cover Latin America from its prehistory to 
he end of independence movements in the 1820s. Topics will include early civilizations 
;uch as the Maya, Aztec, and Incas; the confrontation between the Amerindians and the 
iuropean colonizers; the development of Latin American societies under Portuguese and 
Spanish rule; slavery; the colonial economy; and finally, independence movements. 
^Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. Foreign studies. 3 
:redits. 

175. Modem Latin America. Latin American civilization from the emergence of independ- 
ent states, relationships with the United States and the modem regional distinctions. 
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instmctor. Foreign smdies. 3 credits. 

177. The Modern Middle East. Middle Eastern civilization from the rise of Islam to the 
)resent, with emphasis on the Arabian peninsula, the Fertile Crescent, Iran, Turkey and 
igypt, particularly after 1914. The origins and development of the modem state of Israel 
ire also analyzed. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instmctor. 
^oreign studies. 3 credits. 

179. Modern South Asia. Indian sub-continent civilizations from the 16th century to the 
jresent with emphasis on the impact of the Mughal empire, the impact of westem colonial 
:ontrol, the crisis of the 19th and 20th centuries, the evolution of nationalism resulting in 
ndependence and partition and with major reference to the contemporary nations and 
cultures of India. Pakistan, Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing 
3r permission of the instmcotr. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

W3. History of South Africa. A seminar on the history of South Africa from the 1600s 
intil the end of apartheid in the early 1990s. Topics include early colonization, conflicts 
3etween European settlers and natives and between the English and the Afrikaaner 
"epublics, the development of capitalism, the dynamics of black South Africans under 
apartheid, and the bloody struggle for and against national liberation in the early 1990s. 
Prerequisites: junior or senior standing or permission of the instructor. History 273 is 
recommended. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

312. The American Revolution. An in-depth study of why Americans declared their 
independence and how they won the Revolution and worked to build a republic in a hostile 
world of monarchies. Particular attention is paid to major issues on which historians of the 
period disagree. Writing process. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Histor>' and Political Science 87 



375. Civil War and Reconstruction. A study of how sectional divisions over slavery led 
to a bloody war and a bitter postwar effort to reshape Southern society. Writing process 
3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Citizenship Education in Secondary Schools. A course for those 
preparing to teach history, political science, economics, and geography at the secondary 
level. Topics include issues and trends in secondary education, history of historical ped- 
agogy, professional development and course enrichment resources, teaching techniques, the 
uses of technology, and student motivational techniques. 3 credits. Required for all history 
majors seeking Citizenship certification. Does not count towards the major. {Cross-listed as- 
Political Science 360.} j 

400. Internship. Field experience in a historical setting. Ordinarily intended for juniors^ 
and seniors. Prerequisite: GPA of 2.50 in major and permission of department chair. 
Minimum of three credits. 3-12 credits. 

499. Senior Seminar in History. This course will focus on a theme in history such as World 
War I, the industrial revolution, or the Enlightenment. These topics will be approached from 
a variety of perspectives (economic, political, or social for example) and from the viewpoint 
of many national histories. Class meetings will include discussion of course readings, 
research methods, and the historiography related to the theme of the course. Students will 
write a research paper on some aspect of the course topic utilizing a variety of primary and 
secondary sources and present their research to the class. Prerequisites: Senior history 
majors or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

Political Science Program 

Political scientists study government institutions and the political systems related to 
them. Students who major in political science take courses to give them a thorough under- 
standing of the American political system, the political systems of other nations, and inter- 
national politics. Twenty-four of the 39 credits in this major are taken in core require- 
ments, and the remainder consist of elective credits chosen by students in accordance with 
their interests. 

A degree in political science opens the door to a wide variety of careers. Political sci- 
ence majors have entered such professions as lawyers, high school and junior-high school 
teachers, college professors, journalists, law enforcement officers, business people, con- 
sultants, lobbyists, and government officials. 

The political science major is an integral component of the pre-law, criminal justice, 
and Citizenship certification programs, as each program carries a heavy emphasis on 
political science courses. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in political science. 

Major: ECN 101, 102; PSC 111, 112, 130, 210, 220, 498/499 and five additional elective 
courses in political science (39 credits). 

Minor: PSC 111, 112, 130, 210, 220 and one elective course in political science (18 credits). 
88 History and Political Science 2002-2003 Catalog 



Courses in Political Science (PSC): 

100. Introduction to Political Science. This course is designed as a broadly-based intro- 
duction to tiie discipline of political science. It will acquaint students with the concepts, 
structures, trends, and belief systems that form the basis of political activity throughout 
the world. Those taking the course will leave with an enhanced understanding of - if not 
appreciation for - the multiple ideologies, institutions, issues, and actors that shape and 
drive politics. 3 credits. 

111. American National Government I. In this course we discuss the ideas that shaped 
[he original American political system and the ways these ideas have developed. In 
addtion, we examine important civil rights questions relating to freedom of speech, the 
Dress, and religion. The course also explores contemporary debates over equal rights 
^affirmative action) and privacy rights (abortion and sexual orientation). Finally, we look 
it the operations of interest groups and political parties and the processes by which can- 
didates get elected to office. 3 credits. 

112. American National Government II. In this course, we discuss the functions of the 
Presidency, the Congress and the federal courts. With this material learned, we examine 
v'arious domestic, defense and foreign policy-making questions including debates over 
Dalancing the budget, welfare reform, defense strategies and U.S. relations with other 
lations. The course also includes an examination of state and local government. 3 credits. 

130. International Relations. This course is designed to introduce students to the study 
3f international relations. The course hinges on a series of questions: Who are the princi- 
3al actors in the international system? What are the theoretical ways of discerning why 
;hese actors do what they do? How has the international system evolved into its present 
form? What are the central issues confronting the international system? Topics addressed 
nclude weapons of mass destruction, ecology, terrorism, political economy, development, 
and dependency. 3 credits. 

142. Statistics and Data Analysis. This laboratory course explores the basic quantitative 
and qualitative statistics and data-based analytical methods used by scientists to interpret 
and understand behavior. Topics include the logic of the scientific method applied to data 
analysis, descriptive statistics, the foundations and utility of inferential statistics, and the 
statistical methodologies of simple and advanced hypothesis testing. Students will also 
design, analyze, and present the results of their own original data-collections project. 4 
:redits. {Cross-listed as Psychology 130.} 

160. The Political System of Germany. This course introduces students to the political 
>ystem of Germany, with emphasis on actual daily political events and the current political 
:limate in Germany. Both foreign and domestic issues will be discussed, including topics 
such as the European Union, disarmament, unification, the environment and Neo-Nazism. 
Class time is divided between lecture and discussion of readings. Offered in the Cologne 
Program. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 89 



210. Comparative Politics. This course is a comparative study of the leading politica J 
systems of the world outside of the United States. The political status and evolution oil 
these nations are examined and contrasted. Among the countries surveyed are Grean 
Britain, France, Germany, Russia, Japan, China, Mexico, and Israel/Middle East. 3' 
credits. 

211. The Developing Nations. A survey of the developing nations of Latin America, Asia. 
Africa and the Middle East. The political economy of development, in both its domestic 
and international dimensions is emphasized. Country studies will include Nigeria, Mexico; 
and the Philippines. Writing process. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

220. Political Philosophy. Students in this course study the development of western polit- 
ical thought from Classical Greece to modem times. This study is organized around some: 
of the central questions of political thought (who should rule? why obey?) and encourages; 
students to develop their own thinking on these questions. Writing process. 3 credits. 
{Cross-listed as Philosophy 220.} 

250. Public Policy Analysis. This course describes the public policy process and analyzes 
various areas of substantive domestic policy at the national level. Topics covered include 
budgeting and taxation, education, health, welfare, and the environment. Prerequisites: 
PSC 111 and 112 or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

260. The Presidency and Congress. This course will examine the Presidency and 
Congress as institutions and as policy-making agents of the federal government. It will 
focus on the necessary and frequently confrontational interaction between these two polit- 
ical branches of government with special emphasis on separation of powers doctrine and 
constitutional law. Prerequisites: PSC 1 1 1 and 1 12 or permission of the instructor. 3 cred- 
its. 

312. American Foreign Policy. This course offers a two-part examination of American 
foreign policy. The first part will be an extensive survey of U.S. foreign policy from its 
inception as a nation through today. A critical theme will be the U.S. tradition of unilater- 
alism, not isolationism. The second part will examine the policy-making process itself, 
focusing on the multiple actors and cross-cutting interests that comprise U.S. foreign pol- 
icy decision-making. Writing process. 3 credits. 

375. American Constitutional Law I. This course uses key cases to study important doc- 
trines established by the Supreme Court with respect to the structure and functions of the 
constitutional system (judicial, legislative and executive power and federalism), There is 
a particular emphasis on various forms of textual interpretation used by individual justices 
to apply the Constitution in deciding cases and writing opinions. PSC 111 and 112 strong- 
ly recommended. 3 credits. 

316. American Constitutional Law II. This course uses key cases to study important doc- 
trines established by the Supreme Court with respect to civil rights, equality, property, and 
political rights. There is a particular emphasis on various forms of textual interpretation 
used by individual justices to apply the Constitution in deciding cases and writing opin- 
ions. PSC 111 and 112 strongly recommended. 3 credits. 

90 History and Political Science 2002-2003 Catalog 



320. Electoral Politics. The dynamics of the electoral process, with emphasis on presi- 
dential and congressional elections and the role of parties, public opinion and interest 
groups. 3 credits. 

330. State and Local Government. Governmental institutions, characteristics of state and 
local political systems and the major inter-governmental problems in state and local 
relations with the federal government. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Citizenship Education in Secondary Schools. A course for those 
preparing to teach history, political science, economics, and geography at the secondary 
ievel. Topics include issues and trends in secondary education, history of historical peda- 
gogy, professional development and course enrichment resources, teaching techniques, 
:he uses of technology and student motivational techniques. 3 credits. Required for all 
political science majors seeking Citizenship certification. Does not count towards the 
major. {Cross-listed as History 360.} 

400. Internship. Field experience in a Political Science environment. Prerequisite: GPA 
3f 2.50 in major and permission of department chair. 3-12 credits. 

415. Foundations of American Law. An historical survey of American legal development 
from colonial times to the present. The course is a supplement to Constitutional Law. 
Strongly recommended for pre-law students. Prerequisite: PSC 112.3 credits. 

425. Executive Power. This course will provide a comprehensive examination of the 
kvorld's oldest and most controversial governing institution - the executive, the course 
structure will primarily comprise three component themes of inquiry: comparative demo- 
;ratic executive systems; philosophical definitions and prerogatives of executive power; 
md various electoral models of executive selection. 3 credits. 

498. Seminar in Politics. This seminar allows junior and senior political science majors 
;o pursue a research interest within a broad topic area prescribed for each semester the 
seminar is given. Students will present their work at an undergraduate research conference 
losted by a regional university. Prerequisites: major in political science and junior or sen- 
ior standing. Writing process. 3 credits. 

499. Seminar in World Politics. This seminar allows junior and senior political science 
majors to pursue a research interest within the context of international politics. In addition 
to a substantive research paper on an international subject, students will track contempo- 
rary issues of the international community through weekly presentations and discussions. 
Among the likely topics are terrorism; weapons of mass destruction; globalization; 
scopolitics; women's rights; and political economy, among others. Students will present 
their papers at an undergraduate research conference hosted by a regional unixersity. 
Prerequisites: PSC 130 or permission of the instructor. Writing process. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 91 



Criminal Justice Program 

For students interested in the field of criminal justice (including police work, counsel- 
ing juvenile offenders, court assistants, probation work and other areas), the courses list- 
ed below constitute the criminal justice program. The chairs of the Sociology and the 
History and Political Science Departments function as advisers for this program. 
Interested students should consult with one of these advisers. 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major or minor in criminal justice, but the program can be most easily com- 
bined with a major in political science or sociology. However, the program is not confined 
to majors in these areas. 

The courses required are as follows: PSC 112,315,316,415; SOC 110,331,333; one of the 
following: SOC 271 , SOC 272, SOC 278; six credits of PSC, PSY, or SOC. No courses 
may be taken pass/fail. (30 credits) 

Faculty 

James H. Broussard, professor of history. 
Ph.D., Duke University. 

He teaches American history and historiography. His research and publications concen- 
trate on the Jefferson-Jackson era, the South and American politics. He formerly served as 
executive director of the Society for Historians of the Early American Republic. 

Griffin C. Hathaway, assistant professor of political science. 
Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

He teaches courses in international relations, comparative government, U.S. foreign poli- 
cy, and the American presidency. His research concentrations are comparative executive 
systems, separation-of-powers doctrine, and executive power. He provides political com- 
mentary on international and domestic policy issues for television, radio, and newspapers. 

John Hinshaw, assistant professor of history. 
Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University. 

He teaches courses on modem American history, black history, urban history, African histo- 
ry, world history, labor history, and specialized courses in race and ethnicity. He has written 
and edited books on the industrial revolution in world history, the steel industry and steel 
workers in Western Pennsylvania, and the labor movement in the United States. 

Tia E. Malkin-Fontecchio, assistant professor of history. 
Ph.D., Brown University. 

She teaches courses on colonial and modem Latin America, and world history. Her teach- 
ing interests also include Brazil, Mexico, Chile, and Cuba. Her research focuses on edu- 
cation in twentieth-century Brazil. 



92 History and Political Science 2002-2003 Catalog 



Rebecca K. McCoy, associate professor of history. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

She teaches world civihzation and speciaHzed courses in European history. Her research 

focuses on the social, religious and political history of France from the seventeenth to the 

nineteenth century. Other teaching and research interests include the history of European 

women, the cultural and intellectual history of modem Europe, and the development of 

nationalism and national identity. 

John D. Norton, professor of political science. 

Ph.D., American University. 

He teaches courses in American government, constitutional law, political philosophy and 

American politics. He contributes columns to local newspapers and appears as an analyst 

on radio and T.V. He is the pre-law adviser for the College. His professional and research 

interests are in the areas of American Constitutionalism, history of political thought and 

political journalism. 

P. Terry Baker, adjunct instructor of history. 
M.Ed. Shippensburg University. 

He teaches American history and the teaching of history and social studies in the second- 
ary schools. He also evaluates student teaching. 

Jean-Paul Benowitz, adjunct instructor in history. 
MA., Miller sville University. 

He teaches American history. His research and teaching interest is on U.S. political history 
for the period since 1928, with particular focus on the Roosevelt-Truman and Kennedy- 
Johnson administrations. Related fields of interest include social, cultural, and diplomatic 
history for the period since 1945. He is completing a Ph.D. at Temple University. 

Diane E. Wenger, adjunct assistant professor of American history and American studies. 
Ph.D., University of Deleware . 

She teaches American history and American studies. Her research interests include American 
material culture and American business history with an emphasis on the economic/ social his- 
tory of the federal period. 



Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 9: 



DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

The Lebanon Valley College Department of Mathematical Sciences has long offered a 
rigorous mathematics program within the context of a liberal arts education. The increasing 
national need for quantitatively prepared individuals makes our program even more 
attractive today. Actuaries, computer programmers, mathematics and computer science 
teachers, college professors, operations research analysts and statisticians are in high and 
continuing demand. In addition, the mental discipline and problem solving abilities 
developed in the study of mathematics are excellent preparation for numerous and varied 
areas of u'ork and study. 

The Department was cited in the Mathematical Association of America's 1995 publication, 
Models that Work, for its exceptional program and for its service to students. It offers majors 
in Actuarial Science, Computer Science and Mathematics; secondary teaching certification in 
Mathematics; and minors in Mathematics and Computer Science. 

Departmental graduates have earned doctorates in economics, physics, statistics, and 
computer science as well as mathematics. Other graduates have completed law school. 
Many graduates have earned the designation of Fellow of the Society of Actuaries or the 
Casualty Actuarial Society. 

Mathematical Sciences Department majors are active in student government, athletics, 
musical organizations and other activities. The Department is always well represented in 
the list of students named to Who's Who in American Colleges and Universities. There 
are two active student clubs, the Math Club and the Student ACM Chapter. 

The Mathematical Science Department also directs the Computer Engineering track in 
the 3+2 Engineering Program. For details see Cooperative Programs on page 22. 

Mathematics Program 

The Mathematics major is the cornerstone of the program in the Department of 
Mathematical Sciences. Each faculty member in the department has a doctorate in some 
area of mathematics. Operations Research analyst, computer support consultant, computer 
analyst and secondary school teacher are job descriptions of some recent graduates. Other 
graduates have chosen to use mathematics as preparation for graduate school in areas such 
as economics, management, operations research and statistics. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in mathematics. 

Major: MAS 1 1 1 , 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 202, 222, 251 , 261 , plus five (5) MAS courses numbered 
200 or above; at least four of MAS 311 , 322, 325, 335, 371 , 372, 390; and at least one of 
MAS 3 1 1 or 322. A 400 level ASC course may substitute for 335 and ASC 385 may sub- 
stitute for MAS 266 or MAS 270 (37 credits). 

Mathematics majors are advised to take at least one computer science course or have 
equivalent experience. 

Minor: MAS 161 , 162, 222 and 251 or 202; three courses from CSC 144 or MAS cours- 
es numbered 200 or higher (21 credits). 

94 Mathematical Sciences 2002-2003 Catalog 




itudents may attempt any combination of double majors or major/minor within the 
)epartment of Mathematical Sciences. But, no course, except where required by number 
m both programs, may be used in more than one program. 

'econdaiy Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in mathematics 
lust complete: a mathematics major including MAS 270, 322, 325, and 360: CSC 144; 
;DU 110; and SED 430, 43 1,440. 

'bourses in Mathematics (MAS): 

00. Concepts of Mathematics. A study of a variety of topics in mathematics. Many intro- 
luce 20th century mathematics and most do not appear in the secondary school curriculum. 
' credits. 

02. Pre-Calcuhis. A review of precalculus mathematics including algebra and trigonometry. 
I credits. A student may not receive credit for this course after completing MAS 111, 161, 
•r the equivalent. 

11, 112. Analysis 1, II. A calculus sequence for department majors and other students 
iesiring a rigorous introduction to elementary calculus. Prerequisite: placement testing or 
AAS 102; MAS 111 is a prerequisite for MAS 112. Corequisites: MAS 113.114. 4 credits 
)er semester. A student may not receive credit for both MAS 1 1 1 and MAS 161 . A student 
nay not receive credit for both MAS 112 and MAS 162. 



.ebanon Valley College 



Mathematical Sciences 95 



113, 114. Introduction to Mathematical Thinking I, II. An introduction to college 
mathematics for potential mathematical science majors. Prerequisite: placement testing or 
MAS 102. Corequisite: MAS 111,112. 1 credit per semester. 

150. Finite Mathematics. Introduction to mathematical techniques used in quantitative 
analysis in business and economics. Topics include sets, linear relations, matrices, linear 
programming, probability and interest. 3 credits. 

161, 162. Calculus I, II. A calculus sequence covering functions, limits, differentiation, 
integration and applications. Prerequisite: placement testing or MAS 102. MAS 161 is a pre- 
requisite for MAS 162. 3 credits per semester. A student may not receive credit for both 
MAS 1 1 1 and MAS 161 . A student may not receive credit for both MAS 1 12 and MAS 162. 

170. Elementary Statistics. An introduction to elementary descriptive and inferential 
statistics with emphasis on conceptual understanding. 3 credits. A student may not receive 
credit for MAS 170 after completing MAS 372. A student may not receive credit for both 
MAS 170 and MAS 270. 

202. Foundations of Mathematics. Introduction to logic, set theory, and proof techniques. 
Prerequisites: MAS 112 or MAS 162 and MAS 251. 3 credits. 

222. Linear Algebra. An introduction to linear algebra including systems of equations, 
vectors spaces and linear transformations. Prerequisite: MAS 112 or MAS 261. 3 credits. 

257, Discrete Mathematics. Introduction to mathematical ideas used in computing and 
information sciences: logic, sets and sequences, matrices, combinatorics, induction, 
relations and finite graphs. Prerequisites: MAS 112 or MAS 162. 3 credits. 

261. Calculus III. Multivariate calculus including partial differentiation, multiple integration, 
vector fields and vector functions. Prerequisites: MAS 112 or MAS 162. 3 credits. 

266. Differential Equations. An introduction to ordinary differential equations. 
Prerequisites: MAS 162 or 112. 3 credits. 

270. Intermediate Statistics. A more advanced version of MAS 170 intended for students 
with some calculus background. Similar to MAS 170 with more extensive content. 3 
credits. A student may not receive credit for both MAS 170 and MAS 270. 

311. Real Analysis. Convergent and divergent series, limits, continuity, differentiability 
and integrability; Fourier series. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222, 251. 3 credits. 

322. Abstract Algebra. Introduction to algebraic structures including groups, rings and 
fields. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222, 251. 3 credits. 

325. Geometry. Axiomatic development of absolute, Euclidean and non-Euclidean 
geometries. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222, 251. 3 credits. 



96 Mathematical Sciences 2002-2003 Catalog 



'35. Operations Research. Introduction to some operations research techniques including 
inear programming, queuing theory, project scheduHng, simulation and decision analysis, 
'rerequisites: MAS 222, 251 or MAS 202. 3 credits. 

'60. Teaching of Mathematics in Secondary Schools. A course for secondary education 
aathematics majors introducing issues and trends in mathematics education, history of 
nathematical pedagogy, enrichment and professional development resources, teaching 
^chniques and use of technology. Prerequisites: MAS 202,222; junior standing; EDU 110. 
i credits. 

63. Numerical Computation. A survey with topics from: finite arithmetic, root finding 
Igorithms, numerical integration and differentiation, interpolation, systems of equations, 
plines, numerical solution of differential equations, simulation and optimization, 
•rerequisites: MAS 222, 251. 3 credits. 

71. Mathematical Probability. A mathematical introduction to probability, discrete and 
ontinuous random variables, and sampling. Prerequisites: MAS 1 12 and either a B- grade 
ti MAS 112 or junior standing. 3 credits. 

72. Mathematical Statistics. An introduction to the mathematical foundations of statistics 
ncluding sampling distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, linear models and multi- 
ariate distributions. Prerequisites: MAS 371. 3 credits. 

Actuarial Science Program 

Actuaries are business professionals who use expertise in mathematics, economics, 
inance and management to define, analyze, and solve financial and social problems. 
S^ctuaries are employed by insurance companies, consulting firms, pension/benefit con- 
ulting firms, large corporations, and federal and state government agencies. Actuarial 
redentials, which are earned after obtaining a bachelors degree, result from completing the 
igorous education and examination program administered by either the Casualty Actuarial 
lociety or the Society of Actuaries. 

The Actuarial Science program at Lebanon Valley College was established in the 1960's 
nd is coordinated by Professor Hearsey who is an Associate of the Society of Actuaries. 
Vith over 120 graduates working in the profession, including nearly 40 fellows and 30 
ssociates, Lebanon Valley is recognized as having one of the leading undergraduate 
ctuarial education programs in the East and the only full undergraduate program at a 
mall liberal arts college. 

The LVC actuarial curriculum is designed to help actuarial students prepare for the 
urricula of the professional actuarial societies initiated in the year 2000. The LVC program 
ntroduces students to material on the first four examinations in the Society of Actuaries and 
!^asualty Actuarial Society examination programs. 

The rigorous standards of the program, including the required passing of at least one 
ictuarial examination, has resulted in a nearly 1007c placement record of LVC actuarial 
cience graduates in professional actuarial positions. 



,ebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 97 



Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science degree with a major in actuarial science. 

Ma/or; ASC 28 1,3 85, 481, and one of 47 1,472, 482; CSC 125 or 144; MAS 111, 112, 
113, 114, 222, 261, 371, 372; ECN 101, 102, 201; ACT 151. (49 Credits) The Course 
1/Part 1 or Course 2/Part 2 examination of the Society of Actuaries/Casualty Actuarial 
Society must be passed before senior standing is reached. 

Students may attempt any combination of double majors or major/minor within the 
Department of Mathematical Sciences. But, no course, except where required by number in 
both programs, may be used in more than one program. 

Courses in Actuarial Science (ASC): 

281. Introduction to Actuarial Science. An introduction to risk management in 
property /casualty and life insurance with emphasis on probability concepts. Prerequisite: 
MAS 112. 3 credits. 

385. Mathematics of Finance. Measurement of interest, time value of money, annuities, 
amortization and sinking funds, bonds, depreciation, capitalized cost and finance apphca- 
tions including net present value, yield rates, and stock and option pricing. Prerequisite: 
MAS 112.3 credits. 

471. Regression and Time Series Analysis. An introduction to regression and time series 
models with emphasis on economic applications. Prerequisite: MAS 372. 3 credits. 

472. Loss Distributions and Credibility Theory. An introduction to loss distributions and 
credibility theory with emphasis on actuarial applications. Prerequisite: MAS 372. 3 credits. 

481. Actuarial Mathematics I. Survival distributions, Ufe insurance, life annuities, benefit 
premiums and reserves, multiple life and decrement models. Prerequisite: ASC 385. 
Corequisite: MAS 371. 3 credits. 

482. Actuarial Mathematics II. Individual and collective risk models, compound dis- 
tributions, including apphcations such as stop-loss reinsurance. Prerequisites: ASC 385,481. 
3 credits. 

Computer Science Program 

Computer Science is the study of the automation of problem solving. Topics in this 
discipline range from the theoretical study of the nature of problems that can be solved by 
machine, to the design of machines to solve problems (computers), to techniques for 
implementing the solutions (computer programming). 

At LVC, while our curriculum explores all of these topics, we have a clear emphasis on 
computer programming. The core of the program is a four-course sequence that explores the 
theory and practice of programming. This core, combined with a substantial mathematics 



98 Mathematical Sciences 2002-2003 Catalog 



equirement, prepares motivated students for the advanced work that follows. 

At the upper level, we present recent topics in the discipline via our Advanced Topics 
ourses. The flexibility of this arrangement allows us to adapt quickly to this rapidly 
hanging field, as well as to student and faculty interests. Independent study and internship 
ourses allow further exploration of what is current in our discipline. 

This well-designed and challenging curriculum has produced graduates with a nearly 
00% placement rate in computer-related fields and graduate studies. 

')egree Requirements: 

degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in computer science. 

4ajor: CSC 143, 144, 249, 282, 321 , 344, two of 481 and 482 and 448, 400 or 500; ENG 
10or216;MAS 111, 112, 113, 114, 222, 251, 270 (49 credits). 

4inor: CSC 143, 144, 249, 282, and one CSC course numbered 300 or higher; MAS 111 
r 161,270(21 credits). 

tudents may attempt any combination of double majors or major/minor within the 
)epartment of Mathematical Sciences. But, no course, except where required by number 
1 both programs, may be used in more than one program. 

'bourses in Computer Science (CSC): 

25. Introduction to Computers as Tools. An introduction to the use of modem computing 
jchnology in the storage, organization, and retrieval of information. The course focuses on 
le use of the Internet, database concepts, social impact and ethical considerations. 3 credits. 

43. Introduction to Computer Science. A broad introduction to the field of computer 
cience. Topics covered include history, algorithms and problem solving, logic, hardware 
esign, and programming. Intended for first-year computer science majors and others 
itending to take programming courses. Offered every fall semester. 3 credits. 

44. Introduction to Programming with Java. Introduction to programming in Java. A 
tudent may not receive credit toward graduation for CSC 144 after completing CSC 249 
r the equivalent. Offered every spring. 3 credits. 

49. Advanced Programming with C++. Features of the C-I-+ language. Classes, objects, 
ointers, libraries and projects with multiple modules. Prerequisite: CSC 144 or permission, 
credits. 

82. Data Structures. Lists, stacks, queues, trees, tables, networks. Prerequisite: CSC 249 
r permission. 3 credits. 

21. Survey of Computer Languages. Classification of languages and de\elopment 
nvironments, and experience with examples such as visual tools, ADA. Prolog. SmallTalk, 
JSP and SQL. Prerequisite: CSC 282. 3 credits. 



.ebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 99 



344. Computer Architecture with Assembly Language. A study of the organization of, 
computers. Topics include instruction sets, registers, memory, devices and interrupts. 
Prerequisite: CSC 249. 3 credits. 

448. Database Management. Database structure and implementation. Prerequisite: CSC 

282. 3 credits. i 

481, 482. Advanced Topics in Computer Science I, II. Topics to be selected from current 
areas of interest and concern in computer science. Possible topics include graphics, compiler ■ 
construction, operating systems, networks and artificial intelligence. Prerequisite: CSC 282; 
MAS 25 1 . Either course can be taken more than once for credit as long as the topics are dif- ■ 
ferent. 3 credits per semester. 

Faculty 
Christopher J. BrazHeld, assistant professor of mathematical sciences. 
PI1.D., University of Oregon. 

Brazfield teaches mathematics and computer science. He oversees the department website. 
His research interests are in the area of noncommutative algebra. He advises computer 
science and other department majors. 

J. Patrick Brewer, assistant professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Oregon. 

Brewer teaches mathematics. His graduate degree was earned in the area of algebra, and 

he is broadening his areas of expertise to include statistics and actuarial science. He is 

adviser for the Math Club. Professor Brewer advises mathematics and actuarial science 

majors. 

Michael D. Fry, professor of mathematical sciences. Chairperson. . 

PhD., University of Illinois. I 

An avid practitioner of computer science and an accomplished mathematician. Trained as an 
algebraist, he has become a computer scientist as well with special interests in graphics, 
fractals, and applications of group theory. Professor Fry advises computer science majors. 

Bryan V. Hearsey, professor of mathematical sciences. Coordinator, Actuarial Science 

Program. 

Ph.D., Washington State University. 

Hearsey is an Associate of the Society of Actuaries (ASA) and an active member of the 

academic actuarial conrmiunity. He serves as the Society of Actuaries liaison representative 

to the Mathematical Association of America and is a member of the Joint CAS/SoA 

Academic Relations Committee. Although his original mathematics interest was topology, 

his primary interests are now with actuarial mathematics and finance. He advises actuarial 

science majors. J 



100 Mathematical Sciences 2002-2003 Catalog 



David W. Lyons, assistant professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Lyons has broad mathematical interests in the areas of geometry, topology, algebra, and 

:omputer visualization. He teaches mathematics courses and advises mathematics majors. 

He also serves as master instructor and faculty advisor to the campus Tae Kwon Do Club. 

Mark A. Townsend, professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ed.D., Oklahoma State University. 

Fownsend is a winner of the Lindback Award for Distinguished Teaching. Trained as a 

lumerical analyst, he has developed a wide range of other interests including introductory 

computer science. He advises mathematics majors interested in secondary education. 

Kenneth F. Yarnall, associate professor of mathematical sciences. Coordinator, 

Computer Science Program. 

°h.D., University' of South Carolina. 

*ifamall has interests ranging from pure mathematics to computer science to history and 

philosophy of science. Trained as an analyst, he teaches both mathematics and computer 

icience. He advises computer science majors. He is the advisor for the ACM student 

:hamber, and he advises computer scienc majors. 

rimothy M. Dewald, adjunct assistant professor of mathematical sciences. 

M.Div., Andover Newton Theological School. 

Dewald is interested in the history of mathematics and enjoys teaching all students espe- 

;ially those with math anxiety. He teaches elementary statistics. He has won the Knisely 

reaching Award. 



Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 101 



MILITARY SCIENCE PROGRAM 

The Military Science Program adds another dimension to a Lebanon Valley College , 
liberal arts education with courses that develop a student's ability to organize, motivate | 
and lead. 

Participation in military science courses during the freshman and sophomore years 
results in no military obligation. Courses during these years orient students on the various 
roles of Army officers. Specifically, these courses stress self-development: written and 
oral communication skills, leadership, bearing and self-confidence. 

Individuals who elect to continue in the program during the junior and senior years will 
receive a commission as a second lieutenant in the United States Army, The U.S. Army 
Reserve or The Army National Guard, upon graduation. Then they will serve three months 
to four years in the active Army, depending upon the type of commission. 

Options are available for those individuals who encounter scheduling conflicts or who 
desire to begin participation after their freshman year. Contact the Military Science 
Department, 717-245-1221 or 888-356-3942, for further information. 

Program participants may take part in various enrichment activities during the academic 
year: rappeUing, rifle qualification, leadership exercises, land navigation, orientation trips and 
formal social functions. Program participants may also apply for special training courses dur- 
ing the summer: airborne, air assault schools and cadet troop leader training. 

Scholarships: Army ROTC offers four, three and two year scholarships, awarded strictly 
on merit, to the most outstanding students who apply. The scholarship is valued at $17,000 
a year. In addition to paying all or part of your tuition, the scholarship offers a stipend of 
$250-400 a month plus $600 a year for books. All scholarship recipients remain eligible , 
for financial aid. 1 

Corresponding Studies Program: Students participating in an off-campus study program ' 
in the United States or abroad may continue participation in either the Army ROTC Basic 
Course or Advanced Course and receive the same course credit and benefits as a student 
enrolled in the on-campus program. Scholarship students also are eligible to participate. 

National Advanced Leadership Camp: The practicum consists of a five- week sum- 
mer training program at Fort Lewis, Washington. NALC stresses the application of mil- 
itary skills to rapidly changing situations. Participants are evaluated on their ability to make 
sound decisions, to direct group efforts toward the accomplishment of common goals and to 
meet the mental and physical challenges presented to them. Completion of NALC is 
required prior to commissioning and is normally attended between the junior and senior 
years. Participants receive room, board, travel expenses, medical care and pay. 

Degree Requirements: 

Requirements: MIL 101 , 102, 201 , 202, 301 , 302, 401 , 402; HIS 240. 

Courses in Military Science (MIL): 

101, 102. Introduction to Military Science. Emphasizes developing self-confidence and 
bearing. Instruction and weekly practical training in the basic skills of map reading, 
rappelling, weapons, communications, first aid, tactical movements, customs, courtesies, 
public speaking and leadership. Meets one hour per week. 1 credit each semester. 



102 Military Science 2002-2003 Catalog 



201, 202. Application of Military Science. Advanced instruction in topics introduced in the 
first year. Participation in operations and basic tactics to demonstrate leadership problems 
ind to develop leadership skills. Meets two hours per week each semester. 1 credit each 
semester. 

Wl,302. Advanced Application of Military Science. Emphasis on leadership. Situations 
■equire direct interaction with other cadets and test the student's ability to meet goals and 
:o get others to do the same. Students master basic tactical skills of the small unit leader. 
VIeets two hours per week and selected weekends each semester. Prerequisite: Open only 
;o Advanced Course cadets. 1 credit each semester. 

iOl, 402. Command and Staff . Emphasis is placed on developing planning and decision- 
naking capabilities in the areas of military operations, logistics and administration. Meets 
wo hours per week. Prerequisite: Open only to Advanced Course cadets. 1 credit each 
;emester. 

Faculty 
Vlark N. Mazarella, professor of military science. 

VI. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University. Lieutenant Colonel, United States Army. 
Vlazarella is the Commander of the Blue Mountain ROTC Battalion (which encompasses 
^ebanon Valley College, Dickinson College, Penn State Harrisburg and Millers ville 
Jniveristy) and he is the primary instructor for MSIV courses at Lebanon Valley College, 
Dickinson College and Penn State Harrisburg. 

^obin L. Duane, senior military instructor. 

Waster Sergeant, United States Army. 

Duane is the primary instructor for MSIII courses at Lebanan Valley College. He is a 

special Forces Engineer Sergeant. 

?arry K. Farquhar, instructor of military science. 

3.S., Troy State University. Major, United States Army. 

^arquhar is the primary instructor for MSI-MSII courses at Lebanon Valley College and 

Dickinson College. He is also the Operation Officer for the Blue Mountain ROTC 

Battalion. 



^ebanon Valley College Military Science 103 



DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC 

Students in the Department of Music may major in one of four areas: music, music 
business, music education or music recording technology. Each student in the B.A. (MUS 
or MBS), B.M. (MRT), or B.S. (MED) programs, is required to take a core of courses in 
music theory and music history. Each student also completes additional course work 
particular to his/her area of interest. 

Music Program 

Music majors (except music business students) will exhibit proficiency at the piano and i 
in voice, each to be determined by jury. Precise requirements for these proficiencies and the '■ 
recital attendance requirement are found in the Department of Music Student Handbook. To i 
prepare for proficiency juries, students can take MSC 510 and/or 520. Music majors will be 
in at least one major performing ensemble (identified as either Marching Band, Symphonic 
Band, College Choir, Concert Choir or Symphony Orchestra) each fall and spring semester. 
All students may earn up to 12 credits for ensemble participation. They will enroll in private 
study on their principal instrument/voice during each fall and spring semester. 

Students registered for private instruction in the department are not permitted to study in 
that instructional area on a private basis with another instructor, on or off campus, at the 
same time. j 

Degree Requirements: 

The Bachelor of Arts in music (B.A.) is designed for those students preparing for a career in 
music with a strong liberal arts background. All B.A. candidates will take an hour lesson per 
week in their principal performance medium. Students in the jazz studies concentration will 
take 530 private applied and 530 jazz studies each semester to fulfill this requirement. The 
theory/composition concentration students will take 530 private applied and 530 individual 
composition each semester to fulfill this requirement. Concentrations identified in the 
Department of Music Student Handbook include: piano, organ, voice, instrumental, sacred 
music, jazz studies and theory /composition. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts in music. (MUS) 

Majors: Core courses in three of the music degree programs are: MSC 099, 115,116,117, 
118, 215, 217, 241 , 242, 246 and 328. MSC 530 for B.S. and B.M. candidates, and MSC 
540 for B.A. candidates. In addition, music majors will be in either MSC 601, 602, 603 
or 604 each semester, exceptions noted previously. 

Music (BA.): Core courses plus: Piano concentradon: MSC 216, 306, 316, 406 and 600; 
Voice concentration: MSC 216, 233, 326 and 327; Organ concentration: MSC 216, 316, 
351, and 352; Instrumental concentration: MSC 216, 345, 403, 405 and 416; Sacred 
Music concentration: MSC 216, 347, 351 or 334, and 422; Jazz Studies concentration: 
MSC 201, 218, 416 and 500: Senior Project; Theory/Composition concentradon: MSC 
216, 315, 329, 416 and 500: Senior Composition Project. 



104 Music 2002-2003 Catalog 



Minor: MSC 099 (two semesters), 101, and three music literature courses from among 
:he following: 100, 200, 201, 241 or 242. Minors also take MSC 530 for four semesters 
md must participate in a music ensemble for four semesters. 

Student Recital 

Student recitals are of inestimable value to all music students in acquainting them with a 
kvide range of the best music literature, and in developing musical taste and discrimination. 
Performing in a recital provides the experience of appearing before an audience and helps 
develop self reliance and confident stage demeanor. Students at all levels of performance 
ibility appear on regularly scheduled student recitals depending on their performance readi- 
ness and in consultation with the private teacher. 

Courses in Music (MSC): 

199. Recital Attendance. Designed for music majors and minors and graded on a satis- 
factory/unsatisfactory basis. Music core course. credits. 

100. Introduction to Music. For the non-music major, a survey of Western music 
lesigned to increase the individual's musical perception. 3 credits. 

101. Fundamentals of Music. For music minors and non-music majors, an introduction 

the rudiments of music: notation, key signatures, theory, aural theory and so forth. 3 
:redits. 

110. Class Piano for Beginners. 1 credit. 

111. Class Guitar for Beginners. Student provides his or her own instrument. 1 credit. 

115. Music Theory I. A study of the rudiments of music and their notation, 
harmonization of melodies and basses with fundamental triads. Analysis. Music core 
;ourse. 2 credits. 

116. Music Theory II. A study of diatonic tonal harmony, including all triads and seventh 
:hords, nonharmonic material and elementary modulation. Music core course. 
Prerequisite: MSC 115 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

117. Aural Theory I. The singing and aural recognition of intervals, scales, triads and 
simple harmonic progressions. Music core course. 2 credits. 

118. Aural Theory II. A continuation of MSC 117. emphasizing clef reading, modality, 
modulation and more complicated rhythmic devices and harmonic patterns. Music core 
:ourse. Prerequisite: MSC 117 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

136. Survey of Music Education. A first-year field experience with a classroom component. 

1 credit. 

200. Topics in Music. Designed primarily for the non-music major, the course w ill focus 
3n genre and period studies. 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Music 105 



201 . American Music History. A historical survey of American music emphasizing styhstic 
developments and illustrative musical examples from colonial times to the present. Includes 
American musical theater, jazz, folk and popular styles. Writing process. 3 credits. 

215. Music Theory III. A study of chromatic tonal harmony, including secondary dom- 
inants, augmented sixth chords, tertian extensions, altered chords and advanced modulation. 
Music core course. Prerequisite: MSC 116 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

216. Music Theory IV. A study of 20th century compositional techniques, including 
modal and whole-tone materials, quartal harmony, polychords, atonality, serialism and 
various rhythmic and metric procedures. Prerequisite: MSC 215 or permission of the 
instructor. 2 credits. 

21 7. Aural Theory III. A continuation of MSC 118, emphasizing chromatic materials and 
more complex modulations, chord types, rhythms and meters. Music core course. 
Prerequisite: MSC 118 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

218. Jazz Theory. A study of jazz theory, including notation, extended chords, improvision 
and practice. Prerequisites: MSC 115, 116, and 215. 2 credits. 

220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education 
majors in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments, 
singing, notation, listening, movement and creative applications. 3 credits. {Cross-listed 
as Elementary Education 220.} 

223. Brass Methods. A study of the brass family. Emphasis on pedagogical techniques. 
Mixed brass ensemble experience. 2 credits. 

227. Percussion Methods. A study of the percussion family. 1 credit. 

233. Diction. An introduction to the pronunciation of singer's English, German, French, 
Italian and Latin, utilizing the International Phonetic Alphabet. Required of voice concentra- 
tion majors, the course is open to other students with permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

241 . History and Literature of Music I. A survey course in the history of Western music (in 
the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic developments 
and illustrative musical examples, from early music through the Baroque era. Music core 
course. 3 credits. 

242. History and Literature of Music II. A survey course in the history of Western music 
(in the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic developments 
and illustrative musical examples, from the classical period to the present. Music core 
course. 3 credits. 

246. Principles of Conducting. Principles of conducting and baton technique. Students 
conduct ensembles derived from class personnel. Music core course. 2 credits. 

106 Music 2002-2003 Catalog 




180. Field Practicum in Music Education. Optional supervised field experiences in appro- 
jriate settings. Required pass/fail. Prerequisites: EDU 110 and permission. 1-3 credit(s). 

W6. Piano Literature. A survey of the development of the piano and its literature with 
emphasis on piano methods books and related materials. 2 credits. 

U5. Counterpoint. Introductory work in strict counterpoint through three- and four-part 
vork in all the species. 2 credits. 

U6. Keyboard Harmony. Score reading and the realization of figured bass at the key- 
)oard. transposition and improvisation. The successful completion of a piano jury is 
•equired for admission to the course. 2 credits. 

^26. Vocal Literature. A survey of solo vocal literature with emphasis on teaching 
"epertoire. Extensive listening is required. Students may have opportunities to perform the 
A'orks studied. 2 credits. 

^27. Vocal Pedagogy. This course prepares the advanced voice student to teach pri\ ate 
essons at the secondary school level. Students are expected to develop vocal exercise 
procedures, become familiar with suitable teaching repertoire and apply teaching pro- 
:edures in a laboratory situation. Selected writings in vocal pedagogy and voice therapy 
A'ill be studied. 2 credits. 

328. Form and Analysis L A study through analysis and listening of simple and compound 
forms, variations, contrapuntal forms, rondo and sonata forms. Emphasis is placed primarily 
jpon structural content. The course provides experience and skill in both aural and \ isual 
analysis. Music core course. 2 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Music 107 



329. Form and Analysis II. A study through analysis and Hstening of fugal forms, suite, 
complex sonata forms and techniques for analysis of certain contemporary styles of music. 
2 credits 

330. Woodwind Methods. A study of the woodwind family. 2 credits. 

331. String Methods. A study of the string family. 2 credits. 

333. Methods and Materials, General Music: Elementary. A comprehensive study of 
general music teaching at the elementary school level, the philosophy of music education, 
varied approaches for developing conceptual learning and music skills, creative applications j 
and analysis of materials. 3 credits. 

334. Choral Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials and approaches 
appropriate for choral and general music classes in grades 6-12. Writing process. 3 credits. 

335. Instrumental Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, philosophy 
and methods applicable to the teaching of instrumental ensembles (including marching 
band) from elementary through high school levels. 3 credits. 

336. Music Education Field Practicum. Students are placed in schools one hour per week 
where they are involved in a teaching/learning environment. 1 credit. 

345. Advanced Instrumental Conducting. Emphasis on practical work with instrumental 
groups. Rehearsal techniques are applied through individual experience. Prerequisite: 
MSC 246 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

347. Advanced Choral Conducting. Emphasis is on advanced technique with and without 
baton, score preparation, interpretation and pedagogy relating to choral organizations. 
Prerequisite: MSC 246 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

351. Organ Literature. A historical survey of representative organ literature from earliest 
times to the present day. 2 credits. 

352. Organ Pedagogy. Designed with a practical focus, this course surveys various 
methods of organ teaching. Laboratory teaching and selection of appropriate technical 
materials for all levels are included. 2 credits. 

401. Instrument Repair. A laboratory course in diagnosing and making minor repair of 
band and orchestral instruments. 2 credits. 

403. Instrumental Pedagogy. A survey of teaching materials that relate to the student's 
performance area. Students may be expected to apply teaching procedures in a laboratory 
situation. 2 credits. 

405. Instrumental Literature. A survey of literature (solo and chamber) that relate to the 
student's performance area. 2 credits. 

108 Music 2002-2003 Catalog 



06. Piano Pedagogy. A practical course that explores fundamental principles necessary 
) be an effective piano teacher. Subjects include practice techniques, memorization and 
le selection of appropriate technical materials for both beginners and advanced students, 
aboratory teaching may be required of the student. 2 credits. 

16. Orchestration. A study of instrumentation and the devices and techniques for scoring 
anscriptions, arrangements and solos for orchestra and band, with special emphasis on 
ractical scoring for mixed ensembles as they occur in public schools. Laboratory analysis 
nd performance. Scoring of original works. 2 credits. 

22. Church Music Methods and Administration. A course that acquaints students with 
le church music program. Includes the development of a choir program, methods and 
;chniques of rehearsal, budget preparation, and committee and pastoral relationships. 3 
redits. 

41. Student Teaching: Instrumental. Music education majors spend a semester in the 
lusic department of a school district under the supervision of cooperating teachers. 

rerequisites: 

1) a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.80 during the first six semesters 

(effective for students entering the program in the fall of 2002). 
I) successful completion of piano and voice proficiency juries. 
3) completion of music core courses and MSC 136, 216, 223, 227, 316, 330, 331 , 

333, 334 ,335, 336, including field experiences, 345 or 347 and EDU 1 10. 
X) approval of the music faculty. Students are responsible for transportation; the 

College cannot ensure that student teaching placement can be in a local geographic 

area. 8 or 4 credits. 

42. Student Teaching: Vocal. Same as MSC 441 . 8 or 4 credits. 

10. Class Piano Instruction. Designed for music majors with minimal piano skills, 
'reparation for department piano proficiency requirements. 1 credit. 

20. Class Voice Instruction. Designed for music majors with minimal vocal skills, 
•reparation for department voice proficiency requirements. 1 credit. 

30. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments). 1 credit. 

40. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments). 2 credits. 

00. Accompanying. Under the guidance of a piano instructor the piano concentration 
tudent prepares accompaniments for recital performance. One credit per semester is given 
or one solo recital or two half recitals. A maximum of two credits, usually distributed over 
he last three years, may be earned. 1-2 credit(s). 



.ebanon Valley College Music 109 



Music Ensembles 

601. Marching Band. The principal band experience during the fall semester open to all 
students by audition. Performs for home football games. Practical lab experience for 
music education majors. One semester satisfies one unit of physical activity of the gen- 
eral education requirements. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

602. Symphonic Band. The principal band experience during the spring semester, open to 
all students by audition. The Symphonic Band performs original literature and arrange- 
ments of standard repertoire. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

603. Symphony Orchestra. Various symphonic literature is studied and performed. In the 
second semester the orchestra accompanies soloists in a concerto-aria concert and on 
occasion combines with choral organizations for the performance of a major work. Open 
to all students by audition. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

604. Concert Choir. 

Sec. 1. Open to all students by audition, the Concert Choir performs all types of 
choral literature. In addition to local concerts, the Choir tours annually. Satisfies large 
ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

604. College Choir. 

Sec. 2. Open to all students by audition, the College Choir performs all types of 
choral literature. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

605. Chamber Choir. Open to all students by audition, the Chamber Choir performs 
chamber vocal literature from madrigals to vocal jazz. 1/2 credit. 



610. Woodwind Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Clarinet Choir. 1/2 credit. 
Sec. 2. Flute Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

615. Brass Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Brass Quintet. 1/2 credit. 
Sec. 2. Tuba Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

616. Percussion Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 
620. String Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

625. Jazz Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Jazz Band. 1/2 credit. 

630. Chamber Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Guitar Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

635. Handbell Choir. 1/2 credit. 



Sec. 3. Woodwind Quintet. 1/2 credit. 
Sec. 4. Saxophone Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

Sec. 3. Low Brass Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 
Sec. 4 Trumpet Ensemble. 1/2 credit 



Sec. 2. Small Jazz Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 



110 Music 



2002-2003 Catalog 



Music Business Program 

Tie Bachelor of Arts: emphasis in music business (B.A.) is a Uberal-arts based music busi- 
ess curriculum which builds on the strengths of current programs in business and music. 

degree Requirements: 

)egree: Bachelor of Arts: emphasis in music business (MBS) 

lusic Business (BA.): MSC 099 (4 semesters); 115, 116, 117, 241 or 242, 510 (1 semes- 
jr), 530 (4 semesters), a music ensemble (4 semesters); MRT 177, 371, 372; MBS 370, 
00, 401; ACT 161, 162; BUS 185, 285, 340, 371; and ECN 101. 

bourses in Music Business (MBS): 

70. Principles of Music Business. Explores issues related to trends in and the scope of 
lusic business: music merchandising, music publishing (including copyrights, licensing, 
ontracts, distribution, and so forth); unions, promotion and other management issues, 
'rerequisites: MRT 371 and 372 (taken in the sophomore year); BUS 340 and/or permission 
f the instructor. 3 credits. 

00. Internship. Prerequisites: Completion of all program requirements and permission of 
le instructor. 3-12 credits. 

01. Music Business Seminar. A senior, capstone experience. The focus will be on dis- 
ussion, particularly of important issues raised by the internship experience. 1 credit. 

Music Education Program 

The Bachelor of Science in music education (B.S.), approved by the Pennsylvania 
)epartment of Education and accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music, 
5 designed for the preparation of public school music teachers, kindergarten through 
rade 12, instrumental and vocal. Piano and voice proficiencies for the music education 
lajor prepare the candidate to meet the standards of the Pennsylvania Department of 
ilducation and are administered by competency jury. Students participate in student teach- 
ng in area elementary and secondary schools. In all field experiences, as well as the student 
caching semester, each student is responsible for transportation arrangements. During the 
tudent teaching semester, the candidate is not required to register for recital attendance, 
irivate lessons or an ensemble. 

degree Requirements: 

degree: Bachelor of Science in music education. (MED) 

dusic Education (B.S.): Core courses plus: MSC 136. 216, 223. 227, 316, 330, 331, 333, 
134, 335, 336, 345 or 347, 416, 441, 442; EDU 110; PSY 120 (recommended). 180; and a 
1.80 cumulative grade point average. Music education majors are permitted to register for 
)nly one half-hour lesson in their principal performance medium during the student 
caching semester if they are preparing a recital. This is accomplished by petition. 



:^banon Valley College Music 1 1 1 



Music Recording Technology Program 

The Bachelor of Music: emphasis in music recording technology (B.M.) is designed to i 
prepare students for today's rapidly developing interactive media and music recording 
industries. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Music: emphasis in music recording technology. (MRT) 

Music Recording Technology (B.M.): Core courses plus: MRT 177, 219, 277, 278, 370, 
371, 372, 373, 374, 400 or 500, 473, 474; PHY 101, 102, 203, 212, 350; and MAS 102 
(or MAS 161). 

Courses in Music Recording Technology (MRT): 

177. Survey of Music Recording Technology. An introductory course in the field. 1 credit. 

219. Ear Training for Recording Engineers. Critical listening skills are developed 
through class demonstration and ear-training exercises. Specific skills include hearing 
and discriminating frequencies, levels, processing, phase, etc. while listening musically to 
various production styles. Prerequisite: MRT 277. 1 credit. 

277. Recording Arts I. Fundamentals of the recording arts including basic audio signal 
and acoustics theory, recording consoles, microphone design and technique, and signal 
processing. Students work in on-campus studios to complete lab assignments and projects. 
Prerequisite: PHY 102 or permission. 3 credits. 

278. Recording Arts II. Multitrack studio production techniques are developed through 
class discussion, demonstration, and project assignments. Theory and application of MIDI 
technology and its integration into music production is emphasized. Students use the 
studios for assignments and individual projects. Prerequisite: MRT 277. 3 credits. 

370. Tonmeister Recording. Students use the art of recording live ensembles, focusing 
on tonmeister recording techniques and philosophy. Prerequisite: MRT 278. 1 credit. 

371. Music Industry I. Topics discussed include: how the music business operates, song- 
writing and music publishing, copyright law, music licensing, record companies and record- 
ing contracts. Writing intensive. 3 credits. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. 

372. Music Industry II. Topics discussed include: music merchandising, retail, entrepre-l 
neurship, promotion, advertising and distribution; music for telecommunications and new 
media. Prerequisite: MRT 371 or permission of the instructor. Writing process. 3 credits. 

373. Electronic Music. An in-depth look at the history, use and development of electronic 
music. Emphasis in MIDI, sequencing, transcription, sound design, synthesis techniques, 
sampling and studio production integration. Prerequisite: MRT 278 or permission of 
instructor. 3 credits. 

374. Digital Audio Technology. An in-depth examination of the principles and applications 
of digital audio in today's recording and interactive media industries. Topics discussed 
include: digital audio fundamentals, recording and reproduction systems theory, computer- 
based recording and editing, and audio for CD-ROM; and other new media applications. 
Prerequisite: MRT 278 or permission of instructor. 3 credits 

400. Internship. Practical on-the-job experience provides students insight, exposure, and 
experience in an area of interest within the music/interactive media industry. Prerequisites: 

112 Music 2002-2003 Catalog 



VIRT 382 and permission of the program director. 3 credits. The internship can be taken 
either in the last semester, in the summer between junior and senior years, or full-time in the 
ast semester for 12 credits. A full-time internship, if all other coursework is completed, 
illows students to relocate for the term. 

f73. New Media Technology. The world of interactive media is explored. Students are 
;xposed to a variety of multimedia technologies such as digital video, digital imaging, 
mimation, 3-D modeling and authoring systems. Industry-standard software packages 
;uch as Director, Premiere, Photoshop, HyperCard, etc. are used for demonstrations and 
)rojects. Prerequisite: MRT 374 or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

f74. Music Production Seminar. Advanced issues of music production are discussed 
md practiced. These include musicality. client relations, engineering, budgets, etc. An 
ndividual emphasis is provided to help the student focus on these technical, artistic, 
)rganizational and personal aspects. The course centers around completion of a major 
)roject. Prerequisite: MRT 374 or permission of instructor. 2 credits. 

Faculty 
[ohannes M. Dietrich, associate professor of music. 
5.M.A., University of Cincinnati Coliege-Consen'atoiy of Music. 

Dietrich teaches violin, viola and the music history sequence. He directs the Lebanon Valley 
College Symphony Orchestra, coaches chamber ensembles and performs solo recitals. 

Jcott H. Eggert, professor of music. 

^.MA., University of Kansas. 

iggert teaches music theory, aural theory, counterpoint and composition. He is active as 

I composer and has premiered major works on and off campus. 

iobert H. Hearson, professor of music. 

^d.D., University of Illinois. 

\ low brass specialist, Hearson directs the bands, teaches courses in instrumental music 

;ducation and brass pedagogy, and supervises music student teaching activities. He is 

bunder/director of the LVC Summer Music Camp and host conductor/coordinator of the 

_.VC Honors Band. He maintains a special interest in brass ensemble music, and is active 

IS a performer, clinician, adjudicator and guest conductor. 

3arry R. Hill, associate professor of music. 

\4.M., New York University. 

^ill is the director of the music recording technology program. A member of the National 

\cademy of Recording Arts and Sciences, he has a significant background of experience 

ncluding record production, interactive media. MIDI/electronic music, live reinforcement 

md studio/system design. He teaches music technology courses, superxises development 

)f the on-campus studios and administers the internship program. 

leffery F. Kleinsorge, assistant professor of music. 

°h.D., Michigan State University. 

kVith degrees in composition and piano performance, Kleinsorge teaches music theor>', 

lural theory, class piano and private lessons. 



.ebanon Valley College Music 1 1 3 



Mary L. Lemons, associate professor of music. 

EdD., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

Coordinator of music education, she teaches music education methods courses, arranges and 

supervises music student teaching, and he advises the campus MENC student chapter. 

Mark L. Mecham, professor of music. Chairperson. 
DMA., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

His doctorate is in choral music, and he has experience in choral conducting, music educa- 
tion, and voice. Conductor of the LVC Concert Choir and Chamber Choir, Mecham also 
serves as adjudicator, clinician and consultant. 

Shelly Moorman-Stahlman, associate professor of music. 
D.MA., University of Iowa. 

Moorman-Stahlman teaches private organ and piano lessons, organ literature, organ peda- 
gogy, and sacred music courses, and coordinates class piano instruction. She directs the 
handbell choir, performs frequently in solo organ recitals and advises the Sigma Alpha lota 
chapter. 

Philip G. Morgan, associate professor of music. 

M.S., Pittsburg State University (Kansas). 

Morgan teaches applied voice with specialization in vocal technique, vocal pedagogy and 

vocal literature. He performs frequently in solo recitals, ore torios and chamber recitals in the 

United States and Europe. He serves as vocal coach for Hershey Park's summer shows. 

Renee Lapp Norris, assistant professor of music. 
PhD., University of Maryland. 

A musicologist by training, Norris teaches the music histoiy sequence, American music his- 
tory, topics courses, and form and analysis. 

Jeff Snyder, assistant professor of music. 

M.S., Kutztown University. 

Snyder is assistant director of the music recording technology program. He has designed 

curricula and presented seminars in audio recording and MIDI for several artists, public 

schools, colleges, universities and technical schools. He has produced, engineered and 

been a session player on 20th century and commercial jingles, songs and recordings. 

Thomas M. Strohman, associate professor of music. 

M.M., Towson State University. 

He is responsible for woodwind studies, jazz studies and dL-ects the jazz ensembles. A found- 
ing member of the jazz ensemble "Third Stream," he has recorded for Columbia Artists. 

Dennis W. Sweigart, professor of music. 

D.MA., University of Iowa. j 

Sweigart teaches applied piano and courses in keyboard harmony, form and analysis and 
piano pedagogy. He regularly performs as a soloist and i.s an accompanist. 

Susan Szydlowski, director of special music programs. 

BA., Colby College. 

She has pursued graduate studies at Temple University. 



114 Music 2002-2003 Catalog 



oseph G. Bashore, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

i.FA., University of Iowa. 

\n accomplished recitalist and accompanist, Bashore teaches class and applied piano. 

leverly K. Butts, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

dM., Michigan State University. 

^ well-known soloist, orchestral musician, and teacher in the region. Butts teaches applied 

larinet, clarinet literature, and pedagogy courses. 

•hyllis J. Drackley, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

iA., Marywood University. 

\. well-known soprano soloist and teacher in the region, Drackley teaches class and 

pplied voice. 

ames A. Erdman II, adjunct instructor in music. 

'etired solo trombonist, "The Presidents Own" United States Marine Band, Washington, 
).C. He teaches low brass instruments and is founder and director of the LVC Low Brass 
Ensemble. He performs on the trombone and appears nationally as a soloist and clinician 

'imothy M. Erdman, adjunct instructor in music. 

*.S., Temple University . 

ormerly trumpet soloist, "The President's Own" United States Marine Band, 
V'ashington, D.C.; Erdman has been principal trumpet with the Harrisburg and Reading 
ymphonies. Instructor of applied trumpet, he is a member of "Basic'ly Brass," a pro- 
sssional brass quintet. 

•aul Fierro, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

i.M., Ohio University. 

V well-known pianist in the region, he teaches applied piano, class piano, introduction to 

lusic, and fundamentals of music. 

iuzanne D. Fox, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

I.M., University of Miami. 

^ well-known music educator and performer in the region. Fox teaches French horn. 

^mily Y. Frantz, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

iM.T., Temple Univeristy. 

'rantz is an oboist and full-time music therapist at Bethany Children's Home. 

Jevelyn J. Knisley, adjunct associate professor of music. 

i.FA., Ohio University. 

knisley performs extensively as a piano soloist, accompanist and chamber music performer. 

lobin Lilarose, adjunct instructor of music. 

1 .5., Elizabethtown College. 

.ilarose is a professional flutist from the Reading area. She is a member of the FYVE 

Voodwind Quintet, Reading Pops Orchestra and so forth. 

ames E. Miller, adjunct instructor in music. 

^ member of the jazz ensemble "Third Stream," his teaching specialty is string bass and 

lectric bass. He has played with several regional symphonies in the area. 



xbanon Valley College Music 1 1 5 



Joseph D. Mixon, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., Combs College of Music. 

He is a professional guitarist in the tri-state area and teaches private lessons, class guitar, 

guitar ensemble and jazz theory. 

Robert A. Nowak, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., University of Miami. 

He teaches percussion and directs the Percussion Ensemble. 

Laurie Haines Reese, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., University of Southern California. 

An active recitalist, chamber music performer and member of the York Symphony 

Orchestra, she teaches private cello lessons. 

Andrew Roberts, adjunct instructor of music. 

B.M., Berklee College of Music. 

He teaches applied piano and jazz studies; and is a composer, arranger, music director and 

keyboardist in the region. 

Victoria Rose, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., Towson State University. 

Teaching class voice, private lessons and the College Choir, she is an active recitalist and 

oratorio soloist in Central Pennsylvania, Philadelphia and Baltimore. 

David Still, adjunct instructor in music. 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

He is an environmental acoustics engineer specializing in structural acoustics, roadway 

projects, etc. Still has a long track record as recording engineer, studio and facility 

designer, and producer, including Grammy- winning projects for Muddy Waters. He often 

teaches the musical acousitics and audio electronics classes for the music recording 

technology program. 

Julia P. Wagner, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MA., Ithaca College. 

A professional bassoonist, Wagner plays with several regional symphonies. 

Michael Wojdylak, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

D.D.S., University of Maryland. 

Wojdylak directs the college choir and teaches private voice lessons. 

Shelly Yakus, adjunct instructor of music. 
A 1 999 inductee into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame as a recording engineer for numer- 
ous hit albums (Alice Cooper, Blue Oyster Cult, Joe Cocker, Judy Collins, Chick Corea, ■■ 
John Lennon, Madonna, Stevie Nicks, Tom Petty, U2, and so forth), he team teaches the 
music production course in the music recording technology program. 



116 Music 2002-2003 Catalog 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Although the College does not offer a major in physical education, two units of phys- 
cal education are required for graduation. The program encourages attitudes and habits of 
;ood health, while developing physical capacities and skills that will enrich life. 

'bourses in Physical Education (PED): 

'02. Aerobic Exercises. A combination of exercise and dance steps in rhythmic move- 
nents. The course promotes the value of a total fitness program, including diet and weight 
:ontrol and heart rate monitoring. 

'13. Bowling. Instruction in the techniques, etiquette, history and method of scoring. 
^bout eight weeks will be spent in league play. 

'22. Fitness. Examination of varied programs for fitness, with emphasis on diet and 
veight control, cardiovascular efficiency, strength improvement and flexibility training. 

'25. Golf. Instruction in the techniques, tactics, rules and etiquette of golf. 

'35. Racquetball. Instruction in the tactics, techniques and different forms of competition 
ised in racquetball. 

'46. Tennis. Instruction in the techniques, rules and tactics, with extensive practice in 
;ingles and doubles. 

^60. Swimming. Beginning, intermediate and advanced instruction. 

'62. Water Exercise. Includes water- walking, water running and other aerobic water 
;xercises for swimmers and non-swimmers. Utilizes water as resistance to improve 
itrength and cardiovascular endurance. 

'68. Life Guarding. The primary purpose of the American Red Cross Lifeguarding 
)rogram is to provide lifeguard candidates and lifeguards with the skills and knowledge 
lecessary to keep the patrons of aquatic facilities safe in and around the water. After 
iuccessfully completing the requirements of the course, students will be certified in: 

Lifeguarding (3 year certification) 

First Aid (3 year certification) 

CPR for the Professional Rescuer (1 year certification) 

169. Water Safety Instructor. This course is designed to provide students with the skills, 
knowledge and experience needed to become certified to teach the following Red Cross 
Swimming and Water Safety courses: 

Infant and Preschool Aquatics Program (IPAP) 
i Levels 1 through 7 Learn to Swim Progression 

Basic Water Safety 
;' Emergency Water Safety 

[ Water Safety Instructor Aide 



Lebanon Valley College Physical Education 117 




180. Team Sports. Softball, volleyball and basketball, four to five weeks of each, empha- 
sizing team concepts. 

185. Aerobic Kickboxing. An aerobic class designed to teach the basics for safe and bio- 
mechanically corrrect kickboxing. 

190. Varsity Sports. Participation in an intercollegiate varsity sport or cheerleading. 

Students shall complete successfiilly two units of physical education selected from a hst ol 
approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical education requirement by taking the 
same activity unit twice. Students shall have a maximum of one physical education unit waived 
for successful completion of any of the following: one season of a varsity sport, one semester 
of marching band or one semester of miUtary science (Army ROTC Cadets only). Students 
must sign up for the varsity sport course during the semester of their sport or activity. 

Faculty 

Allan G. MacCormack, program director. 

M.S., Ithaca College. 

He is the coach of the ice hockey team and the director of the physical education program. 

O. Kent Reed, associate professor of physical education. 

MA. in Ed., Eastern Kentucky University. 

He instructs the fitness classes and utilizes body fat percentages, pulse rate and recovery, 

strength testing devices and workout charts. He also instructs bowling, racquetball and 

skiing and team activities such as softball and volleyball. Responsibilities in the athletic 

program are track and field (indoor and outdoor) and cross country. 



1 1 8 Physical Education 



2002-2003 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL THERAPY 

Health Science Program 

This curriculum only shall be completed by students enrolled in the Physical Therapy 
Program. A minimum 3.0 GPA in all coursework is required. Students must also maintain 
i minimum GPA of 2.50 in the required science courses (biology, physics, and chemistry). 
Students may have no individual grade lower than a C in any prerequisite courses (cours- 
es may be repeated to meet this requirement). 

Required pre-professional course work includes completion of the general education 
Drogram and major requirements including nine credit hours in a cognate discipline of 
student interest. 

Degree requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in health science. 

Major: -QIO 111, 112, 113, 114, 221, 222 or 322; CHM 111,112,113,114; PHY 103,104; 
MAS 170 or 270, or PSY 130; PSYl 12; PHT 200, 201, 401, 403, 410, 41 1,412, 414, 423, 
^25, 426; SOC 110 or 120 (67 total credits). 

Mo minor is offered in health science. 

Courses in Health Science (PHT): 

200. Health Care Professions and Systems. Provides a comprehensive overview of a rep- 
resentative primary health care professional discipline and introduces students to health 
;are organizations and systems. 3 credits. 

201. Health Care Terminology. Examines terminology used by health care providers in 
:linical health care delivery. Explores medical word structure; terminology applicable to 
all body systems and medical abbreviations. 1 credit. 

202 Comparative Health Care Professions and Systems. Students participating in the 
Study Abroad Program will complete a review of the US Healthcare system and the reha- 
bilitation team, followed by a similar review of the Host country's Healthcare system and 
members and roles of the rehabilitation team. Students will also complete observation 
tiours in several different clinical settings. 3 credits 

401. Foundational Sciences I (Anatomy). Explores human neuromusculoskeletal, cardio- 
vascular, and integumentary systems using cadaveric dissection. In-depth study of digestive, 
pulmonary, endocrine, genitourinary, and reproductive human systems. 5 credits. 

402. Professional Issues I. Introduces professional-phase students to key professional ethi- 
cal and practice issues. 2 credits. 

403. Sociocultural Aspects of Rehabilitation. Examines culture: social construct, values, 
mores, customs, and folkways; the concept of disability; and cultural differences in 
approaches to health and rehabilitation. 2 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Physical Therapy 119 



410. Foundational Science II (Exercise Physiology). Examines skeletal muscle struc- 
ture and function and cardiovascular, respiratory, and neuromusculoskeletal physiology relat- 
ed to physical activity and exercise in general and special patient/client populations. 
Includes the basics of therapeutic exercise. 4 credits. 

411. Foundational Science III (Movement Science). Examines tissue and joint struc- 
ture and function, and the mechanical principles involved in human motion. 3 credits. 

412. Foundational Science IV(Neuroscience) . Provides the student with a thorough 
understanding of the structure and function of the nervous system. 4 credits. 

413. Patient Care Management I . Examines basic physical therapy practices, procedures, 
techniques, and wound management for the development of clinical practice skills. 4 cred- 
its. 

414. Critical Inquiry I. Provides a critical appreciation of basic science, clinical, and 
grounded theory research to the evolution of physical therapy as an evidence based clinical 
health professional discipline. 3 credits. 

420. Cardiopulmonary Physical Therapy and Case Studies. Examines the physical ther- 
apy management of individuals with cardiac and respiratory dysfunction. 4 credits. 

421. Orthopedic Physical Therapy. Studies physical therapy patient/client examination, 
evaluation, diagnosis, prognosis, interventions, and outcomes related to musculoskele- 
tal injury or disease. 4 credits. 

422. Orthopedic Case Studies. Provides students an opportunity to apply didactic princi- 
ples through case studies addressing specific orthopedic physical therapy patient/client 
presentations. 2 credits. 

423. Foundational Science V (Pathology and Medical Lectures). Examines basic human 
pathology and medical principles, including but not limited to, inflammation, infection, 
systemic conditions, pain management, genetics, and clinical laboratory tests. 2 credits. 

424. Patient Care Management II. Continues exploration of theory and practice of basic 
clinical physical therapy patient/client management psychomotor skills. 4 credits. 

425. Foundational Science VI (Pharmacology). Examines pharmacological principles 
as related to physical therapy patient populations and practice specialties and concerns. 
2 credits. 

426. Documentation Issues Seminar. Addresses intermediate and advanced patient care 
documentation issues that affect clinical physical therapists. 1 credit. 



120 Physical Therapy 2002-2003 Catalog 



430. Orthotics and Prosthetics. Provides a detailed examination of the physical therapy 
management of individuals requiring splinting or bracing, as well as, individuals with 
amputations requiring prosthetic devices. 2 credits. 

431. Clinical Practice I. A six- week supervised clinical learning experience to provide stu- 
dents the opportunity to develop clinical competence in the physical therapy management of 
individuals. 3 credits. 

432. Clinical Practice II. A six-week supervised clinical learning experience where students 
apply the knowledge and skills acquired in the academic portion of the curriculum to direct 
patient care. 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Claudia C. Gazsi, assistant professor of physical therapy. Academic coordinator of clinical 
education. 

M.HA., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches patient care I & II and physical therapy administration and management. Her 
interests include fall reduction and balance and vestibular disorders. 

Roger M. Nelson, professor of physical therapy. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., University of Iowa. 

His teaching interests include: Electrodiagnosis; patient outcomes and patient manage- 
ment modeling. His research interests include outcome modeling using activity based 
methodology and patient satisfaction. 

Stacey A. Ruch, assistant professor of physical therapy. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches human anatomy, neuroscience, exercise physiology, and pathology. Her 

research interests include the role of the lateral hypothalamus in taste-guided behaviors 

such as sodium appetite, conditioned taste aversion, and drug-induced avoidance. 

Ted Yanchuleff, adjunct professor of physical therapy. 

M.PA., The Pennsylvania State University. 

He teaches the pre-professional courses PHT 200 and 20 1 , and Physical Therapy 

Administration and Management. His interests include wound care, aquatic therapy. 

orthopedics and sports medicine, and healthcare administration. 



Lebanon Valley College Physical Therap>- 1 2 1 



DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS , 

Physics Program 

Physics, the most fundamental science of the physical world, combines the excitement 
of experimental discovery and the beauty of mathematics. The program in physics at 
Lebanon Valley College is designed to develop an understanding of the fundamental laws j 
dealing with motion, force, energy, heat, light, electricity and magnetism, atomic and I 
nuclear structure, and the properties of matter. 

Students major in physics as a preparation for professional careers in industry as 
physicists and engineers, and education as high school and college teachers. Other pos- 
sibilities include technical writing, sales and marketing. Physics students can continue 
their professional training by going to graduate school in physics and engineering, or to 
other professional schools offering degrees in such fields as health physics and business. 

The facilities of the Physics Department are located on the third and fourth floor of the 
Garber Science Center. In addition to the introductory physics laboratory, the department 
maintains an atomic force microscopy laboratory, optics laboratory, atomic physics lab- 
oratory, electronics laboratory and nuclear physics laboratory. Students majoring in 
physics also have the opportunity to use equipment (e.g., electron microscope and nuclear 
magnetic resonance spectrometer) maintained by other science departments. 

Students majoring in physics take advantage of close contact with faculty, work as paid 
laboratory assistants, pursue independent study or research/internships, and participate in 
the local chapter of the Society of Physics Students. Summer research opportunities, 
supported by college funds or external grants, are available for physics students. 

Students majoring in physics also have a unique opportunity for study abroad. A stu-i 
dent can spend a semester as a physics student at Anglia Polytechnic University in 
England. This opportunity combines a continuing education in physics with the richness 
of an international experience. 

The Physics Department also directs the 3-1-2 Engineering program. For details see 
Cooperative Programs, page 23. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in physics. 

Major: PHY 1 1 1 , 112, (or 101 , 102 or 103, 104 with permission), 21 1 , 31 1 , 3 12, 321 , 322, 
327, 328 and four additional semester hours above 211; MAS 161, 162, 261 and 266 or 
MAS 111, 112, 261 and 266. (43-47 credits) 

Minor: PHY 111, 112 (or 101, 102 or 103, 104), 211, plus six credits in physics above 
211; MAS 111 or 161. (21-23 credits) 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Along with the major requirements, students seeking 
secondary certification in physics must take additional courses in eduation and the sciences. 
Contact the department for the courses required. 

Courses in Physics (PHY): 

100. Physics and Its Impact. A course that acquaints the student with some of the important 
concepts of physics, both classical and modem, and with the scientific method, its nature and 
its limitations. The role of physics in the history of thought and its relationships to other 
disciplines and to society and government are considered. The weekly two-hour laboratory 
period provides experience in the acquisition, representation and, analysis of experimental 
data and demonstration of the physical phenomena with which the course deals. 4 credits. 

122 Physics 2002-2003 Catalog 



101, 102. Fundamentals of Physics I, II. An introduction to the fundamental concepts 
and laws of the various branches of physics including mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, 
magnetism, optics, and atomic and nuclear structure with laboratory work in each area. 
Emphasis and applications appropriate for music recording technology majors. 4 credits 
per semester. 

103, 104. General College Physics 1,11. An introduction to the fundamental concepts and 
laws of the various branches of physics, including mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, 
magnetism, optics, and atomic and nuclear structure, with laboratory work in each area. 4 
credits per semester. 

Ill, 112. Principles of Physics 1, II. An introductory course in classical physics, designed 
for students who desire a rigorous mathematical approach to college physics. Calculus is 
used throughout. The first semester is devoted to mechanics and heat, and the second 
semester to electricity, magnetism, and optics, with laboratory work in each area. 
Prerequisite or corequisite: MAS 111 or 161.4 credits per semester. 

120. Principles of Astronomy. An introduction to the forces that shape the solar system 
and the universe as well as the tools used to observe them. It presents a comprehensive 
review of the modem scientific view of the physical universe. Topics include the history 
of astronomy, astronomical technology, and the structure and evolution of astrophysical 
systems including the solar system. Sun, other stars, and galaxies. Laboratory work 
required. 4 credits. {Cross-listed as Earth and Space Science 120.} 

203. Musical Acoustics. The study of wave motion, analysis and synthesis of waves and 
signals, physical characteristics of musical sounds, musical instruments, the acoustical 
properties of rooms and studio design principles. Prerequisite: PHY 102, 104 or 112 or 
permission. 3 credits. 

211. Atomic and Nuclear Physics. An introduction to modem physics, including special 
relativity, the foundation of atomic physics, quantum theory of radiation, the atomic 
nucleus, radioactivity and nuclear reactions, with laboratory work in each area. 
Prerequisite: PHY 102, 104 or 112, MAS 111 or 161 or permission. 4 credits. 

272. Introduction to Electronics. The physics of electrons and electronic devices, including 
diodes, transistors, power supplies, amplifiers, oscillators, switching circuits, and integrated 
ckcuits, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite: PHY 102, 104 or 1 12, or permission 
4 credits. 

261. Introduction to Computational Physics. An introduction to the approximate numer- 
ical solution of physical problems with computers. The course focuses on problems from 
mechanics, electromagnetics, and quantum mechanics that are not analytically solvable. 
Topics include realistic projectile motion, planetary motion, and electromagnetic fields 
produced by charge and current distributions. Prerequisites: PHY 102, 104. or 112 and 
MAS 111 or 161. 3 credits. 

302. Optics. A study of the physics of light, with emphasis on the mathematics of wave 
motion and the interference, diffraction and polarization of electromagnetic waves. The 
course also includes geometric optics with applications to thick lens, lens systems and 
fiber optics. Prerequisites: PHY 112 and MAS 112. 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Physics 123 



304. Thermodynamics. A study of the physics of heat, with emphasis on the first and 
second laws of thermodynamics. Applications of thermodynamics to physics and engi- 
neering are included. Elements of kinetic theory and statistical physics are developed. 
Prerequisites: PHY 112 and MAS 112. 3 credits. 

311, 312. Analytical Mechanics I, II. A rigorous study of classical mechanics, including 
the motion of a single particle, the motion of a system of particles and the motion of a rigid 
body. Damped and forced harmonic motion, the central force problem, the Euler description 
of rigid body motion and the Lagrange generalization of Newtonian mechanics are among 
the topics treated. Prerequisites: PHY 111 and MAS 266. 3 credits per semester. 

321, 322. Electricity and Magnetism I, II. Theory of the basic phenomena of electromag- 
netism together with the application of fundamental principles of the solving of problems. 
The electric and magnetic properties of matter, direct current circuits, alternating current cir- 
cuits, the Maxwell field equations and the propagation of electromagnetic waves are among 
the topics treated. Prerequisites: PHY 112 and MAS 266. 3 credits per semester. 

327, 328. Experimental Physics I, II. Experimental work selected from the areas of 
mechanics, AC and DC electrical measurements, optics, atomic physics, and nuclear 
physics, with emphasis on experimental design, measuring techniques and analysis of 
data. Prerequisite: PHY 211. PHY 328 is writing process. 1 and 2 credits per semester. 

350. Audio Electronics. A study of electronics as used in the audio and telecommunications 
industries. Various principles of signals including frequency, bandwidth, modulation and 
transmission are discussed. Studio maintenance and repair techniques are emphasized. 
Laboratory work included. Prerequisite: PHY 212. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Physics in Secondary Schools. A course designed to acquaint the 
student with some of the special methods, programs and problems in the teaching of 
physics in secondary schools. Required for secondary certification in physics. 1 credit. 

421, 422. Quantum Mechanics I, II. A study of selected topics in modem physics, utilizing 
the methods of quantum mechanics. The Schrodinger equation is solved for such systems as 
potential barriers, potential wells, the linear oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Perturbation 
techniques and the operator formalism of quantum mechanics are introduced where 
appropriate. Prerequisites: PHY 211 and MAS 266, or permission. 3 credits per semester. 

428. Advanced Instrumentation. Theory of operation of the atomic force microscope, the 
scanning electron microscope and nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer. Through 
laboratory exercises and experimental work, students will learn the proper use and 
application of these instruments. Prerequisites: PHY 327 or permission (advanced students 
in the sciences or technical fields are encouraged to consider this course). 1 to 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Michael A. Day, professor of physics. 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 

He has two doctorates: one in physics, one in philosophy. His publications are in theoretical 

physics (specializing in anharmonic solids), the philosophy of science and the teaching of 

physics. Day also worked for Shell Oil as a geophysicist. He recently spent one year 

teaching in China. In 1999, he received the Vickroy Award for distinguished teaching. 

124 Physics 2002-2003 Catalog 



rhomas G. Hollings worth, adjunct instructor in physics. 

4.S., Gonzaga University. 

\q is a retired USAF Command Pilot with extensive experience in aviation. He manages 

. variety of the departmental outreach programs and is a member of the Hershey School 

Joard. His interests include secondary education, introductory college physics and atomic 

orce microscopy. 

$arry L. Hurst, associate professor of physics. Chairperson 

'/7.D., University of Delaware . 

lis background in sputtering involves investigating the material ejected from ion bombarded 

urfaces using the technique of secondary ion mass spectrometry. Other interests 

nclude electronics and experimental design. Recently, Hurst was awarded an NSF grant in 

tomic force microscopy. 

Jcott N. Waick, assistant professor of physics. 

'/i.D., Lehigh University; postdoctoral research, University of Rochester and Naval 
lesearch Laboratory. 

le enjoys mathematical physics and quantum mechanics. Walck studies quantum infor- 
Qation theory, particularly the theory of quantum entanglement, and collaborates with stu- 
lents in this research. The aesthetic appeal in mathematical descriptions of physical real- 
ty drives his interest in physics. 

Earth and Space Science Program 

Two courses in earth and space science are offered to acquaint students with the physical 
.spects of the world in which they live and to introduce them to earth and space science as 
. discipline. These courses are recommended for all students who wish to broaden their 
inderstanding of the world. 

bourses in Earth and Science (ESS): 

10. Principles of Geology. An introduction to the dynamic Earth and the interrelations of 
)oth the internal and external processes which shape it. This course offers an overview of 
he history and evolution of Earth in the context of plate tectonics. It explores the nature of 
'olcanoes, earthquakes, mountain building processes, weathering, erosion, and the various 
)rigins and compositions of Earth materials. Opportunities for hands-on inquiry are pro- 
dded for the student in both the laboratory and in the field. 4 credits. 

'20. Principles of Astronomy. An introduction to the forces that shape the solar system 
ind the universe as well as the tools used to observe them. It presents a comprehensive 
eview of the modem scientific view of the physical universe. Topics include the history 
)f astronomy, astronomical technology, and the structure and evolution of astrophysical 
ystems including the solar system. Sun, other stars and galaxies. Laboratory work 
equired. 4 credits. {Cross-listed as Physics 120.} 



^ebanon Valley College Physics 125 



DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY 

The Psychology Department at Lebanon Valley College seeks to foster the develop- 
ment of a thoughtful, flexible, and scientific approach toward human behavior, guided by 
critical analyses of empirical research. Our curriculum is a student-oriented, liberal arts 
program that prepares students, following graduation, for applied entry positions in the 
work force, or for graduate studies in a range of areas such as psychology, neuroscience, 
social work, medicine, business, education, and law. The program allows our students to 
arrive at a thorough understanding of processes underlying behavior, with a broader goal 
of applying this knowledge to one's own life and society in general. This goal is consis- 
tent with the mission of the College, which is to enable "students to become people of 
broad vision, capable of making informed decisions and prepared for a life of service to 
others." 

The Department offers students the benefits of a strong classroom-based traditional 
background in a variety of behavioral sub-disciplines, along with providing opportunities 
to become involved in the field of psychology in an applied manner. Many psychology 
majors gain practical knowledge through (a) participation in independent and collabora- 
tive research projects under the guidance and supervision of individual faculty members, 
as well as (b) our extensive internship program, which allows students to receive college 
credit for work experience relevant to their particular interests within the field of psy- 
chology. Overall, the Department of Psychology at Lebanon Valley College offers the 
'best of both worlds': experiences and facilities usually associated only with larger uni- 
versities, along with individualized instruction and advisement characteristic of small lib- ] 
eral arts institutions. 

Psychology Program 

The Psychology program requires all majors to complete a minimum of 42 credits of 
psychology coursework. All majors initially complete several "Foundation" courses, 
which include introductions to a vast array of subfields within Psychology, as well as lab- 
oratory-based exposure to the nature of research design and analysis. Students then com- 
plete courses within each of 5 critical psychological "Subdisciplines" (human develop- 
ment, psychopathology, biopsychology, cognition, and social processes), which include 
additional, advanced, lab-based research. Finally, all majors complete an integrative 
"Capstone Experience," which includes coursework surveying the history of psychology, 
as well as the completion of an individualized internship or research project. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in psychology. 

Major: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130, 199, and 443; one course from 400, 410, or 420; 6 cred- 
its at the 200-level or higher. Students must also complete one 300-level 2-course lab 
sequence from one of the following 5 core areas, plus one 3-credit course from each of 
the remaining 4 core areas: biopsychology: 378/379, 280, 285; cognition: 363/364, 250, 
260; human development: 324/325, 230, 235; social processes: 346/347, 240, 245, 247; 
psychopathology: 332/333, 265, 268. 



126 Psychology 2002-2003 Catalog 







kfmor; PSY 111, 112, 120, and 130; 6 credits at the 200-level or higher; 3 credits at the 
lOO-level. 

bourses in Psychology (PSY): 

'05. Career Counseling. The course surveys assessment of skills and competencies, 
)ccupational research, decision-making, and job search strategies. Students are encour- 
iged to apply the theories of career counseling to their own vocational decisions and 
5oals. This will be a pass/fail course for all students. 3 credits. 

'11. General Psychology 1. This survey course examines the relationship between 
esearch and theory in the field of psychology. A brief review of the history of psycholo- 
gy allows students to understand the evolution of the discipline. The remainder of the 
;ourse provides an overview of the basic research areas of psychology, including physio- 
ogical psychology, sensation and perception, learning and memory, language and cogni- 
ion, and human development. 3 credits. 

112. General Psychology II. This survey course examines the relationship between 
esearch and theory in the field of psychology, with emphasis on the field of applied psy- 
chology. Individual and societal influences on physical and psychological health will be 
examined. Topics will include psychological testing, personality theory, intelligence, 
motivation and emotion, social behavior, and psychological disorders and treatment. 3 
credits. 

120. Introduction to Experimental Psychology. An introduction to ps> chology as a sci- 
ence, emphasizing laboratory research. Students complete literature reviews, design and 



Lebanon Valley College 



Psychology 127 



conduct a psychological experiment, perform data analysis and interpretation, and review , 
scientific ethics. In addition, subdisciplines of psychology, and methodology specific to J 
each, are explored. Writing process. 4 credits. 

130. Statistics & Data Analysis. This laboratory course explores the basic quantitative and 
qualitative statistics and data-based analytical methods used by scientists to interpret and 
understand behavior. Topics include the logic of the scientific method applied to data 
analysis, descriptive statistics, the foundations and utility of inferential statistics, and the 
statistical methodologies of simple and advanced hypothesis testing. Students will also 
design, analyze, and present the results of their own original data-collection project. 4 
credits. {Cross-listed as Politcal Science 142.} 

180. Child Development & Education. A survey of major ideas in child development and 
educational psychology, with an emphasis on classroom applications. Topics include 
human development, intelligence, language, learning, memory, motivation, social and cul- 
tural contexts of development, and assessments. 3 credits. 

199. Sophomore Seminar. This course is designed to assist psychology majors in devel- 
oping skills that will help them be more successful in future academic and work settings. 
The subjects to be covered include current research in psychology and related fields, how 
to improve writing skills, how to prepare for a career in psychology, how to apply to a 
graduate program, how to study for the GRE, how to choose internship sites and similar 
topics. This will be a pass/fail course for all students. 1 credit. 

230. Psychology of Adolescent Development. A study of the psychological characteristics 
and changes occurring during adolescence. Topics include psychological development, 
social influences, cognitive and intellectual development, identity and self-concept, sexu- 
al development, values, and transition to adulthood. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 
130. 3 credits. 

235. Psychology of Adult Development and Aging. A study of research, literature, and 
theories concerned with psychological change in the adult, from early adulthood to death. 
Current research methods and findings are covered in the areas of physical, cognitive, per- 
sonality, and social changes in the adult years. Prerequisites: PSY HI, 112, 120, or 130. 
3 credits. 1 

240. Organizational Psychology. Psychological principles applied to organizational 
behavior. Topics include individual factors (personality, attitudes, perceptions), group 
dynamics, personnel selection and training, communication, leadership, ergonomics and 
organizational change. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

245. Personality. A study of the major theories of personality, with emphasis on psycho- 
analysis, humanistic psychology, behaviorism, social learning, and trait theory. 
Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. Writing process. 3 credits. 



128 Psychology 2002-2003 Catalog 



247 . Psychological Perspectives on Gender. This course is designed to address a broad 
spectrum of issues related to the psychology of gender. Of central importance is the exam- 
ination of empirical findings related to gender differences and similarities in biological, 
behavioral, cognitive, social, and emotional domains. The course will also involve a crit- 
ical examination of the meaning of gender in the field of psychology and in the broader 
society. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

248. Health Psychology I Behavioral Medicine. This course is designed as an introduction 
to health psychology/behavioral medicine. It will consider the role of psychology in the 
health field, including medical settings. It covers the relationship between psychological 
factors and physical disease from predisposition through maintenance. The study of 
behavioral medicine will include treatment of stress and stress-related disorders, preven- 
tive health behaviors and factors related to adherence of treatment programs. It also 
explores the psychological connections of pain and pain management, and how personal 
control is related to both health and the disease process. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, 
or 130. 3 credits. 

250. Sensory and Perceptual Processes. Surveys structures and functions of, and research 
strategies to examine, the various sensory systems with particular emphasis on the visual 
system. Physiological, psychological and philosophical aspects of perception are dis- 
cussed. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

260. Learning and Memory. This course explores various processes involved in knowl- 
edge acquisition, storage, and retrieval. Specific topics include associative learning mech- 
anisms, the impact of reinforcement and punishment on behavior, generalization and dis- 
crimination, memory encoding, long-term memory storage and retrieval, memory distor- 
tions, and the sources of individual differences in learning and memory. Prerequisites: 
PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

265. Abnormal Behavior and Experience. A study of mental, emotional and behavioral 
problems, including alcohol and drug abuse, brain disorders, criminal and psychopathic 
behavior, neuroses, psychophysiological v« actions, psychoses, sexual deviations, subnor- 
mal inteUigence, and suicide. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

268. Introduction to Clinical Psychology. A study of the ways psychologists assist per- 
sons and groups. Particular attention is given to assessment, individual and group thera- 
py, marriage and family counseling, and community psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 
112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

280. Introduction to Neuropsychology. This course serves as an introduction to the con- 
tent areas and methodology of neuropsychology, the study of the relationships between 
brain function and behavior. Topics include basic communication in the nervous system, 
organization and function of sensory and motor systems, hemispheric specialization, 
localization of function, brain injury and plasticity, and issues associated with neuropsy- 
chological assessment. Prerequisites: PSY 111. 112. 120. or 130. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Psychology 129 



285. Introduction to Psychopharmacology. This course surveys the most commonly used 
substances to treat mental disorders, such as antianxiety, antidepressant, antipsychotic, 
mood-stabilizer, psychostimulant, and cognitive enhancer medications. The course also 
discusses the brain and its most common neurotransmitters, how transmitting neurons 
send and receive electrochemical information, the pharmokinetics (metabolism and elim- 
ination) and pharmacodynamics (absorption, distribution, and effects) of each drug, as 
well as the action sites, side effects, and mechanisms of each drug. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 
112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

290-298. Special Topics. 1-6 credits. 

324. Psychology of Child Development. This course provides a broad foundation for 
understanding child development through an integration of practical, theoretical, and 
research orientations. Attention is given to both cultural and biological determinants of 
social, cognitive, physical, and emotional development, focusing on individual differ- 
ences as well as group similarities. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 3 credits. 

325. Child Development Laboratory. The course will provide students with experience 
planning (including IRB approval), observing, measuring, and analyzing child behavior 
using the methods employed by developmental researchers. This is intended to supple- 
ment the theory and research background they receive in PSY 324. Prerequisites: PSY 
111, 112, 120, and 130; students must also have either completed or be currently enrolled 
in PSY 324. 1 credit. 

332. Psychological Testing and Assessment. An introduction to the principles of psycho- 
logical measurement, methods of test design and construction, and applications and inter- 
pretations of existing psychological tests. Prerequisites: PSY HI, 112, 120 and 130, or 
permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

333. Psychological Testing and Assessment Laboratory. Students will be given the 
opportunity to experience how psychological tests are designed and evaluated. Each stu- 
dent will conduct a literature review on their selected topics, and then design, construct, 
distribute, and evaluate the validity /reliability of a psychological test instrument consis- 
tent with a research theme that will change every year. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, 
and 130; students must also have either completed or be currently enrolled in PSY 332. 1 
credit. 

346. Social Psychology. A study of the inter- and intra-personal relationships between 
individuals and groups, with emphasis on theories and research studies. The topics cov- 
ered may include attitude development and change, conformity, persuasion, person per- 
ception, attribution, attraction, and group processes. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 
130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

347. Social Psychology Laboratory. This course is intended to provide students with 
hands-on experience in the types of survey design, observational research, and lab-based 

130 Psychology 2002-2003 Catalog 



;xperimentation consistent with group behavior, interpersonal relationships, and the inter- 
iction between social issues and popular culture. The course culminates in the presenta- 
ion of data from students' original research within social psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 
ill, 112, 120, and 130; students must also have either completed or be currently enrolled 
n PSY 346. 1 credit. 

163. Cognitive Science. This course explores the human mind by integrating philosophi- 
;al, psychological, and biological perspectives on the nature of thought processes. 
Jpecific topics discussed in this framework include attention, perception, consciousness, 
nemory, language, reasoning, intelligence, and thought-related dysfunctions. 
Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

\64. Cognitive Science Laboratory. This is an advanced, hands-on seminar in cognitive 
;cience, which will allow students to explore a preferred interest in human thinking via 
aboratory research. Students will review the literature on their chosen topic, design an 
;xperiment addressing this issue, and then collect and analyze the data from their experi- 
nent. The course culminates with an oral and written presentation of their research. 
Prerequisites: PSY 1 11 , 1 1 2, 120, and 130; students must also have either completed or be 
;urrently enrolled in PSY 363. 1 credit. 

U8. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological basis (substrates) of behavioral 
)rocesses. The course focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and perception, 
earning and memory, sleep, ingestive behaviors, emotion and psychopathology. 
Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 
^Cross-listed as Psychobiology 378.} 

i79. Physiological Psychology Laboratory. Students will be introduced to methods used 
n the study of the nervous system and its influence on behavior. Lab work will include 
collecting, analyzing, and reporting data from physiological studies, as well as sheep brain 
iissection and stereotaxic neurosurgery. In addition, students must complete an APA style 
)roposal for an individual research project. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, and 130; 
;tudents must also have either completed or be currently enrolled in PSY 378. 1 credit. 

WO. Internship. This course focuses on practical and professional work experience relat- 
ed to the student's work or research interests or graduate school plans. Internships are lim- 
ted to off-campus sites only. Students should not take more than six credits per semester, 
rhis will be a pass/fail course for all students. Prerequisites: PSY 111. 112, 120. 130, and 
it least 6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher; overall GPA of at least 2.5; com- 
jletion of departmental form; approval of internship site by student's adviser prior to reg- 
stration. 1-12 credits. 

410. Independent Laboratory Research. This advanced seminar allows students to 
explore their own research-based interests in psychology via the completion of a labora- 
:ory experiment on a psychological topic of their choosing. Students will review the liter- 
ature on their topic in an integrative manner, formulate a novel experiment that addresses 
some aspect(s) of their chosen discipline, collect and analyze data for their experiment. 

Lebanon Valley College Psychology 131 



and then present their findings in the form of a conference- style oral presentation and a 
complete APA-style research manuscript. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130, at least 
6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher, and a meeting with the course instructor 
prior to the start of the semester to begin discussing possible research topics. 3 credits. 

420. Independent Reading. This is an advanced seminar in psychological science, where 
all students will research topics on the same specified theme, selected by the instructor 
(this theme will be different with each offering of the course). Students will produce an 
integrative literature review of their issue and develop some conclusions about their topic, 
then present their insights in both oral and written forms. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 
120, 130, at least 6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher, and a meeting with the 
course instructor prior to the start of the semester to begin discussing possible research 
topics. 2 credits. 

443. History and Theory. A study of the history of psychology, including philosophical 
precursors to psychology, early and modem schools of thought within psychology, impor- 
tant trends, and famous psychologists. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130, and at least 
6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher. Writing process. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Salvatore S. CuUari, professor of psychology. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., Western Michigan University. 

His teaching interests are in clinical and abnormal psychology, personality, and creativi- 
ty. His current research areas are in the study of schizophrenia and the study of eating dis- 
orders. 

Deanna L. Dodson, associate professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Memphis. 

Her teaching interests are in psychobiology and experimental psychology. Her current 
research areas include hemispheric specialization and handedness, and developmental 
patterns in lateralization. 

Barry X. Friedman, assistant professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Texas, Austin. 

His teaching interests include evolutionary psychology, psychology of human mating, 
psychology of gender, and experimental psychology. His research focuses on the evolved 
psychological mechanisms that underlie romantic relationships. He is also interested in 
the evolution and development of menopause, and the psychological changes that accom- 
pany it. 

Kerrie D. Laguna, assistant professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln. 

Her teaching interests include child and lifespan developmental psychology, and educa- 
tional psychology. Her research interests include cognitive aging, technology and older 
adults, and worry and regret across the life span. 



132 Psychology 2002-2003 Catalog 



Louis B. Laguna, assistant professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln. 

His teaching interests are in cUnical, community, experimental, and forensic psychology, 
and psychopharmacology, and he also supervises internship students. His research inter- 
ests involve anxiety disorders, cognitive behavioral therapy, and clinical applications of 
biofeedback. 

Louis Manza, associate professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., City University of New York. 

His teaching interests include cognitive processes, research design and analysis, the his- 
tory of psychology, and paranormal phenomena. His research interests focus on the devel- 
opment of pseudoscientific beliefs, as well as implicit learning and memory. 

Martha T. Brod, adjunct assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., Fordham University. 

Her interests include counseling psychology and developmental and educational psychology. 

David C. Evans, adjunct instructor of psychology. 

M.Ed., Rutgers University. 

His teaching interests are career counseling and planning, and he is Director of Career 

Planning and Placement at LVC. 

Anne H. Hohenwarter, adjunct instructor of psychology. 

M.S., Millersville University. 

Her teaching interests focus on learning disorders, and she is the Coordinator of the LVC 

Office of Disability Services. 

David E. Holden, adjunct instructor of psychology. 
MA., Kutztown University. 

His teaching interests include introductory psychology, career counseling, and organiza- 
tional psychology. He is also interested in counseling psychology, bio-behavioral health. 
and performance enhancement. He is the Senior Program Developer at the Outreach 
Office of Program Development at Penn State University. 

Richard J. Tushup, adjunct assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D.. University of Delaware. 

His teaching interests are in experimental, neuropsychology, and abnormal psychology. 

He is a staff psychologist at a local Veterans Administration hospital. 



Lebanon Valley College Psychology 133 



DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY 

A major in religion or philosophy may be combined with a major or minor in another 
subject. Many majors go on to advanced study in graduate or professional schools and 
seminaries. Our graduates have pursued a wide variety of careers in education, law, ministry 
and business. 

Religion Program 

The study of religion is designed to give students insight into the meaning of the religious 
dimension of human experience. Course work in religion introduces students to the various 
historical and contemporary expressions of the Judeo-Christian heritage as well as to the 
diverse religious traditions of humankind. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in religion. 

Major: REL 110, 140, 201 or 202, 311, 312; one course from 252, 253, 254 or 260; and 
four additional courses in religion, of which at least one must be in 200-level courses and 
one in 300-level courses (30 credits). 

Minor: REL 110, 140, 201 or 202; one course from 252, 253, 254 or 260; and two addi- 
tional courses in religion, of which at least one must be in 300-level courses. (18 credits). 

Note: To be credited for majors or minors in religion, cross-listed courses must be desig- 
nated as religion courses at registration. 

Courses in Religion (REL): 

110. Introduction to Religion. An exploration of the many dimensions of religion as a 
central human experience: self and meaning, religious expression, religious knowledge, 
religion in its cultural context, and religion and the natural order. 3 credits. 

120. Religion in America. A study of the origin and development of religious expression 
in America. 3 credits. 

130. Philosophy of Religion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contemporary 
religious thought. The course examines such topics as faith and reason; faith and culture; 
and interpretations of revelation, symbolism and religious language. 3 credits. {Cross-listed 
as Philosophy 130.} I 

140. Encountering World Religions. This course examines the beliefs and practices of 
some of the world's major religious traditions and significant religious movements, 
focusing predominantly on non-Christian or non-European traditions. The course will 
be oriented topically (ritual, theology, etc.), geographically (India, the Middle East, 
etc.), or thematically (religion in the modem world, religious encounters in history, etc.) 
3 credits. 



134 Religion and Philosophy 2002-2003 Catalog 



160. Religion and Ethics. A study of religion in its relation to moral values, both personal 
and social, with emphasis on Christian ethics. 3 credits. 

201 . Biblical Literature 1. A study of the Hebrew scriptures (known to Christians as the Old 
Testament) and related literature, including their historical and social context. 3 credits. 

202. Biblical Literature 11. A study of the New Testament and related literature, including 
its historical and social context. 3 credits. 

251. Judaism. A survey of the development of Judaism and its contemporary teachings 
and practices. 3 credits. 

252 . Indian Religions and Philosophies. An examination of the major religious/philo- 
sophical traditions of India, orthodox and heterodox, as expressed in both literature and 
practical effects in culture. Foreign studies. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Philosophy 252.} 

253. Buddhism. A study of the development of Buddhism, including its teaching, practice 
and influence as one of the great missionary religions. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

254. Chinese Religious and Philosophical Traditions. A study of the principal Chinese 
religious/philosophical traditions, including Confucianism, Taoism. Mohism and Chinese 
Buddhism. Key writings are examined together with their historical background. Foreign 
studies. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Philosophy 254.} 

260. The Sacred and Society. A study of debates concerning the sacred origins of societ)' in 
China, India and Western Europe. The course includes claims for divine sanctions for 
societal structures as well as opposing views. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

265. Myth and Metamorphoses. A study of God in a variety of cultures, including India. 
Egypt and Greece at periods when writers were adapting mythic traditions and formulating 
less poetic, more literally minded views of the divine. The course also explores a \'ariety of 
theoretical approaches to myth. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

311. History of Christianity 1. The story of Christianity from the apostolic age to the 
Renaissance. Writing process. 3 credits. 

312. History of Christianity 11. The story of Christianity from the Protestant reformation 
to the ecumenical era. Writing process. 3 credits. 

322. Sociology of Religion. The structures and functions of religious organizations and 
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. Writing 
process. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Sociology 322.} 

332. Religion in Literature. A study of religious and moral issues in contemporar>' fiction, 
poetry and non-fiction. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 135 



335. Religion, Homosexuality and Society. This course explores the history and con- 
temporary implications of living with gay/lesbian identity, the battle for civil protections, 
and the debate over the social consequences of sexual orientation research. Disciplinary 
perspectives. 3 credits. 

337. Creation and Cosmos. A study of religious and scientific theories of the origins of 
the cosmos from the Presocratics through contemporary cosmologists. The course examines 
developments of scientific theories of the cosmos in ancient Greece, the adaptation of 
those theories in the medieval church, the critique of ancient and medieval views in the 
early modem period, and the development of new theories in recent times. Writing process. 
Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Philosophy 337.} 

342. Religion, Ethics, and Technology. An exploration of ethical and religious issues arising 
from modem science and technology, using process philosophy as a basis. Disciplinary 
perspective. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Philosophy 342.} 

352. God. Views of God as expressed in a variety of contexts from late antiquity to the 
early modem period, including Christian and Islamic views, as influenced by Platonism. 
Topics include proofs for the existence of God, arguments conceming God's nature, the 
limits of reason and the role of faith in discussing God. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as 
Philosophy 352.} 

Philosophy Program 

The study of philosophy directly involves the student in the process of sharpening 
critical and analytical abilities. Philosophy courses examine some of the greatest perennial 
questions of values, knowledge, reahty and their relation to human nature. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in philosophy. 

Major: PHL 120, 160, 300; either 301 , 335 or 336; and six additional courses in philosophy 
(30 credits). 

Minor: PHL 160, 300; either 301, 335 or 336; three additional courses in philosophy (18 
credits). 

Note: To be credited for majors or minors in philosophy, cross-listed courses must be 
designated as philosophy courses at registration. 

Courses in Philosophy (PHL): 

110. Introduction to Philosophy. Examination of major philosophical issues and the 

ways major philosophers have dealt with them. 3 credits. 

120. Basic Logic. An introduction to the rules of clear and effective thinking. Attention 
is given to the logic of meaning, the logic of valid inference and the logic of factual 
inquiry. Main emphasis is upon deductive logic. Students are introduced to the elements 
of symbolic logic as well as to traditional modes of analysis. 3 credits. 

136 Religion and Philosophy 2002-2003 Catalog 



130. Philosophy of Religion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contemporary 
-ehgious thought. The course examines such topics as faith and reason; faith and culture; 
ind interpretations of revelation, symbolism and religious language. 3 credits. {Cross-list- 
id as Religion 130.} 

140. American Philosophy. A survey of philosophical thought in the United States from colo- 
lial period to present, with emphasis on the work of Peirce, James and Dewey. 3 credits. 

160. Ethics. An inquiry into the central problems of values applied to human conduct, with 
an examination of the responses of major ethical theories to those problems. 3 credits. 

215. Social Philosophy. An examination of some of the important philosophical issues, 
including the ethical and valuational, to be found in the social institutions of politics, law, 
government and religion. Writing process. 3 credits. 

220. Political Philosophy. A survey of the different Western philosophies and theories of 
government, ancient and modern, but especially since the 16th century. Writing process. 
3 credits. {Cross-listed as Political Science 220.} 

252. Indian Religions and Philosophies. An examination of the major religious/philo- 
sophical traditions of India, orthodox and heterodox, as expressed in both literature and 
practical effects in culture. Foreign studies. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 252.} 

254. Chinese Religious and Philosophical Traditions. A study of the principal Chinese 
religious/philosophical traditions, including Confucianism, Taoism, Mohism and Chinese 
Buddhism. Key writings are examined together with their historical background. Foreign 
studies. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 254.} 

260. Business Ethics. An examination of ethics and values within the context of modem 
corporate organizations. The course considers issues pertinent to corporate responsibilit}', 
whistle-blowing, the profit motive, consumerism, bribery, conflict of interest and 
cost/benefit analysis. Some attention is given to classical ethical theories; a considerable 
portion of the course is devoted to case analysis. 3 credits. 

300. History of Philosophy. The development of philosophical thought from the pre- 
Socratics through the 19th century, with emphasis on philosophy as a discipline of system- 
atic inquiry. Writing process. 3 credits. 

301. Major Authors. Intensive studies of individual great philosophers or principal 
schools. Prerequisite: PHL 300 or permission. Writing process. 3 credits. 

336. Twentieth Century Philosophy. Examines representative American. British and 
Continental philosophers from 1900 to present .Writing process. 3 credits. 

337. Creation and Cosmos. A study of religious and scientific theories of the origins of 
the cosmos from the Presocratics through contemporary cosmologists. The course examines 

Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 137 



developments of scientific theories of the cosmos in ancient Greece, the adaptation of ( 
those theories in the medieval church, the critique of ancient and medieval views in the! 
early modern period, and the development of new theories in recent times. Writing; 
process. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 337.} 



342. Religion, Ethics, and Technology. An exploration of ethical and religious issues arising i 
from modem science and technology, using process philosophy as a basis. Disciplinary 
perspective. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 342.} 

349. The Holocaust: A Case Study in Social Ethics. This course examines the moral 
responsibility of institutions in German society, 1939-1945, for acquiescing to and per- 
petrating the state- sanctioned killing of European Jews and others. Writing process. 
Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

352. God. Views of God as expressed in a variety of contexts from late antiquity to the early 
modem period, including Christian and Islamic views, as influenced by Platonism. Topics 
include proofs for the existence of God, arguments conceming God's nature, the limits of 
reason and the role of faith in discussing God. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 352.} 

Faculty 
Eric W. Bain-Selbo, assistant professor of religion and philosophy. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 

He specializes in social ethics. He has published or presented papers in the areas of religion 
and the family, educational theory, Holocaust studies, methods in the study of religion, and 
others. Interests include Asian philosophy /religion and cross-cultural dialogue. 

Donald E. Byrne Jr., professor of religion and American studies. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 

His scholarship has focused on American folk religion, particularly as expressed in the 

Methodist and Roman Catholic communities. Other interests include American studies, 

religion and ethics, religion and literature, peace studies and mysticism. 

John H. Heffner, professor of philosophy. 

Ph.D., Boston University. 

His teaching interests include philosophy of religion, metaphysics and history of philosophy. 

He has published research in philosophy of perception. His current research concentrates 

on Hegel and issues in science and religion. 

J. Noel Hubler, associate professor of religion and philosophy. 

Ph.D., The University of Pennsylvania. 

He specializes in philosophy of tmth and knowledge, with an interest in both contemporary 

issues and historical perspectives. He has studied cosmology and theories of matter from 

antiquity to the modem period. He is also the translator of Ezekiel for the New English 

Translation of the Septuagint, Oxford University Press. 



138 Religion and Philosophy 2002-2003 Catalog 



Jeffrey W. Robbins, assistant professor of religion and philosophy. 

Ph.D., Syracuse University. 

His area of specialization is in Continental Philosophy of Religion. He is also interested 

in the Problem of Evil and contemporary Ethical Theory. His teaching interests include 

Contemporary Religious Thought, World Religions, Biblical Literature, and Religion and 

Culture. He is the author of the forthcoming book, "Between Faith and Thought: an essay 

on the ontotheological condition" (2003). 

Ember S. Jandebeur, adjunct instructor in philosophy. 

J.D., Tulane University. 

She has graduate degrees in law and philosophy and teaches courses in business ethics. 

David W. Layman, adjunct assistant professor of religion. 

Ph.D., Temple University. 

A specialist in the history of Amercian religious thought, he teaches a variety of courses. 

including world religions, religion in America and history of Christianity. 

Thomas H. Sanagorski, adjunct assistant professor of religion. 

M. Div., United Theological Seminary. 

He teaches introduction to religion, business ethics, and other continuing education courses 

and is pastor of Geyers United Methodist Church, Middletown. 

Robert H. Thompson, adjunct instructor in philosophy. 

M.A., West Chester University. 

His teaching interests include ethics and history of philosophy. He is also studying for his 

doctorate at Temple University. 

Noelle Vahanian, adjunct instructor in philosophy. 
Ph.D., Syracuse University. 

Her area of specialization is at the crossoads of philosophical theology, continental phi- 
losophy, and political theory. Her teaching interests include the History of Philosophy. 
Ethics, and Philosophy and Literature. She is the author of the forthcoming book. 
"Theology, Language, and Desire: a Genealogy of the Will to Speak" (2003). 

Louis Zivic, adjunct assistant professor of religion. 

M.A., Jewish Theological Seminary of America. 

Rabbi of Congregation Beth Israel, Lebanon, he is active in community affairs. He has 

published articles in various Jewish publications and has taught a variety of continuing 

education courses. 



Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 139 



DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY 

Sociology Program 

The major in sociology gives students an understanding of human behavior. By examin- 
ing the social and cultural forces that shape our lives, students gain a richer understanding of 
themselves and contemporary social issues. Sociology explores how and why people behave 
as they do as well as the effects of their behavior on others. In an economy that is moving 
from a manufacturing base to a service orientation, graduates in sociology are prepared to 

work in fields where an understanding of the dynamics of human relationships is important. 

I 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree.- Bachelor of Arts with a major in sociology. 

Major: SOC 110, 311, 321, 499; 21 additional credits in sociology excluding internships 
(33 credits). 

Minor: SOC 110, 311, 321; three elective courses in sociology excluding internships (18 
credits). 

Courses in Sociology (SOC): 

110. Introduction to Sociology. A study of the basic sociological perspective including the 
nature of society, the influence of culture, the development of the self and group dynamics. 
Specific topics include deviance and social control, racism, sexism and poverty. 3 credits. 

120. Introduction to Anthropology. Introduction to both physical and cultural anthropology 
including human evolution, human variation, and cross-cultural analysis and comparison. 
3 credits. 

210. Social Problems. Contemporary social problems as seen through different analytical 
perspectives. Problems covered include war and peace, pollution and environmental 
exploitation, crime and delinquency, and emotional and physical illness. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110. 3 credits. 

211. Urbanology. An analysis of the city as a unique form of social organization. From a 
multi-disciplinary perspective, the course presents the nature of urbanization and the 
impact of urbanism on contemporary society. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

230. Sociology of Marriage and the Family. An overview of marriage and the family I 
focusing upon love, mate selection, alternative life styles, marital communication, conflict 
resolution, parenting, divorce and widowhood. Utilizes a historical and cross-cultural 
perspective in addition to sociological analysis. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

240. Diversity & Understanding. The major objective of this course is to help students 
become aware of the degree to which behavior (including one's own) is culturally 
determined. As we continue to move toward a global society with increasingly frequent 



140 Sociology 2002-2003 Catalog 



intercultural contacts, we need more than simple factual knowledge about cultural differ- 
ences; we need a framework for understanding inter-cultural communication and cross- 
cultural human relations. Through lecture, discussion, simulations, case-studies, role-plays 
and games, students will learn the inter-cultural communication framework and the skills 
necessary to make them feel comfortable and communicate effectively with people of any 
culture and in any situation involving a group of diverse backgrounds. Prerequisite: SOC 
110. 3 credits. 

251. Basic Interpersonal Relations Skill Processes. An introduction to the theor>' and skills 
of interpersonal relationships that are geared toward helping people resolve personal and 
social problems. The course features skill-building exercises as well as linkage of theon, and 
skills. Open to students of any major who have an interest in interpersonal relationships or 
counseling. 3 credits. 

252. Human Behavior in the Social Environment. An examination of the interrelation of 
biological, psychological and sociocultural systems and their effects on human development 
and behavior. A life span perspective is used to develop an understanding of the total 
person as he/she functions in relation to his/her environment at each stage in the dexelop- 
mental process. The impact of diversity in ethnic background, race, class, sexual orientation 
and culture in a pluralistic society will also be addressed. Prerequisite: SOC 110.3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Sociolosv 141 



261. The Aged and Aging. An investigation of the process of aging and contemporary 
issues related to the elderly. Topics covered include Alzheimer's disease, retirement, 
stereotypes of the elderly and contributions of the elderly to society. Prerequisite: SOC 
110. 3 credits. 

277. Child Abuse. The study and analysis of child abuse in its various expressions with 
additional focus on physical and sexual abuse. Emphasis will be on models and theories 
of causation, dynamics, treatment and research. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

272. Substance Abuse. An examination of the problems associated with substance abuse 
including a study of the prevalent myths concerning substance abuse, an exploration of the 
causes of substance abuse and an exploration of how it affects the individual, the family and 
society as a whole. In addition, the course will examine current methods of intervention and 
treatment. Prerequisites: SOC 110.3 credits. 

278. Juvenile Delinquency. An examination of the causes and effects of juvenile delin- 
quency, the juvenile justice system and treatment programs for the juvenile offender. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

280. Sexuality and Society. Study of human sexuality from psychosocial and cultural 
perspectives. The course will include an examination of such topics as developmental 
sexuality, gender roles, sexual communication, sexual orientation, coercive sex, sexually 
transmitted diseases, HIV, and religious and ethical perspectives on sexuality. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110. 3 credits. 

311. Research Methods. A study of the basic concepts and skills involved in critically 
evaluating and carrying out social scientific research. Topics include values and ethics of 
research on human behavior, research design, interviewing and questionnaire construction. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

321. Social Theory. An intensive examination of the major sociological theorists and 
movements. Prerequisite: 12 credits in sociology. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

322. Sociology of Religion. The structure and functions of religious organizations and 
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. Writing process. 3 credits. {Cross- 
listed as Religion 322.} 

324. Medical Sociology. An examination of the societal bases of health, illness and health 
care. The course will include an examination of the three components of medicine: the 
patient, the medical professional and the health care organization. Specific topics will 
include: the role of the patient; doctor-patient relationships; the socialization of medical 
professionals; the hospital as a complex organization, cross-cultural comparisons of 



142 Sociology 2002-2003 Catalog 



lealth care and current topics of concern such as the AIDS epidemic, new technologies 
ind social response to the terminally ill patient. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, junior standing or 
)ermission. Writing process. 3 credits. 

\26. Women's Issues, Women's Voices. An examination of women's contributions to the 
vorld, their roles in social institutions, and issues arising from their uniqueness and social 
ituations. Topics will include images of women and their writings; biology and health; 
ssues of sexuality and gender identity; and women's roles in the family, religion, education, 
ind in the worlds of work and politics. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, junior standing or permission. 
Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

i31. Criminology. An examination of the causes of crime. Special attention is given to 
/iolent crime, homicide and rape. In addition, crimes such as arson, robbery, burglary and 
vhite collar crime are covered. The question of whether or not such victimless crimes 
iuch as pornography, prostitution and drug use should be considered crimes is explored. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. Writing intensive. 3 credits. 

U3. Criminal Justice. A sociological, historical, and philosophical examination of punish- 
nent and the criminal justice system. Rights of the accused, victimology, prisons, and the 
leath penalty are studied. Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. Writing 
)rocess. 3 credits. 

\40. Group Sh-ucture and Dynamics. An overview of the theory and research on small 
^roup organization and process including issues related to leadership, effective com- 
nunication in groups, conformity and influence. Application of basic principles to 
)ractical situations. Exercises designed to improve group leadership and participation skills. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

?57. Death and Dying. Exploration of the basic legal, medical, ethical and social issues 
•elated to contemporary understanding of death and dying. Examines the stages of dying, 
he grief process, euthanasia, suicide, the hospice movement and life after death, 
i^rerequisite: SOC 110. junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

?62. Race, Minorities and Discrimination. An examination of the patterns of structured 
nequality in American society, including a variety of minority, racial and ethnic groups. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

^82. Sociology of the Mass Media. Seminar on how society shapes the mass media and 
:he effects of the mass media on individuals and society. Topics include propaganda, tel- 
evision violence and aggression, and advertising. Special attention is given to values 
and images portrayed by the mass media. Prerequisite: 12 credits in sociology, junior 
standing or permission. Writing process. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Field experience in a Sociology environment. 1-12 credits. 

499. Senior Seminar. A critical analysis of selected themes and issues in contemporar\ soci- 
ology. Topics may vary. This course is conducted as a seminar requiring extensi\ e student 
participation. Prerequisite: SOC 110, 12 credits of sociology or permission. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Sociology 143 



Criminal Justice Program 

The chairs of the Sociology and the History and PoUtical Science Departments func- 
tion as advisers for the criminal justice program. See page 92 for information on this pro- 
gram. 

Faculty 
Sharon O. Arnold, associate professor of sociology. 
MA., University of Akron. 

Among her teaching interests are sociology of the family, intercultural communication, 
small groups and medical sociology. Her research interests are achievement orientation of 
female students and the use of telecommunications in higher education. 

Carolyn R. Hanes, professor of sociology. Chairperson. 

PhD., University of New Hampshire. 

Her areas of interest include family and marriage, criminology, criminal justice, mass 

media and diversity. She is interested in the use of cooperative learning techniques. 

Sharon Hall Raffield, associate professor of sociology. 

M.S.W., Washington University. 

Her areas of interest include social work practice with families, children and elders as well 

as policies which impact upon them. 

Daniel Simpkins, lecturer in sociology. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

His teaching specialty is in the area of anthropology. 



144 Sociology 2002-2003 Catalog 



GRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

Lebanon Valley College offers four graduate programs. These programs are the Master 
of Business Administration (MBA), the Master of Physical Therapy (MPT), the Master of 
Science Education (MSE), and the Master of Music Education (MME). 

The Master of Business Administration program is a multi-disciplinary program designed 
to prepare graduates for managerial responsibilities at various levels of business organ- 
izations. This program provides a strong theoretical foundation as well as operational 
expertise in the areas of finance, management, marketing, human resource management and 
operations management. 

The Master of Physical Therapy degree program is a five and one-half year program of 
study for students who will receive a preliminary baccalaureate degree in health science 
after four years of course work. 

The Master of Science Education degree program is designed primarily for elementary 
and middle school teachers, teaching in kindergarten through eighth grades, who want to 
enhance their understanding of science principles as well as their ability to teach these 
concepts to their students. This program focuses on the "hands-on" or experiential learning 
of science. Teachers with minimal experience in science and the methodology necessary to 
teach science to their students, as well as those with a strong background in one area of 
science and desire to complement it with comparable understanding of the other sciences, 
will benefit from this program. 

The Master of Music Education degree program is designed to be completed over 
the course of three summers. Addressing the graduate education needs of K-12 music 
teachers (the program is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music), the 
curriculum includes experiences in foundations and principles of music education, research 
methods, music technology, and the psychology of music learning plus several elective 
choices. The curriculum was approved early in 2001 , and a pilot course was offered in July 
2001 . Further information on the program and approved courses can be found on page 154. 

Graduate Program Policies and Procedures 

Academic Advising and Registration 

Graduate students should meet with their academic adviser prior to class registration. The 
adviser will develop a graduation plan with the student. All course registrations require the 
adviser's signature. 

Veteran Registration 

The College meets all of the criteria of Veterans Education under the provisions of Title 
38, United States Code, Section 1775. The graduate programs have been approved for 
payment assistance. Veterans pay the cost of tuition, fees, books and supplies directly to the 
college. They are reimbursed by the Veterans Administration on a monthly basis. Applicants 
having any questions concerning their veteran's benefits should contact the College's 
veterans representative in the Registrar's Office. 

Transfer Credit 

A maximum of nine credits (a maximum of six core credits) may be transferred from 
another graduate program with the approval of the program director and the registnu-. No 
transfer credit shall be accepted if the grade earned at another institution was less than B. 
Students wishing to transfer credits may be asked to submit course outline, textbook used. 
and any reading materials so proper credit may be given. 

Lebanon Valley College Graduate Academic Programs 145 




Concurrent Courses 

A student enrolled for a graduate degree may not take courses concurrently at another 
educational institution without prior consent of the academic adviser and the registrar. 

Grading 

Student work is graded A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C and F. Candidates must maintain a grade 
point average of 3.00 with a maximum of two C grades in the program. 

In addition, the symbols I and W are used. / indicates work that is incomplete but 
otherwise satisfactory. It is awarded only for substantial reason and work must be completed 
in the first eight weeks of the following semester, including summer session, or I will be 
changed to F. 

W indicates withdrawal from a course through the designated withdrawl date. Thereafter, 
the appropriate letter grade will be assigned for the course. 

No graduate course may be taken pass/fail, except MSE 830 or MME 830, Research. 

Review Procedure 

Every student's academic progress shall be reviewed at the end of each academic period 
by the academic adviser. Any student whose average falls below 3.00 or who earns a C or F 
in three or more credit hours may be placed on academic probation. A student on academic 
probation may be required to retake courses or correct other academic deficiencies and must 
achieve a 3.00 cumulative average within two semesters of being placed on probation. 
A student may repeat a maximum of two graduate courses with any given course being 
repeated only once. Students who fail to correct deficiencies may be dropped from the 
program. A student may appeal any decision of the Office of Graduate Studies and 
Continuing Education to the vice-president and dean of the faculty. 



146 Graduate Academic Programs 



2002-2003 Catalog 



Course Withdrawal and Tuition Refund 

Any student who withdraws from courses for which he or she is registered must notify 
the adviser in writing. The effective date of withdrawal is the date on which the student 
notifies the office. Failure to give notice of withdrawal will result in a grade of F. Notifying 
the instructor does not constitute official withdrawal. A refund schedule based on official 
withdrawal date is published in the semester brochure 

Time Restriction 

The maximum time for completion of a graduate program is seven years from the date 
of the admission letter. Students who have not earned the graduate degree during this 
period shall have their academic standing reviewed and may be asked to meet additional 
requirements in order to graduate. 

Academic Dishonesty 

Students are expected to uphold the principles of academic honesty. Academic dis- 
honesty will not be tolerated. For the first academic dishonesty offense, failure in the course 
is mandatory, and the faculty member is required to inform the program director in writing. 
A letter of warning shall be sent to the student by the program director explaining the 
consequences and the right of appeal. For the second offense, failure in the course and 
expulsion from the graduate program and College are mandatory. 

Address Changes 

Any change of address must be reported to the Office of Graduate Studies and 
Continuing Education as soon as possible. A forwarding address should also be given to the 
Postal Service. 

Privacy of Student Records 

In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (P.L. 39-380) 
Lebanon Valley College releases no student education records without written consent and 
request of the student or as prescribed by the law. Each student has access to his or her 
education records with exclusions only as specified by the law. 

Financial Aid 

Students may participate in the Direct Stafford Loan Program. Graduate students should 
contact the Financial Aid Office at 717-867-6181 to discuss financial aid ehgibility. 

Employee Tuition Reimbursement 

Students are encouraged to inquire about tuition reimbursement programs at their places 
of employment. Most employers of current students provide education subsidies of 50-100 
percent of tuition. Some employers authorize the College to bill them directly. In this case, 
students must present billing authorization when they register. 

Withdrawal from Program and College and Readmission 

To withdraw from Lebanon Valley College, a graduate student must complete an official 
withdrawal form obtained from the academic adviser. To apply for readmission. a graduate 
student must have the written approval of the associate dean for graduate studies and con- 
tinuing education. 



Lebanon Valley College Graduate Academic Programs 147 



MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The MBA Program at Lebanon Valley College is a unique program that combines liberal 
arts studies with career preparation in the field of business administration. The multi- 
disciplinary nature of the curriculum includes standard MBA level courses along with 
exposure to courses in Executive Communications, Executive Leadership and Corporate 
and Organizational Ethics. 

MBA Admissions 

All candidates must have a bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university. 

All candidates must submit a current resume and a completed application form with the 
required application fee. They must take a GMAT examination and have the official test 
results sent to the MBA Office. Official transcripts of all undergraduate work and any 
graduate courses to be considered for transfer must be sent by the respective colleges or 
universities to the MBA Office. An individual interview is required. 

Graduate admissions are on a rolling basis; action usually will be taken within four 
weeks after all paperwork has been processed. 

Graduation Requirements 

A candidate for the MBA must complete a minimum of 36 credits, of which 27 must be 
earned at Lebanon Valley College. There are nine required core courses (27 credits) and 
three electives of the student's choice (9 credits) for a total of 36 credits. A candidate must 
achieve at least a 3.00 cumulative average with a maximum of two C's within the 36 
graduate credits to be certified for graduation. 

Degree Requirements 

Every MBA candidate must complete 27 credits of core courses and 9 credits of electives. 
(MBA special topic courses can be used to meet MBA elective requirements.) All courses in 
the undergraduate common body of knowledge also must be completed successfully. 
Courses in the Lebanon Valley College MBA Program are taught on the Annville campus 
and at centers in Lancaster and Camp Hill. 

Degree: Master of Business Administration. 

Undergraduate Core (Common body of knowledge): ACT 161, 162; BUS 230, 322, 340, 
361; ECN 101, 102; MAS 170 or: ECN 765; MOT 755, 780, 785 (can be combined with 
undergraduate core courses). 

Graduate Core: ENG 825; LSP 835; MGT 805, 815, 820, 860, 895; PHL 830; PSY 810 (27 
credits) and three of the following ACT 875; ECN 865; HIS 840; MGT 800, 850, 855, 870, 
880; special topics (9 credits). Total of 36 credits. 

MGT 755. Management and Marketing Principles. A review of management principles 
and marketing principles. Topics include: organizational theory, administrative techniques. 



148 Master of Business Administration 2002-2003 Catalog 




marketing strategies, marketing research, buying behavior, selecting target markets, pricing, 
distributing and promoting products and services. 3 credits. 

ECN 765. Economic Principles. A review of macroeconomic and microeconomic prin- 
ciples. Topics include: national income determination; price level; employment; economic 
growth; domestic and foreign monetary systems and policies; price, production and dis- 
tribution theories; welfare economics; and public policy. 3 credits. 

MGT 785. Quantitative Methods and Statistics. A review of quantitative methods and 
elementary statistics used in modem management science and economics. Topics include: 
linear programming and applications, forecasting, inventory models, PERT/CPM, waiting 
line models, computer simulation, probability distributions and decision theory. 3 credits. 

MGT 780. Accounting and Financial Management. Designed for students who need to 
understand how accounting data is recorded and used for decision-making inside and out- 
side of the firm, the relationship between the accounting and finance functions and financial 
management models used for corporate finance decisions. Topics include: recording finan- 
cial data and preparing financial statements, financial statement analysis, budgeting, cost 
control, relevant costs, capital budgeting and risk analysis, capital markets, valuation theo- 
ry and financial forecasting. 3 credits. 

MBA Courses: 

ACT 875. Managerial Decision Making. Provides students previously exposed to man- 
agerial accounting principles with the essential tools and strategies managers need to 



Lebanon Valley College 



Master of Business Administration 149 



develop data for making decisions related to pricing strategy; product expansion, dis- 
continuance or redesign; performance measurement; resource allocation and management; 
merger and acquisition planning, and other types of managerial decisions. Stresses ways to 
avoid mistakes that result when internal decision-making is based on data developed for 
external financial reporting. Business topics covered include financial statement analysis, 
responsibility accounting, Economic Value Added (EVA), and Activity Based Costing 
(ABC). 3 credits. 

ECN 865. Entrepreneurship. Entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, small business, and 
acquisitions. Special attention to entrepreneurial behavior, sources of funding and actual 
case studies in the development of new enterprises. 3 credits. 

ENG 825. Executive Communications. Organizational communication skills, emphasizing 
writing, speaking and Ustening techniques. Interpersonal communication. Explores and 
increases communication options on individual, group and organizational levels. 3 credits. 
(Must be one of the first 3 courses taken in the MBA program.) 

MGT 840. American Business and Labor. An analysis of the history of American business 
and labor. The course is developed through a case study approach with a significant research 
component. 3 credits. 

LSP 835. Executive Leadership. Theories and concepts of leadership. Examination of the 
forces in the leader- follower interaction. Analysis of the skills, behaviors, attitudes, and 
values of effective and ethical leaders and followers. Application of concepts, information 
and experience to case studies. 3 credits. 

MGT 800. Quantitative Analysis. Surveys mathematical foundations of management 
science. Topics include linear programming, transportation and assignment problems, 
decision and network analysis, stochastic processes, queuing and simulation. Introduction 
appropriate computer software. 3 credits. 

MGT 805. Financial Policy. A quantitative approach to managerial problems of long 
term financing, asset management, dividend policy, and ethics in the firm and market- 
place. Emphasis placed on the application of experience to class discussion based on the 
use of The Wall Street Journal. 3 credits. 

MGT 815. Marketing Management. Seminar focusing on issues in the interplay between 
marketing and society including the ethics of selling, advertising, marketing research and 
the social responsibility of marketers. Prerequisite: ENG 825 strongly recommended. 3 
credits. 

MGT 820. Operations Management. Systems approaches to management of production 
and service organizations. Topics include design and control of operations, operations 
strategy, product and process planning, quality management, human resources, scheduling 
and control, and materials management. Emphasis is on mathematical foundations and 
quantitative techniques of management science/operations research (MS/OR), related 

150 Master of Business Administration 2002-2003 Catalog 



MS/OR tools and applications, the priority/capacity organizational concepts and the 
strategy underlying operations. Introduces appropriate computer software. 3 credits. 

MGT 850. Human Resource Management. A survey of personnel management activities 
in organizations including exploration of recent developments in the field of human 
resource management. Topics include human resource planning, recruitment, selection, 
training, equal employment opportunity, performance appraisal, discipline, career plan- 
ning, compensation, safety and health. Instruction method includes case study, readings 
and classroom lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PSY 810 recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 855. Legal Environment of Business. Legal concepts and principles important to 
business decision making including employment law, labor-management relations and 
relevant legislation, tax consequences of business transactions, government regulation, 
contract law and application of the Uniform Commercial Code to business transactions. 
Case study, readings and lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PHL 830 recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 860. International Business Management. Theories, concepts, practices and 
techniques of conducting business in foreign countries. The strategic issues, the operational 
practices, and the governmental relations of multinational companies are analyzed through 
use of case study, lecture and speakers. Topics include: economic, political and cultural 
integration; trade restrictions and barriers; overseas investment and financing; entr>' into 
foreign markets and marketing strategies. 3 credits. 

MGT 870. Labor Management Relations. Directed primarily to the understanding of the 
issues and alternatives arising out of the work place. The course provides both an overview 
of what has been identified as industrial relations as well as familiarity with the tools used 
by its practitioners. Students will study negotiation, administration, wage/fringe issues and 
contents of labor agreements. Prerequisite: ENG 825. 3 credits. 

MGT 880. Investments and Portfolio Management. This course acquaints the student w ith 
the tools essential for sound money management. Considers the goals of the im estor w ith 
respect to risk exposure, tax environment, liquidity needs and appreciation versus income 
potentials. Strategies will be developed to satisfy these objectives. Mathematical models of 
portfolio selection to help reduce risk through diversification will be developed. Special 
attention will be paid to the theories of determinants of asset prices, including the capital- 
asset pricing model. Prerequisite: MGT 805. 3 credits. 

MGT 895. Strategic Management. The strategic management of large business entities, 
including the formulation and evaluation of missions, strategies, objectives and policies. 
Historical and current situations are discussed. Cases are widely used and outside research 
is required. Prerequisite: 24 hours of graduate credit. 3 credits. 

PHL 830. Corporate and Organizational Ethics. The ethical assumptions and implications 
of corporate and organizational policies and practices. Intensive readings in the literature of 
both theoretical and applied ethics. Case study analysis. Includes: corporate and orga- 



Lebanon Valley College Master of Business Administration 1 5 1 



nizational social and political responsibility, ethics and business, ethics and organizational 
life, and governmental relations. Prerequisite: ENG 825 and LSP 835 or PSY 810. 3 credits. 

PSY 810. Organizational Behavior. Systematic presentation of theory and research in 
areas of organizational behavior; including motivation, group dynamics, leadership, 
decision-making, organization change, career planning and communication. 3 credits. 

MBA Administration and Resident Faculty 

Cheryl L. Batdorf, assistant director of the MBA program. 

M.BA., Lebanon Valley College. 

Batdorf teaches human resource management. 

Gayle L. Bolinger, assistant professor of accounting. 

M.S. in Management, Purdue University. 

Bolinger teaches accounting and managerial decision making. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, associate professor of English. 

MBA., Drexel University. 

Bongiovanni teaches executive communications. 

Sharon F. Clark, professor of business administration. 

J.D., University of Richmond. 

Clark teaches human resource management and labor management relations. 

Robert W. Leonard, associate professor of business administration. 

M.BA., Ohio State University. 

Leonard teaches organizational behavior. 

Barney T. Raffield III, professor of business administration. 

Ph. D., Union Graduate School. 

Raffield teaches courses in marketing and international business management. 



152 Master of Business Administration 2002-2003 Catalog 



MASTER OF PHYSICAL THERAPY 

The physical therapy program begins after successful completion of the pre-profes- 
sional phase of study (three years, or approximately 90 semester credit hours) leading to 
a terminal degree in physical therapy. Students receive a baccalaureate degree in health 
science after four years of coursework 

The physical therapy program is currently undergoing revision. Further information 
regarding the program requirements can be obtained from the Program faculty or students 
assigned advisers. 

Undergraduate Core: BIO 111, 112, 113, 114, 221, 222 or 322; CHM 111, 112, 113, 114; 
PHY 103, 104; MAS 170 or 270, or PS Y 130; PSY 112; PHT 200, 201, 401 , 402, 403, 
410, 411 , 412, 413, 414, 420, 421 , 422, 423, 424, 425, 426, 431 , 432; SOC 1 10 or 120, 

Program Administration and Resident Faculty 
Claudia C. Gazsi, assistant professor of physical therapy. Academic coordinator of clinical 
education. 
M.HA., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Roger M. Nelson, professor of physical therapy. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., The University of Iowa. 

Stacey A. Ruch, assistant professor of physical therapy. 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Ted Yanchuleff, adjunct professor of physical therapy. 
M.PA., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Lebanon Valley College is seeking accreditation by the Commission on Accreditation in 
Physical Therapy Education of the American Physical Therapy Association (APTA). The 
program will submit a Declaration of Intent to Apply for Accreditation, which is the for- 
mal application required in the pre-accreditation stage. Submission of this document does 
not assure that the program will be granted Candidate for Accreditation status nor does it 
assure that the program will be granted Initial Accreditation. 



Lebanon Valley College Master of Physical Therapy 



MASTER OF MUSIC EDUCATION 

The Master of Music Education (MME) is designed to meet the regional needs of area 
K-12 music educators. It is a summer only program in which a student can, with careful 
advising, complete the degree in three summers. It is offered in response to a significant 
regional need met by on and-off-campus expertise and a shared interest in improving the 
quality of music education in this part of the Commonwealth. 

MME Admissions 

While prior teaching experience is not a requirement for entrance into this degree 
program, individuals considering pursuit of a masters degree in music education should plan 
on teaching one to three years prior to initial enrollment or before completing the degree. It 
is the conviction of this faculty that graduate study will be more meaningful to the individual 
if he or she has first gained experience in the field . 

All candidates must have a bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university 
and submit an official transcript with the application. Any graduate courses to be considered 
for transfer (up to nine credits, a maximum of 6 credits in the core), also require an official 
transcript sent by the respective colleges or universities to the Office of Graduate Studies 
and Continuing Education. Priority for core courses will be given to students matriculated 
into the MME program. 

All candidates must submit a current resume and a personal written statement (one page) 
indicating why they wish to pursue this degree with the application form and required 
application fee. 

All candidates must hold and submit a copy of a current Teaching Certificate in Music 
with the application. 

All candidates must submit three letters of recommendation with the appUcation. 

Graduate admissions are on a rolling basis; action will be taken promptly after all paper- 
work has been evaluated. 

Degree Requirements 

Every MME candidate must complete 30 graduate credits, 21 of which must be earned at 
Lebanon Valley College. Of a possible 9 credits in transfer work, only 6 credits may be 
counted in the core of the MME program. There are four required core courses (12 cred- 
its) plus a weekly, non-credit based seminar required during each summer that the student 
is enrolled. The capstone experience includes either a project or a thesis (3 credits). The 
other 15 credits will be selected from among several elective opportunities. Courses in the 
Lebanon Valley College MME Program are taught on the Annville campus. 

Degree: Master of Music in Music Education 

Core Courses: MME 800, 801 , 802, 803, 804 (12 credits), and 805 (project) or 806 (thesis). 

MME Courses: 

MME 800. Seminar. A weekly meeting for all students to discuss various issues and topics. 

Participation is required each summer that the student is enrolled in the program. credits. 

MME 801. Foundations of Music Education. A consideration of philosophical and his- 
torical issues in music education and their implications for developing curricular and 



154 Master of Music Education 2002-2003 Catalog 



instructional approaches to the field. A core course. 3 credits. 

MME 802. Research Methods in Music Education. A study in the organization, presen- 
tation, interpretation, and documentation of research that makes use of encyclopedias, 
indices, databases, and other aids. 3 credits. 

MME 803. Technology for Music Educators. An exploration of how technology can 
enhance the music learning process. This course examines what's involved in planning, 
configuring, and teaching various technology systems and applications so as to facilitate 
creative interaction with musical experiences. 3 credits. 

MME 804. Psychology of Music Learning. An investigation and discussion of theories 
of learning as they relate to the teaching of music. This course includes the study of spe- 
cific teaching strategies and the nature of musical response. 3 credits. 

MME 805. Project. 3 credits, or 

MME 806. Thesis. 3 credits. 

MME 830. Private Applied. 1 credit. (Up to a maximum of 3 elective credits in the program.) 

MME 890. Elective courses will be offered as special topic courses, then given permanent 
numbers as the program develops and matures. (E.g., Teaching Choral Music, Teaching 
General Music, Teaching Instrumental Music. Theory for Teaching. Graduate Music 
History Seminar, Music in Early Childhood, Music and the Exceptional Child. Statistics 
for the Music Researcher, Conducting, Arranging (Band scoring. Choral arranging. Jazz 
arranging), and so forth. 

MME Administration and Resident Faculty 
Robert H. Hearson, professor of music, MME adviser. 
Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Chompaign. 

Barry R. Hill, associate professor of music, director of the music recording technology 

program, 

MM., New York University, additional graduate studies at The Pennsylvania State 

University. 

Mary L. Lemons, associate professor of music, MME adviser. 
Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Chanipaign. 

Mark L. Mecham, professor of music. MME adviser. 
D.M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

Jeff Snyder, assistant professor of music, director of music business, and assistant direc- 
tor of music recording technology. 
M.S., Kutztown University. 

Lebanon Valley College Master of Music Education 155 



MASTER OF SCIENCE EDUCATION 

Students enrolled in this program will concentrate on the principles and content of 
science as well as the appropriate teaching strategies to convey these ideas to their students. 
All of the courses are designed to maximize the opportunity for doing science instead of 
merely learning about science. The program will culminate with the satisfactory completion 
of a comprehensive examination and the production of a thesis in science education. 

MSE Admissions 

To qualify for admission to the Master of Science Education Program the applicant must 
fulfill the following requirements: 

• An applicant must hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution. 

• An applicant should have an undergraduate major in elementary education. Applicants 
holding a secondary science teaching degree and currendy teaching in a middle school will 
be considered for entrance after meeting with the graduate committee of the department. 

• An applicant must have achieved a 3.0 quality point average (QPA) on a four-point scale 
for the baccalaureate degree. An applicant with less than the 3 .0 QPA may be admitted with 
provisional status pending satisfactory completion of six semester hours of graduate study 
with a 3.0 or above. 

• A maximum of nine semester hours (maximum of six core credits) of acceptable graduate 
credits completed at other institutions may be transferred and applied toward the Master 
of Science Education degree with approval of the registrar. Transfer credits must meet a 
grade of B or above. 

• An applicant must arrange to have official transcripts submitted for each undergraduate 
institution attended. If transfer credits are to be considered, transcripts from graduate 
courses must also be requested by the applicant. 

• An applicant will be reviewed by no less than three members of the Science Education 
Masters Committee. 

Degree Requirements 

A candidate for the MSE must complete a minimum of 30 credits, of which 21 must be 
earned at Lebanon Valley College. Only 6 credits may be transferred into the core. There 
are seven required core courses, (21 credits), any electives of the student's choice (6 cred- 
its), and a research thesis (3 credits) for a total of 30 credits. A candidate must achieve at 
least a 3.00 cumulative average to be certified for graduation. 

Degree: Master of Science Education 

Graduate Core: MSE 800, 801, 802, 803, 811, 812, 829, 830 (24 credits) and two of the 
following: MSE 805, 806, 807, 814, 815, 816, 820 (6 credits). Total of 30 credits. 



156 Master of Science Education 2002-2003 Catalog 




MSE Courses: 

MSE 800. Science Education in the Elementary/Middle School Classroom. This course 
serves as an introduction to the content and methodology of science instruction as it 
relates to hands-on, minds-on science process skills in the elementary and middle school 
classrooms. Setting the tone for the entire program, it makes clear to participants the basic 
format which will be followed by subsequent courses. 3 credits. 

MSE 801. Principles of Life Science for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. This 
course addresses life science topics prevalent in virtually all science curricula as well as 
those set forth in the National Science Education Standards. Students will engage the use 
of scientific method to address topics typically taught in life science courses. 3 credits. 

MSE 802. Principles of Physical Science I for Elementary I Middle School Teachers. 

This course will utilize concepts in chemistry to make connections to common substances. 
Establishing chemistry as an integral part of everyday life as well as discoveries made 
through serendipity will make this topic relevant to all students. 3 credits. 

MSE 803. Principles of Physical Science II for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. 

Students will utilize hands-on experimental methods to gain confidence and experience 
with inquiry-based learning of physics. Topics will include motion, heat, light, electricity 
and magnetism. 3 credits. 

MSE 805. Principles of Earth and Space Science for Elementary/Middle School 
Teachers. The interaction and effects of geology. meteorolog\ and space exploration will 
be explored in this course. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Master of Science Education 157 



MSE 806. Principles of Field Biology/Ecology for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. 

Environmental studies illustrating the basic principles of field biology and ecology will be 
used to demonstrate the interdependence of living and nonliving systems. Current topics 
in ecology, as they relate to the preservation of our planet and its resources, will be 
addressed. This course will focus on the collection of data and/or organisms outside the 
classroom. Appropriate methods for elementary/middle school students will be utilized 
and practiced. 3 credits. 

MSE 807. Microscopy for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. This course will intro- 
duce the use of a variety of microscopes, starting with the hand-held microscopes and 
continuing through compound and dissecting microscopes. It culminates with the use of 
the scanning electron microscope. Students also will master preparative techniques and 
slide making. 3 credits. 

MSE 811. Curriculum Development Using the National Standards. Using the Standards 
in curriculum development, the classroom and other aspects of the public and private 
school systems will be the focus of this course. Alternative and authentic assessment, 
professional standards and current developments in science education will be taught with 
the elementary /middle school teacher and student in mind. 3 credits. 

MSE 812. Assessment in Science Teaching. A variety of assessment techniques, especially 
applicable to hands-on or experiential learning, will be presented. The focus will be on 
developing and adapting authentic assessment for all learners of science. 3 credits. 

MSE 814. History of Science. The historical prospective of science and scientists from 
ancient through modem history. Focus will include discoveries and scientists from both 
sexes and all ethnic backgrounds. Methods of integrating history and science in the ele- 
mentary/middle school classroom will be addressed. 3 credits. 

MSE 815. Recent Advances in Science. Modem concepts and recent advances in science 
will be studied through books, news magazines and newspapers. 3 credits. 

MSE 816. Science, Technology and Society. The educational objective for quality science 
education is to produce a society which is literate in science, able to solve problems and can 
function as critical thinkers. This course utilizes biotechnology, among other areas of study, 
as a method of illustrating the need for and ultimate use of science and technology so they 
benefit society. Ethical issues involving science and technology will be discussed. 3 credits. 

MSE 820. Seminar. This course will permit some flexibility to explore current topics in ele- 
mentary/middle school education as they arise. A seminar course will permit special 
topics to be included in the course of study. In addition, certain transfer courses may be valid 
for degree accreditation but may not be a complete match in the courses listed. 3 credits. 

MSE 829. Research Methods. This course is designed to develop the understanding of the 
methods employed in planning and developing research in science. You will gain experience 



158 Master of Science Education 2002-2003 Catalog 



in generating ideas for research, critically evaluating literature, synthesizing and presenting 
results of research and writing in a clear and organized way. 3 credits. 

MSE 830. Research in Science Education. A topic relevant to the teaching of science in the 
elementary/middle school classroom will be researched with the approval of the student's 
adviser. The topic of research should be well documented in professional journals and 
studies. 3 credits. 

MSE 850. Independent Study. 1 -6 credits. 

MSE Administration and Resident Faculty 
Michael A. Day, professor of physics. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 
Day teaches history of physics. 

Candice Falger, coordinator of the MSE program. 

M.BA., Lebanon Valley College. 

Falger teaches science education in the classroom and field biology. 

Kerrie D. Laguna, assistant professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 
Laguna teaches research methods. 

Louis B. Laguna, assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 

Laguna teaches research methods and supervises research. 

Walter A. Patton, assistant professor of chemistry. 
Ph.D., Lehigh University. 
Patton supervises research. 

Allan F. Wolfe, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., University of Vermont. 

Wolfe teaches microscopy and supervises research. 



Lebanon Valley College Master of Science Education 159 



DIRECTORY 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES 
LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE 

Ojficers 

Ross W. Fasick '55 Chairperson 

Edward H. Arnold Vice-Chairperson 

Katherine J. Bishop Vice-Chairperson 

Harry B. Yost '62 Secretary 

Karin L. Right-Nolan Assistant Secretary 

Deborah R. Fullam '81 Treasurer 

Darwin G. Click '58 Assistant Treasurer 

Trustees 
Kristen R. Angstadt '74, BA., MA., Ph.D.; Psychologist/ Supervisor of Pupil Services,. 
Capital Area Intermediate Unit #15 (2004). 

Edward H. Arnold, BA., L.H.D.; Chairman, C.E.O. and President, Arnold Logistics 
(2005). 

Ryan J. Arnold, Student, Lebanon Valley College (2003). 

Katherine J. Bishop, BA., M.BA.; President, Lebanon SFA Board Corporation (2003). 

Rev. Alfred T. Day III, BA., M.D.; Senior Pastor of the First United Methodist Church, 
Germantown, PA (2004). 

Michael A. Day, B.S., MA., Ph.D., M.S., Ph.D.; Professor of Physics, Lebanon Valley 
College (2004). 

Wesley T. Dellinger, CRS, GRl CSP, '75, B.S.; Realtor Brownstone Real Estate 
Company (2003). 

Ronald J. Dmevich, B.S.; President, Gannett Fleming Inc. (2005). 

Scott H. Eggert, B.FA., MA., D.MA.; Professor of Music, Lebanon Valley College (2005). 

Ross W. Fasick '55, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.; Retired Senior Vice President, E.I. DuPont de 
Nemours & Co. (2004). 

Darwin G. Click '58, B.S.; Retired President, Glick, Stanilla and Siegel, C.PA. (2005). 

A.L. Hanford lll,BA.; President, Ladd Hanford Motors (2003). 



160 Directory 2002-2003 Catalog 



Wendie DiMatteo Holsinger, BA., M.Ed.; Chief Executive Officer, A.S.K. Foods, Inc. 

(2005). ■ . 

John F. Jurasits, Jr., B.S.; Retired Vice President, Solution Technologies, Inc. (2003). 

F. Obai Kabia '73, B.S., M.PA.,; Political Affairs Officer (2004). 

Malcolm L. Lazin '65, B.S., J.D.; E.xecutive Director of PrideFest America (2005). 

William Lehr, Jr., B.BA, J.D.; Community Volunteer, Retired Senior Vice President and 
Secretary, Hershey Foods Corp. (2005). 

Richard C. Miller, B.S., M.S., D.P.E.; Dean, School of Health Sciences and Human 
Performance, Ithaca College (2004). 

James A. Mitchell, Jr. '58, B.S., M.BA.; Retired Corporate Insurance Manager, E.I. 
DuPont de Nemours & Co. (2004). 

G. David PoUick, BA., MA., Ph.L., Ph.D.; President, Lebanon Valley College. 

Sherri T. Pursel, Student, Lebanon Valley College (2004). 

George M. Reider Jr. '63, Retired Insurance Executive and Former Insurance 
Commissioner, State of Connecticut, Retired teacher. University of Connecticut and 
Fordham University of Law (2004). 

Thomas C. Reinhart '58, B.S., L.H.D.: Owner/President. T.C.R. Packaging, Inc. (2005). 

Richard T. Reynolds. B.S.; President, Reynolds Construction Management. Inc. (2005). 

Bruce R. Rismiller '59, BA., M.Ed.; Retired E.xecutive Vice President, Northwest Airlines 
(2004). 

Stephen H. Roberts '65, B.S., President, Echo Data Services. Inc. (2004). 

James W. Scott, BA., Ph.D.: Professor of German, Lebanon Valley College (2003). 

Frank Sourbeer '72, BA., President & C.E.O., Wilsbach Distributors. Inc. (2003). 

John A. Synodinos, B.S., M.S. Ed., L.H.D.: President Emeritus, Lebanon Valley College: 
Principal, The Franklin Consulting Group (2004). 

John Walter '53, B.S., J.D.; Retired President Judge, Lebanon County Court of Common 
Pleas; Associate, Kreamer Funeral Home, Inc. (2004). 



Lebanon Valley College Director) 1 6 1 



Albertine P. Washington, BA., P.D.; Retired Elementary Educator, Lebanon School 
District (2004). 

J. Dennis Williams, BA., M.Div., D.Min., D.D.; Retired United Methodist clergyman; 
Senior Pastor, St. John's United Methodist Church (2003). 

Samuel A. Willman '67, B.S., M.Com.; President , Delta Packaging, Inc. (2005). 

Harry B. Yost '62, Esq., B.S., LL.D., LL.M.; Attorney, Senior Partner, Appel & Yost LLP 
(2003). 

Emeriti 
Raymond H. Carr; Realtor; Commercial and Industrial Developer. 

Eugene C. Fish, Esq., B.S., J.D., L.H.D.; Chairman and President, Peerless Industries, 
Inc.; Chairman of the Board, Eastern Foundry Company; Managing Partner, Romeika, 
Fish and Scheckter. 

Eugene R. Geesey '56, B.S., Retired Owner/ President , CIB, Inc. 

Martin L. Gluntz '53; B.S., M.S., Ph.D.; Retired Vice President, Technical Services, 
Hershey International Division, Hershey Foods Corporation. 

Thomas W. Guinivan '39, A.B., MDiv., M.S.T., DD.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist 
Church. 

Elaine G. Hackman '52, 5 .A.; Retired Business Executive. 

Gerald D. Kauffman '44, A.B., M.Div., D.D., Officer of the Courts, County of 
Cumberland; Pastor Emeritus, Grace United Methodist Church, Carlisle. 

Allan W. Mund, LL.D., D.BA.; Retired Chairman of the Board, Ellicott Machine 
Corporation. 

Harold S. Peiffer '42, A.B., S.T.M., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church. 

Kenneth H. Plummer; Retired President, E.D. Plummer Sons, Inc. 

F. Allen Rutherford Jr. '37, B.S., LL.D.; Retired Ernst & Young C.PA. 

Daniel L. Shearer '38, A.B., S.T.M., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church. 

Morton Spector, L.H.D., Chairman of the Board, Design House Kitchens and Appliances. 



162 Directory 2002-2003 Catalog 




Elizabeth K. Weisburger '44, B.S., Ph.D., D.Sci.; Retired Chief of Carcinogen Metabolism 
and Toxicology Branch, National Cancer Institute. 

Harlan R. Wengert, B.S., M.BA., D.Sci.; Retired Chairman of the Board, Wengert's Dairy, 
Inc. 

E.D. Williams Jr., L.H.D.; Private Investor. 

Honorary 
Suzanne H. Arnold, L.H.D., Community Leader and Philanthropist. 

Bishop Neil L. Irons, BA., MA., M.Div., Ph.D., D.D., Resident Bishop of the Harrisburg 
Area of The United Methodist Church. 

Anne B. Sweigart, B.S.; Chairman, President and Chief E.xecutive Officer, D & E 
Communications, Inc. 

Bishop Peter D. Weaver, BA., M.Div., Ph.D., D.D., L.H.D., Resident Bishop of the 
Philadelphia Area of The United Methodist Church. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Directors 1 63 



ADMINISTRATION 

President 
G. David Pollick, 7996-. Professor of Humanities, 1996- . BA., University of San Diego, 
1971; MA., University of Ottawa, 1973; Ph.L., St. Paul's University, 1973; Ph.D., 
University of Ottawa, 1981. 

Karin L. Right-Nolan, 1994-; Executive Assistant to the President, 2002-; BA., Allegheny 
College, 1994. 

General College Officers 
Deborah R. Fullam, 7952-; Vice President and Controller 1995-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1981; M.BA., Philadelphia College of Textiles & Science, 1988. 

Robert E. Hamilton, 1986-; Vice President for Administration, 1990-. A£., Messiah 
College, 1962; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1966; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1972. 

Stephen C. MacDonald, 1998- ; Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the 
Faculty, Professor of Humanities, 1998-. BA., Tufts University, 1969; PhD., University of 
Virginia, 1977. 

Anne M. Berry, 2000-; Vice President for Advancement, 2000-. A£., Franklin & Marshall 
College, 1977. 

Robert A. Riley, 1976-1978, 1988-; Vice President of Information Technology Services, 
1995- . B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1976. 

Gregory G. Stanson, 1966- ; Vice President for Enrollment and Student Services, 1991-.BA., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1963; M.Ed., University of Toledo, 1966. 

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS 

Academic 
Stephen C. MacDonald, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty. 

Cheryl L. Batdorf, 799J-; Assistant Director of the MBA Program, 1999- ; B.S., 
Shippensburg University, 1983, M.BA., Lebanon Valley College, 1992. 

Karen Diener Best, 7990-; Registrar 1990-. BA., Dickinson College, 1989; M.PA., The 
Pennsylvania State Unversity, 1999. 

Michael A. Bodan, 2000-; Assistant Director of Media Services, 2000-; B.M., Lebanon 
Valley College, 2000. 

Timothy M. Dewald, 1989- ; Coordinator of Academic Advising and Community 
Programming, 2001-. B.A., Dickinson College, 1970; M.Div., Andover Newton 
Theological School, 1975. 



164 Administration 2002-2003 Catalog 



Dale J. Erskine, 1983- ; Director, Youth Scholars Institute, 1985- . BA., University of 
Maine at Portland, 1974; M.A., State University of New York at Buffalo, 1976; Ph.D., 
University of Oklahoma, 1981 . 

Stanley A. Furmanak, 1990-; Systems and Reference Librarian, 1994- . BA., University of 
Scranton, 1978; MA., The Catholic University of America, 1981 ; M.L.S., Southern 
Connecticut State University, 1984. 

Andrew S. Greene, 1990- ; Director of Media Services, 1992- . B.S., Kutztown University, 
1990. 

Julia L. Harvey, 1998-; Technical Services Librarian. AA., Cottey College, 1977; BA., 
Cedar Crest College, 1979; M.S. {Library Science) Drexel University, 1981; MA. 
(Educational Administration) Rider University, 1990. 

Shirley Hockley, 1996-; Director, Annville Continuing Education, 2001-. BA., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1980; MA., Bowling Green State University, 1994. 

Anne H. Hohenwarter, 1998-: Coordinator of Disabilities Services, 1998-.; B.FA., Old 
Dominion University, 1980; M.S., Millersville University, 1999. 

Marcus Home, 1992- ; Science Departments Stock Coordinator, Hazardous Waste 
Materials Officer. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1992. 

Patricia A. Kaley, 1987-; Associate Registrar, 2000- . BA., Lebanon Valley College, 1996. 

Donna L. Miller, 1986-; Readers' Service Librarian, 1986- . B.S., Millersville University, 
1984; BA., Lebanon Valley College, 1993; M.L.S., Drexel University, 1986. 

P. Robert Paustian, 1991-; Librarian, 1991-. BA., University of Missouri, 1971; MA., 
University of Kansas, 1975; MA., University of Missouri, 1979. 

John J. Peck, 7999-; Adjunct Catholic Chaplain, 1999- . O.S.B., Saint Vincent College and 
Seminary; Franciscan University. 

Edward D. Pitingolo, 2001 -; Director of West Shore Center, 2002-.B.S., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 1987; M.BA., Kutztown University, 2001. 

Jill Russell, 2001-; Study Abroad Advisor, 2001-. B.S., University of New Hampshire. 
1993; M.S., University of Victoria, 1999. 

Scott A. Schweigert, 2002-; Director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallety and Assistant 
Professor of Art. BA., Dickinson College, 1992; MA., The George Washington University. 
1996. 

Susan Szydlowski, 1995-; Director of Special Music Programs. 1995-. BA. Colby 
College, 1996. 



Lebanon Valley College Administration 165 



Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic, 1987- ; Associate Professor of Accounting, 1988; Associate 
Dean of the Faculty, 1999- . BA., Lehigh University, 1979; M.BA., 1985; J.D., Widener 
University, 1996. 

D. Darrell Woomer, 7992-; Chaplain, 1992-. BA., Juniata College, 1964; M.Div., 
Pittsburgh Theological Seminary, 1969; Th.M., 1972; MA., Duquesne University, 1986; 
Ph.D., 1996. 

Enrollment and Student Services 

Gregory G. Stanson, Vice-President for Enrollment and Student Services. 

Richard L. Beard, 1994-; Director of the Arnold Sports Center, 1997-. BA., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1989; M.BA., 1992. 

Jessica L. Bostdorf 2000-; Admission Counselor, 2000-. BA., Lebanon Valley College, 
1999. 

Dorothy A. Brehm, 1993-; Financial Aid Officer, 2001-. B.S., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1976. 

WilHam J. Brown, Jr., 1980-; Dean of Admission and Financial Aid, 1993- . BA., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1979; M.BA., Philadelphia College of Textiles and Science, 1988. 

Vicki J. Cantrell, 1991 -; Assistant Director of Financial Aid, 2002- . BA., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1999. 

Tchet D. Dorman, 2002-; Director of Multi-Cultural Affairs, 2002-. BA., Oberlin College, 
1987; MA., Temple University, 1993. 

David C. Evans, 1981-; Director of Career Services, 1989- . BA., Slippery Rock University, 
1969; M.Ed., Rutgers University, 1970. 

Jennifer Dawson Evans, 1991- ; Director of Student Activities and the College Center, 
1995- . B.S., Kansas State University, 1989; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1991. 

Chris M. Firestine, 2000-; Admission Counselor, 2000-. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1999. 

Ronald K. Good, 1983-; Senior Assistant Director of Admission, 2001- . B.S. in Ed., 
Millersville University, 1959; M.Ed., 1966. 

Julie A. Gordon-Dueck, 7997-; Counseling Psychologist, 1997-; BA., Fresno Pacific 
College, 1985; MA., Ph.D., California School/Professional Psychology, Fresno, 1993. 

David W. Heeter, 7996-; College Physician, 1996-. D.O., Philadelphia College of 
Osteopathic Medicine, 1991. 

Sharon Horst, 1999- ; Staff Nurse, RN. Diploma, Lancaster General Hospital School of 
Nursing, 1970; B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 2001 . 

John T. Hower, 1988-; Counseling Psychologist, 1988-. BA., Wheaton College, 1970; 
MA., Rosemead School of Psychology, 1974; Ph.D., 1977. 



166 Administration 2002-2003 Catalog 



Linda Hower, 1993-; Therapist, 1993-. BA., Wheaton College, 1971; M.S.W., Temple 
University, 1992. 

Jason A. Kuntz, 2000-; Assistant Director of Residential Life, 2000-. BA., Baldwin- 
Wallace College, 1996; M.Ed., University of South Carolina, 1998. 

Jennifer S. Liedtka, 1994-1997; 2000-; Director of Financial Aid, 2002-. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1992; M.BA., 2000. 

Gary A. Luken, 1995-; College Physician, 1995-. M.D., University of Cincinnati, 1977. 

Geraldine F. Nichols, 7999-; Staff Nurse, 1999-. RM., Reading Area Communit\' College, 
1985. 

Robert K. Nielsen, 799i-; College Physician, 1993-. M.D., Albany Medical College, 1975. 

Mindy Fames, 1995-; College Physician, 1995-. M.D., State University^ of New York, 1989. 

Alan T. Paynter, 2001-; Admission Counselor, 2001 -. B.S. Ed., Kutztown University, 1997. 

Susan Sarisky, 1993-; Director of Admission, 2001 -. BA., Lebanon Valley College, 1992; 
M.Ed., Temple University, 1999. 

Erin N. Schmid, 2001-; Admission Counselor, 2001-. BA., Lebanon Valley College, 1998. 

Tara L. Seeman, 2002-; Area Coordinator / Program Assistant, 2002-. B.S., University of 
Pittsburgh, 2000; MA., Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 2002. 

Angela Strickler, 1998-; Therapist, 1998-. B.S., Millersville University. 1989: M.S.W., 
Temple University, 1994. 

Jonathan D. Wescott, 2000-; Director of Residential Life. 2000- . BA., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1993; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1997. 

Juliana Z. Wolfe, 1975-1978; 1979-; Director of Health Center and Head Nurse. 1979- . 
RJ^., Diploma, St. Joseph's Hospital, 1963. 

Rosemary Yuhas, 1973-; Dean of Student Services, 1991- . B.S., Lock Haven University, 
1966; M.Ed., West Chester University, 1970. 

Advancement 
Anne M. Berry, Vice President for Advancement. 

Kristy A. Adams, 7999-; Webmaster 1999-. B.S., Dre.xel University, 1995. 

Shanna G. Adler, 7992-; Development Associate, 1998-. B.S.. Bucknell University. 1992. 

Kelly A. Alsedek, 1998-; Associate Director of College Relations/Director of Publications. 
2002-. BA., Gett}'sburg College, 197L 



Lebanon Valley College Administration 1 67 



Kristi L. Barbour, 2001-; Director of Leadership Giving, 2001-. BA., Grinnell College, 
1996. 

Susan K. Borelli, 1990-; Major Gifts Officer, 2000-. BA., Albright College, 1989. 

Jasmine A. Bucher, 2001-; Communications Assistant, 2001-. BA., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1997. 

Lauren McCartney Cusick, 2002-; Director of Media Relations, 2002- . BA., University of 
Massachusetts at Amherst, 1971; MA., Rutgers, The Sate University of New Jersey, 1974. 

Mattia S. Guinivan, 1999- ; Director of Prospect Research, 1999- . BA., Millersville 
University, 1972. 

Thomas M. Hanrahan, 7997-; Director of College Relations, 1999-. B.A., East 
Stroudsburg University, 1990; M.Ed., 1992. 

Carolyn A. Lauver, 7992-; Director of Major Gifts, 2001- ; B.Mus., College Misericordia, 
1963. 

Ann Hess Myers, 1998- ; Director of Alumni Programs, 1998- . BA., Kenyon College, 1979. 

Alexandra J. Ritter, 2001-; Director of Advancement Special Events, 2001- . BA., The 
Pennsylvania State University, 1999. 

Braden A. Snyder, 2002-; Sports Information Director, 2002-. BA., Lebanon Valley 
College, 2000. 

Deborah B. Wescott, 2000- ; Assistant Director of Alumni Programs, 2000- . BA., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1995; MA., The Pennsylvania State University, 1998. 

Jeffrey E. Zufelt, 2001- ; Director of Development, 2001-; B.S., Syracuse University, 1979. 

Financial Affairs 
Deborah R. Fullam, Vice President and Controller. 

Benjamin S. Goodhart, 2001-; Accounts Receivable Coordinator, 2001-. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1997. 

Ben D. Oreskovich, 1994-; Associate Controller, 1999-. A.S., Danville Area Community 
College, 1990; B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1993. 

David I. Lasky, 1974-; Director of Institutional Research, 1995-. A.B., Temple University, 
1956; MA., 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Dana K. Lesher, 1990- ; Payroll and Benefits Administrator, 1995- . BA., Millersville 

University, 1977. 



168 Administration 2002-2003 Catalog 



Information Technology Services 
Robert A. Riley, Vice President of Information Tecltnology Services. 

Robert J. Dillane, 1985- : Director of Information Management Services, 1986- . B.S., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1977. 

Angela D. Edris, 2000- ; Database Specialist, 2000- . B.S., Geneva College, 1992. 

Todd M. Gamble, 1998-: PC Support Specialist, 1998- . B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1998. 

Kent A. Harshman, 2002-; Database Analyst/Programmer 2002-. B.S., Loch Haven 
University, 1980. 

David W. Shapiro, 2000-; Unix/Windows System Administrator, 2000-. BA., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1999. 

Walter L. Smith, 1961-1969: 1971 -; Director of Special Services, 1 982-. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1961; M.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1967. 

Michael C. Zeigler, 1990-; Director of Client Services, 1990- . B.S., The Pennsylvania 
State Universit}\ 1979: M.Ed., 1995. 

Administrative Affairs 
Robert E. Hamilton, Vice President for Administration. 

Robert E. Harnish, 1967-,- Manager of the College Store, 1967-. BA., Randolph Macon 
College, 1966. 

Margaret A. Lahr, 1988-: Director of Housekeeping, 1988-. 

George F. Lovell Jr.. 1988- : Superintendent of Facilities Services, 1988- . 

Harold G. Schwalm, I994-: Director of Budding Maintenance, I994-. 

Kathleen Tierney, 1983-2000: Director of Athletics, 2001-. B.S., State Universin ofNe^v 
York at Brockport, 1979. 

Robert Wildasin, 2002- ; Assistant Manager of the College Store, 2002- . BA.. Lafayette 
College, 2002. 

Kevin R. Yeiser, I982-: Director of Grounds. 1982-. 

Allen R. Yingst, 1989-: Director of Public Safety. 1990-. 

Athletics 
Richard L. Beard. 1994-: Assistant Director of Athletics. 200 T. BA.. Lebanon Valley 
College, 1989: M.BA., 1992. 

Michael R. Downey, 2002-: Assistant Football Coach, 2002-. BA.. Lycoming College. 
1996: M.BA., Lebanon Valley College, 2001. 

Lebanon Valley College Administration 169 



Lauren N. Frankford, 2002- ; Assistant Soccer Coordinator, Assistant Women's Basketball 
Coach, 2002- . BA., Gettysburg College, 2000. 

Mary M. Gardner, 1994-; Aquatic Director, Head Swim Coach, 1997-. BA., Gettysburg 
College, 1977; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 1996. 

Jim Hoar, 1999-; Head Baseball Coach, 1999-; Montana State University, 1974; 
University of Washington, Seattle, WA, 1969-1971. 

Stacey L. Hollinger, 1998-; Head Softball Coach, 1998-; Assistant Field Hockey Coach, 
1998-; Coordinator of Summer Camps, 2002-. B.S., Millersville University, 1989. 

Peg A. Kauffman, 1993- ; Head Women's Basketball Coach, 1993- ; Assistant Athletic 
Director, 2001-; BA., Millersville University, 1987; M.Ed, 1991. 

Allan G. MacCormack, 1997-; Head Ice Hockey Coach, 1997-; Director of Physical 
Education Program, 1998- . B.S., St. Lawrence University, 1974; M.S., Ithaca College, 1975. 

Laurel Martin, 2001-; Head Field Hockey Coach, 2001-. B.S., University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1991 . 

Brad F. McAlester, 1994-; Head Men's Basketball Coach, 1994-; BA., Southampton 
College of Long Island University, 1975. 

Cliff Myers, 7994-; Head Tennis Coach, 1994- . 

Wayne Perry, 1987- ; Head Women's Volleyball Coach, 1988- . B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1978. 

Mark J. Pulisic, 1993-; Head Soccer Coach, 1993-98; Soccer Coordinator, Head Men's 
& Women's Coach, 1998- ; B.S., George Mason University, 1991. 

O. Kent Reed, 1971 -; Head Men's Track and Field Coach, Men's and Women's Cross- 
Country Coach, 1971-. B.S., Otterbein College, 1956; MA., Eastern Kentucky 
University, 1970. 

Michael J. Silecchia, 1998- ; Head Football Coach, 1998- . BA., Mansfield University, 
1978; M.S.E., 1984. 

Brian Todd Smith, 1 998-; Assistant Football Coach, 1998- . BA., Mansfield University, 1989. 

Louis A. Sorrentino, Golf Coach, 1989-; BA., Lebanon Valley College, 1954; M.S., 
Bucknell University, 1961 . 

James E. Stark, 1986-; Athletic Trainer, 1986-. B.S., Lock Haven University, 1983; M.Ed., 
Shippensburg University, 1986. 



170 Administration 2002-2003 Catalog 



FACULTY 

Active 

Barbara J. Anderman, 2001 -; Assistant Professor of Art. Chairperson of the Department 
of Art. MA., University of St. Andrews, Scotland, 1971 ; MA., Rutgers University, 1994; 
Ph.D., 2000. 

Sharon O. Arnold, 1986-; Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Akron, 
1964; MA., 1967; M.S.W., Temple University, 1994. 

Susan L. Atkinson, 1987-; Professor of Education. Chairperson of the Department of 
Education. B.S., Shippensburg University, 1972; M.Ed., {Elementary Education) 1973; 
M.Ed., (Special Education), 1979; D.Ed., Temple University, 1987. 

Eric Bain-Selbo, 1997-; Assistant Professor of Religion and Philosophy. Chairperson of 
the Department of Religion and Philosophy. BA., University of Tennessee, 1987; MA., 
Miami University (Ohio), 1988; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1997; 

Philip A. BiiUngs, 1970-; Professor of English. B.A., Heidelberg College, 1965; MA., 
Michigan State University, 1967; Ph.D., 1974. 

Gayle L. Bolinger, 2000- ; Director, West Shore Center, 2000-2002; Assistant Professor of 
Accounting, 2002-; BA., Purdue University, 1973; M.S., 1976. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, 1990-; Associate Professor of English. Chairperson of the 
Department of English. BA., Temple University, 1977; M.BA., Dre.xel University, 1982; 
M.L.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1996. 

Donald C. Boone, 1988-; Associate Professor of Business Administration. BA., Michigan 
State University, 1964; M.BA., 1966. 

Jean-Marc Braem, 2002-; Assistant Professor of French. Licence', Universite Libre de 
Bruxelles, 1980; MA., Princeton University, 1985; Ph.D.. 1989. 

Christopher Brazfield, 1999- ; Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. BA., Reed 
College, 1993; M.S., University of Oregon, 1995; Ph.D., 1999. 

J. Patrick Brewer, 1997-; Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S.. Northern 
Arizona University, 1991; M.S., University of Oregon, 1993; Ph.D., 1997. 

James H. Broussard, 1983-; Professor of History. A.B., Harvard Universit}; 1963; MA., 
Duke University, 1965; Ph.D., 1968. 

Donald E. Byrne Jr., 1971 -; Professor of Religion and American Studies. Director of the 
American Studies Program. BA., St. Paul Seminary. 1963; MA., Marquette University. 
1966; Ph.D., Duke University^ 1972. 

Sharon F. Clark, 1986-; Professor of Business Administration. BA.. University of 
Richmond, 1969; J. D., 1971. 

Salvatore S. CuUari, 1986-; Professor of Psychology. Chairperson of the Department of 
Psychology. BA., Kean College, 1974; MA.. Western Michigan Universit}: 1976; PhD.. 
1981. 

Lebanon Valley College Faculty 1 7 1 



Michael A. Day, 1987-; Professor of Physics. B.S., University of Idaho, 1969; MA., 1975, 
Ph.D., 1977, University of Nebraska (Philosophy). M.S., 1978, Ph.D., 1983, University of 
Nebraska (Physics). 

Johannes M. Dietrich, 1995- ; Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Montana State 
University, 1990; M.M., University of Cincinnati College-Conservatory of Music, 1992; 
D.MA., 1996. 

Deanna L. Dodson, 1994- ; Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., Tennessee 
Technological University, 1985; M.S., Memphis State University, 1988; Ph.D., 1992. (On 
leave. Spring 2003) 

Phylis C. Dryden, 1987-; Associate Professor of English. BA., Atlantic Union College, 
1976; MA., State University of New York at Albany, 1985; DA., 1988. 

Scott H. Eggert, 1983-; Professor of Music. B.FA., University of Wisconsin (Milwaukee), 
1971: MA., University of Chicago, 1974; D.MA., University of Kansas, 1982. 

Dale J. Erskine, 1983- ; Professor of Biology. Director of the Youth Scholars Institute. 
BA., University of Maine at Portland, 1974; MA., State University of New York at 
Buffalo, 1976; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma, 1981. 

Barry X. Friedman, 2002- ; Assistant Professor of Psychology. BA., SUNYat Binghamton, 
1997. 

Michael D. Fry, 1983- ; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Chairperson of the 
Department of Mathematical Sciences. BA., Immaculate Heart College, 1975; Ph.D., 
University of Illinois, 1980. 

Claudia C. Gazsi, 2001 -; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. Academic Coordinator 
of Clinical Education. B.S., West Virginia University, 1981; M.HA., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 2000. 

Cheryl George, 1998-; Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Texas Christian University, 
1984; M.Ed., University of North Texas, 1988; Ph.D., 1993. 

Stacy A. Goodman, 1996-; Asssociate Professor of Biology. B.S., Westminster College, 
1991; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 1996. 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, 1990-; Professor of English. Director of General Education. BA., 
Bates College, 1977; MA., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1980; Ph.D., 
Boston University, 1988. 

Marta Guevara-Geer, 1999-: Assistant Professor of Spanish. BA., Ripon College, 1990; 
MA., University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1993. 

Carolyn R. Hanes, 1977-; Professor of Sociology. Chairperson of the Department of 
Sociology. BA., Central Michigan University, 1969; MA., University of New Hampshire, 
1973; Ph.D., 1976. 



172 Faculty 2002-2003 Catalog 



Marc A. Harris, 2000-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. BA., University^ of Arizona, 
1994; Ph.D., University of Nevada at Reno, 1999. 

Griffin C. Hathaway, 2001 -; Assistant Professor of Politcal Science. BA., University of 
North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1987; MA., The American University, 1990; MA., 
University of Maryland College Park, 1995; Ph.D., 1998. 

Bryan V. Hearsay, 1971 -; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. BA., Western Washington 
State College, 1964; MA., Washington State Universit}\ 1966; Ph.D., 1968. 

Robert H. Hearson, 1986-; Professor of Music. B. Music, University of Iowa, 1964; MA., 
1965; Ed.D., University of Illinois, 1983. 

John H. Heffner, 1972-; Professor of Philosophy. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1968; 
BA., 1987; A.M., Boston University, 1971; Ph.D., 1976; MA.R., Lancaster Theological 
Seniinaiy, 2002. 

Paul A. Heise, 1991-; Professor of Economics. B.S.F.S., Georgetown University, 1958; 
MA., 1963; M.PA., Harvard University, 1972; Ph.D., New School for Social Research, 
1991. 

Jeanne C. Hey, 1989-; Professor of Economics. BA., Bucknell University, 1954; M.BA., 
Lehigh University, 1982; Ph.D., 1990. 

Barry R. Hill, 1993-; Associate Professor of Music. Director of the Music Recording 
Technology Program. B.S., Music with Recording Arts, University of North Carolina at 
Asheville, 1989; M.M., New York University, 1996. 

John H. Hinshaw, 2000- ; Assistant Professor of History, BA., Macal ester College. 1985; 
MA., Carnegie Mellon University', 1988; Ph.D., 1995. 

J. Noel Hubler, 1995-; Associate Professor of Religion and Philosophy. BA.. University 
of Pennsylvania, 1981; Ph.D., 1995. 

Luke G. Higgins, 2001-; Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., Albright College. 1988; M.S., 
University of Delaware, 1991; Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony Brook. 1999. 

Barry L. Hurst, 1982-; Associate Professor of Physics. Chairperson of the Department of 
Physics. B.S., Juniata College, 1972; Ph.D.. University of Delaware. 1982. 

Diane M. Iglesias, 7976-; Professor of Spanish. BA.. Queens College. 1971; MA., 1974; 
Ph.D.. City University of New York, 1979. 

Cynthia R. Johnston, 7997-; Lecturer in Chemistry. B.S.. Lebanon Valley College. 1987. 



Lebanon Valley College Faculty 173 



John P. Kearney, 7977-; Professor of English. BA., St. Benedict's College, 1962; MA., 
University of Michigan, 1963; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1968. 

Jeffery Kleinsorge, 1998-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Michigan State University, 
1984; M.M., Manhattan School of Music, 1986; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1993. 

Donald E. Kline, 1997-; Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1966; M.Ed., Millersville University, 1975; M.S.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1977; 
Ed.D., Lehigh University, 1990. 

Joel A. Kline, 1999-; Assistant Professor of Business Administration. Acting Director of 
the Digital Communications Program. A.S., Harrisburg Area Community College, 1985; 
B.S., BA., Lebanon Valley College, 1989; M.J., Temple University, 2002. 

Kathleen Kolbet, 1999-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. BA. (Chemistry), B.S. 
(Mathematics), Gonzaga University, 1993; Ph.D., Univeristy of Illinois, 1999. 

Walter Labonte, 1992-; Lecturer in English. B.S., Northeastern University, 1968; MA., 
1977; M.Ed., Curry College, 1984. 

Kerrie D. Laguna, 1997-; Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1990; B.Ed., 1991; MA., University of Nebraska, 1996; Ph.D., 1997. 

Louis B. Laguna, 1999- ; Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1990; M.S., Millersville University of Pennsylvania, 1992; MA., University of 
Nebraska, 1995; Ph.D., 1998. 

Mary L. Lemons, 1996-; AssociateProfessor of Music. B.S., University of Illinois at 
Urbana-Champaign; M.S., 1990; Ed.D., 1998. 

Robert W. Leonard, 1988- ; Professor of Business Administration. Chairperson of the 
Department of Business and Economics. BA., Ohio University, 1977; MA., St. Francis 
School of Industrial Relations, 1978; M.BA., Ohio State University, 1986. 

David W. Lyons, 2000-; Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Davidson 
College, 1981; Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1996. 

Tia Malkin-Fontecchio, 2002-; Assistant Professor of History. BA., University of 
California at Berkeley, 1994; MA., Brown University, 1996. 

Louis Manza, 7995-; Associate Professor of Psychology. BA., State University of New 
York at Binghamton, 1988; MA., Brooklyn College, 1991; M. Phil., City University of 
New York, 1991; Ph.D., 1992. 

Leon E. Markowicz, 1971-; Professor of Business Administration. A£., Duquesne 
University, 1964; MA., University of Pennsylvania, 1968; Ph.D., 1972; MA., Antioch 
University, 1998. 

G. Daniel Massad, 1985-; Artist-in-Residence. BA., Princeton University, 1969; MA., 
University of Chicago, 1977; M.FA., University of Kansas, 1982. 

174 Faculty 2002-2003 Catalog 



Raymond A. Maynard, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Economics. BA., University of 
Sussex, 1987; MA., University of Tennessee, 1992; Ph.D., 2000. 

Rebecca McCoy, 1998- ; Associate Professor of History. Chairperson of the Department 
of History and American Studies. A.B., Mount Holyoke College, 1975; MA., University of 
North Carolina, 1980; Ph.D., 1992. 

Mark L. Mecham, 1990-; Clark and Edna Carmean Distinguished Professor of Music. 
Chairperson of the Department of Music. B.M., University of Utah, 1976; M.M., 1978; 
D.MA., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign , 1985. 

Owen A. Moe Jr., 1973- ; Vernon and Doris Bishop Distinguished Professor ofChemistiy. 
B.A., St. Olaf's College, 1966; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1971. 

Shelly Moorman-Stahlman, 1997-; Associate Professor of Music. B.Mus., University of 
Missouri-Kansas City, 1985; M.M., 1986; D.MA., University of Iowa, 1990. 

Philip G. Morgan, 1969-; Associate Professor of Music. B.M.E., Pittsburg State 
University^ (Kansas), 1962; M.S., 1965. 

Roger M. Nelson, 2002- ; Professor of Physical Therapy. Chairperson of the Department 
of Physical Therapy. Certificate in Physical Therapy, 1965; M.S., Boston University, 
1971; Ph.D., The University of Iowa, 1981. 

Renee Lapp Norris, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Music. BA., West Chester University. 
1991; M.M., University^ of Maryland, 1994; Ph.D., 2001. 

John D. Norton, 1971-; Professor of Political Science. BA., University of Illinois. 1965; 
MA., Florida State University, 1967; Ph.D., American University, 1973. 

Walter A. Patton, 1 999-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Susquehanna Universin-. 
1988; Ph.D., Lehigh University, 1993. 

Mary K. Pettice, 1994-; Associate Professor of English. BA., Illinois Wesleyan University. 
1982; M.S., University of Illinois, 1983; MA. 1986; Ph.D., University of Houston. 1994. 

Michael Pittari, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Art. B.FA.. University of Florida. 1989. 
M.FA., University of Tennessee, 1995. 

Sidney Pollack, 7976-; Professor of Biology. BA., New York University. 1963; Ph.D.. 
University of Pennsylvania, 1970. 

Kevin B. Pry, 1991-; Assistant Professor of English. BA.. Lebanon Valley College. 1976; 
MA., The Pennsylvania State University, 1980; Ph.D., 1984. 

Barney T. Raffield III, 1990-; Professor of Business Administration. B.BA.. Southern 
Methodist University^ 1968; M.BA.. 1971; Ph.D., Union Graduate School. 1982. 

Lebanon Valley College Faculty 1 75 



Sharon Hall Raffield, 1990-; Associate Professor of Sociology. A.B., Wheaton College, 
1963; M.S.W., Washington University, 1967. 

O. Kent Reed, 1971-; Associate Professor of Physical Education. B.S., Otterbein College, 
1956; MA., Eastern Kentucky University, 1970. 

Jeffrey J. Ritchie, 2002- ; Assistant Professor of English and Digital Communications. B.S. 
and B.A., Indiana University, 1989; M.A., University of South Carolina, 1993; M.Ed., 
Arizona State University, 1 998 ; Ph .D . , 2000 . 

Jeffrey W. Robbins, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Religion and Philosophy. BA., Baylor 
University, 1994; M.Div., Texas Christian University, 1997; M.Phil., Syracuse University, 
1999; Ph.D., 2001. 

Stacey A. Ruch, 2001 -; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. B.S., Seton Hall 
University, 1989; M.S., 1993; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 2000. 

Gail A. Sanderson, 1983-; Associate Professor of Accounting . BA., Hobart and William 
Smith Colleges, 1970; M.BA., Boston University, 1977. 

James W. Scott, 1976-; Professor of German. Acting Chairperson of the Department of 
Foreign Languages. BA., Juniata College, 1965; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1971 . 

Daniel Simpkins, 1998-; Lecturer in Sociology. BA., West Georgia College, 1976; MA., 
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1984; Ph.D., 1992. 

Jeff Snyder, 1997-; Assistant Professor of Music and Assistant Director of Music 
Recording Technology. AA., Pensacola Junior College, 1982; BA., University of West 
Florida, 1984; M.S., Kutztown University, 1998. 

Thomas M. Strohman, 1977-1983; 1987- ; Associate Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1975; M.M., Towson State University, 1998. 

Edward J. Sullivan, 2001-; Associate Professor of Business Administration and 
Economics. B.S., St. Peter's College, 1972; MA., The Pennsylvania State University, 
1975; Ph.D., 1985. 

Dale E. Summers, 1990-; Professor of Education. Director of Elementary and Secondary 
School Relations. B.S., Ball State University, 1971; MA., 1973; Ed.D., 1978. 

Linda L. Summers, 1991-; Instructor of Education. B.S., Ball State University, 1972; 
MA., 1977. 

Dennis W. Sweigart, 1972-; Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1963; 
M.M., University of Michigan, 1965; D.MA., University of Iowa, 1977. (On leave. Fall 
2002) 



176 Faculty 2002-2003 Catalog 



Rosa Tezanos-Pinto, 1999-; Assistant Professor of Spanish. BA., University of Miami, 
1979: MA., 1994; Ph.D., 2002. 

Mark A. Townsend, 1983- ; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Bethany Nazarene 
College, 1965; MA., Oklahoma University, 1969; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University, 1983. 

Dennis J. Tulli, 2002; Visiting Assistant Professor of Education. BA., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1969; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1976; Ed.D., Temple University, 1991 . 

Angel T. Tuninetti, 1996-; Associate Professor of Spanish. Chairperson of the Department 
of Foreign Languages. L.L.M., Universidad Nacional de Cordoba, 1986; MA., 
Washington University, 1991; Ph.D., 1999. {On leave. Fall 2002) 

Susan E. Verhoek, 1974-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University, 1964; 
M.A., Indiana University, 1966; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1975. 

Scott N. Walck, 1999-; Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic 
Institute, 1988; M.S., Lehigh University, 1992; Ph.D., 1995. 

Carl T. Wigal, 1 993-; Professor of Chemistry. Chairperson of the Department of 
Chemistry. A.S., College of Mount Saint Joseph, 1984; B.S., University of Cincinnati, 
1986; Ph.D., Miami University (Ohio), 1990. 

Stephen E. Williams, 1973-; Professor of Biology. BA., Central College. 1964; M.S., 
University of Tennessee, 1966; Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis, 1971 . 

Henry L. Wilson, J 999-; Director of Writing Center, Assistant Professor of English. BA., 
University of Tennessee, 1985; MA., 1987; Ph.D., 1993. 

Paul L. Wolf, 1966-; Professor of Biology. B.S., FUzabethtown College, 1960; M.S.. 
University of Delaware, 1963; Ph.D., 1968. 

Allan F. Wolfe, 1968- ; Professor of Biology, Chairperson of the Department of Biology. 
BA., Gettysburg College, 1963; M.A., Drake University, 1965; Ph.D., University of 
Vermont, 1968. 

Kenneth Yarnall, 1996-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S.. South 
Carolina College, 1986; Ph.D., University of South Carolina. 1992. {On leave. Fall 2002) 

M. Jane Yingling, 2001-; Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Lock Haven University, 
1972; MA., Shippensburg University, 1996. 

Emeriti 
Madelyn J. Albrecht. 1973-1990; Associate Professor Emerita of Education. BA.. 
Northern Baptist College, 1952; MA., Michigan State University, 1958; Ph£>.. 1972. 

Howard L. Applegate, 1983-2000; Professor Emeritus of History ami American Studies. 
BA., Drew Unive7sity\ 1957; MA., Syracuse University, 1960; PhD., 1966. 

Lebanon Valley College Faculty 177 



Eloise P. Brown, 1961-1987; Readers' Services Librarian Emerita. B.S.L.S. Simmons 
College, 1946. 

Voorhis C. Cantrell, 1968-1992; Professor Emeritus of Religion and Greek. BA., 
Oklahoma City University, 1952; ED., Southern Methodist University, 1956; Ph.D., 
Boston University, 1967. 

D. Clark Carmean, 1933-1972; Director Emeritus of Admissions. A.B., Ohio Wesleyan 
University, 1926; MA., Columbia University, 1932. 

Richard F. Charles, 1988-1997; Vice President Emeritus for Advancement . A.B., Franklin 
& Marshall College, 1953. 

Charles T. Cooper, 1965-1979; Associate Professor Emeritus of Spanish. B.S., U.S. Naval 
Academy, 1942; MA., Middle bury College, 1965. 

Richard D. Cornelius, 1985-2001 ; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. BA., Carleton 
College, 1969; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1974. 

George D. Curfman, 1961-1996; Professor Emeritus of Music Education. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1953; M.M., University of Michigan, 1957; Ed.D., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1971. 

Donald B. Dahlberg, 1980-2001; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S., University of 
Washington, 1967; M.S., Cornell University, 1969; Ph.D., 1971. 

Robert S. Davidon, 1970-1984; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. A.B., University of 
Illinois, 1940; MA., University of Pennsylvania, 1946; Ph.D., 1951 . 

Alice S. Diehl, 1966-1997; Technical Processes Librarian Emerita. AJB., Smith College, 
1956; B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1957; ML.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1966. 

Carl Y. Ehrhart, 1947-1983; Professor Emeritus of Philosophy and Dean of the College 
Emeritus. A.B., Lebanon Valley College, 1940; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 
1943; Ph.D., Yale University, 1954. 

William H. Fairlamb, 1947-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. Mus. B., cum laude, 
Philadelphia Conservatory, 1949. 

Arthur L. Ford, 1965-2001; Professor Emeritus of English. A.B., Lebanon Valley College, 
1959; MA., Bowling Green State University, 1960; Ph.D., 1964. 

Elizabeth M. Geffen, 1958-1983; Professor Emerita of History. B.S., University of 
Pennsylvania, 1934; MA., 1936; Ph.D., 1958. 

Elizabeth M. Geffen, 1958-1983; Professor Emerita of History. B.S., University of 
Pennsylvania, 1934; MA., 1936; Ph.D., 1958. 



178 Faculty 2002-2003 Catalog 



Pierce A. Getz, 1959-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1951; M.S.M., Union Theological Seminary School of Sacred Music, 1953; A.M.D., 
Eastman School of Music, 1967. 

Michael A. Grella, 1980-2001; Professor Emeritus of Education. BA., St. Mary's 
Seminary and University, 1958; MA., West Virginia University, 1970; Ed.D., 1974. 

Klement M. Hambourg, 1982-1995; Professor Emeritus of Music. A.T.C.M., Royal 
Conservatory of Music, 1946; L.RA.M., Royal Academy of Music, 1962; A.R.C.M., Royal 
College of Music, 1962; L.T.C.L., Trinity College of Music (London), 1965; Fellow, 1966; 
D.MA., University of Oregon, 1977. 

June E. Herr, 1959-1980; Associate Professor Emerita of Elementary Education. B.S., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1943, LH.D., 1997; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 
1954. 

Richard A. Joyce, 1966-1998; Professor Emeritus of History. A.B., Yale University, 1952, 
MA., San Francisco State College, 1963. 

Thomas A. Lanese, 1954-1978; Associate Professor Emeritus of Strings, Conducting, and 
Theory. B. Mus., Baldwin-Wallace College, 1938; Fellowship, Julliard Graduate School; 
M.Mus., Manhattan School of Music, 1952. 

David I. Lasky, 1974-1995; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. A.B., Temple Universir\\ 
1956; MA., 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Jean O. Love, 1954-1985; Professor Emerita of Psychology. A.B., Erskine College, 1941; 
MA., Winthrop College, 1949; Ph.D., University^ of North Carolina. 1953. 

George R. Marquette, 1951-1990; Vice President Emeritus for Student Affairs. A£., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1948; M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ed.D.. Temple 
University, 1967. 

Joerg W. R Mayer, 1970-1997; Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Sciences. Dipl. 
Math., University ofGiessen, 1953; Ph.D., 1954. 

WiUiam J. McGill Jr., 1986-1998; Senior Vice President and Dean of the Faculty- 
Emeritus. A.B., Trinity College, 1957; MA.. Harvard University. 1958; Ph.D.. 1961. 

Anna D. Faber McVay, 1954-1976; Professor Emerita of English. A.B.. Lebanon Valley 
College, 1948; MA., University of Wisconsin. 1950; Ph.D.. 1954. 

H. Anthony Neidig, 1948-1985; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S.. Lebanon Valley 
College, 1943; M.S., University of Delaware. 1946; Ph.D.. 1948. 

Agnes B. O'Donnell, 1961-1987; Professor Emerha of English. A.B.. Immaculata 
College. 1948; M.Ed., Temple University, 1952; MA.. University of Pennsylvania. 1967; 
Ph.D., 1976. 

Lebanon Valley College Faculty 179 



J. Robert O'Donnell, 1961-1987; Associate Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S., The 
Pennsylvania State University, 1950; M.S., University of Delaware, 1953. 

Gerald J. Petrofes, 1963-1988; Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. B.S., 
Kent State University, 1958; M.Ed., 1962. 

Jacob L. Rhodes, 1957-1985; Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1943; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1958. 

Ralph S. Shay, 1948-1951; 1953-1984; Professor Emeritus of History and Assistant Dean 
of the College Emeritus. A.B., Lebanon Valley College, 1942; A.M., University of 
Pennsylvania, 1947; Ph.D., 1962. 

Robert W. Smith, 1951-1983; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1939; MA., Columbia University, 1950. 

Joelle L. Stopkie, 1989-2002-; Professor Emerita of French. Licence, Sorbonne, 1960; 
MA., New York University, 1963; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College, 1979. 

John A. Synodinos, 1988-1996; President Emeritus. B.S., Loyola College, 1959; M.S.Ed., 
Temple University, 1977; L.H.D., Lebanon Valley College, 1996. 

Warren K. A. Thompson, 1967-1997; Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. A.B., Trinity 
University, 1957; MA., University of Texas, Austin, 1963. 

C. F. Joseph Tom, 1954-1989; Professor Emeritus of Economics. BA., Hastings College, 
1944; MA., University of Chicago, 1947; Ph.D., 1963. 

Perry J. Troutman, 1960-1994; Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA., Houghton College, 
1949; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1952; Ph.D., Boston University, 1964. 

L. Elbert Wethington, 1963-1983; Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA., Wake Forest, 
1944; B.D., Divinity School of Duke University, 1947; Ph.D., Duke University. 

Glenn H. Woods, 1965-1990; Associate Professor Emeritus of English. A.B., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1951; M.Ed., Temple University, 1962. 

Adjunct 
P. Terry Baker, 1997-; Adjunct Instructor in History. B.S., Shippensburg University. 

Joseph G. B ashore, 1994-1996, 2001 -; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. BA., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1983; M.FA., University of Iowa 1986. 

Jean-Paul Benowitz, 1998-; Adjunct Instructor in History. B.S., Eastern Mennonite 
University, 1991; MA., Millersville University, 1993; additional graduate study at Temple 
University. 

James F. Bohan, 1995-; Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Loyola 
University, 1968; MA., 1971. 

180 Faculty 2002-2003 Catalog 



Marthalee T. Brod, 1992-; Adjunct Instructor in Psychology. BA., Houghton College, 
1967; M.Ed., Temple University, 1968; Ph.D., Fordham University, 1985. 

Beverly Ann K. Butts, 2000-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1978; M.M., Michigan State University, 1980; additional graduate study at New 
York University. 

James A. Diehm, 1997- ; Adjunct Instructor in Education. BA., Albright College, 1961; 
MA., Lehigh University, 1968; Administrative Certification, Temple University, 1972. 

Joseph DiSanto, 1992- ; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.S., St. Joseph's University, 1967; 
Department of Defense Information Officers' School, 1969; MA., Annenberg School of 
Communications, University of Pennsylvania, 1970. 

James A. Erdman II, 1983-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. 

Timothy M. Erdman, 1988-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.S., Temple University, 1970. 

Paul Fierro, 2000- ; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., West Chester University, 
1983; M.M., Ohio University, 1986. 

Catherine M. Fitzgibbons, 1996-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. BA., 
Williams College, 1986; J.D., Northwestern University School of Law, 1991. 

Suzanne D. Fox, 1998-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1977; M.M., University of Miami, 1979. 

Rita M. Gargotta, 7997-; Adjunct Instructor in Spanish. B.S., West Chester State College, 
1972; Diploma, University ofSevilla; MA., West Chester State College, 1976. 

Robert D. Gingrich, 79S5-; Adjimct Instructor in Social Work. M.S., Moravian College, 1968. 

Rick Knepp, 1998-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education, B.S.. Lock Haven 
University, 1979; M.Ed., Shippensburg University 1986. 

Nevelyn J. Knisely, 1963-; Lecturer Professor of Music. B.M., Oberlin College. 1951; 
M.F.A., Ohio University, 1953. 

David W. Layman, 1993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Religion. A.B., University of 
Chicago, 1977; Ph.D., Temple University, 1994. 

Mark N. Mazarella, 1998-; Adjunct Professor of Military Science. BA., Wilmington 
College. 1981; M.S., United States Army Command and General Staff College. 1994; 
M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 2002. Lieutenant Colonel. United States .Army. 

James Miller, 1989-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. 



Lebanon Valley College Facult> 1 8 1 




Joseph D. Mixon, 1991-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. BA., Moravian College, 1981; 
M.M., Combs College of Music, 1990. 

Ellen Nicholas, 1996-; Adjunct Instructor in Art Education. B.S., Kutztown University, 
1968. 

Robert A. Nowak, 1988-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Mansfield State 
College, 1973; M.M., University of Miami, 1975. 

Philip J. Oles, 1997-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemistry. BA., University of 
Connecticut, 1968; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts , 1974. 

Glen Perry, 1998-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., Shippensburg 
University, 1970; MA., 1974. 

Laurie Haines Reese, 1996-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of 
Miami, 1983; M.M., University of Southern California, 1986. 

Jeff Remington, 1998- ; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. BA., Indiana University 
of Pennsylvania, 1986; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 1992. 

Andrew Roberts, 1998- ; Adjunct Instructor of Music. BM., Berklee College of Music, 1989. 

Victoria Rose, 1993- ; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Peabody Conservatory 
of the Johns Hopkins University, 1972; M.M., Towson State University, 1994. 



182 Faculty 



2002-2003 Catalog 



Thomas H. Sanagorski, 1997 -; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., 
Elizabethtown College, 1971; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1974. 

Kirk W. Seibert, 1991-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. BA., The 
Pennsylvania State University, 1969; M.S., Cornell University, 1973; D.S.W., University 
of Pennsylvania, 1982. 

Robert Siemers, 1995-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. BM., Southern Illinois 
University, 1979; M.M., Eastman School of Music, 1981; DMA., Indiana University, 1997. 

Anna F. Tilberg, 1982-; Adjunct Instructor in Biology. BA., University of Pennsylvania, 
1969. 

Barbara Tremitiere, 7994-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Sociology. BA., Miami University- 
of Ohio, 1961; M.S.W., University of Pittsburgh, 1963; Ph.D., Union Institute, 1992. 

Hui-Liang (Jeff) Tsai. 1988- ; Adjunct Professor of Business Administration. M.S. 
(Statistics), Florida State Universit}\ 1971; M.S. (Economics), 1974; Ph.D., 1976. 

Richard J. Tushup, 1989- ; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.B., St. Vincent 
Seminary; MA., 1971; Ph.D., University of Delaware, 1977 . 

Noelle Vahanian, 2002- ; Adjunct Instructor in Philosophy. Baccalaureat, Lycee 
International des Pontonniers, 1988; BA., Syracuse University; MA., M.Phil., Ph.D.. 
1999. 

Michael Wojdylak, 2001-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., The Pennsylvania 
State Universit}\ 1977; MAGR., 1983; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1987; BA.. 
Lebanon Valley College, 1997. 

Louis Zivic, 7998-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Religion. BA., Roosevelt University, 
1969, MA., Jewish Theological Seminary of America, 1975; Rabbi, 1976. 

Adjuncts in Medical Technology 
Jersey Shore Medical Center; Medical Advisor, Brian Erler. M.D.. Ph.D.; Program 
Director, Perla L. Simmons, M.P.A., B.S.M.T. (ASCP) S.H., N.C.A. (CLS): Assistant 
Program Director/Education Coordinator, Mary Jane C. Schaefer. M.S.. M.P.A. 

Lancaster General Hospital; Medical Director, James T. Eastman. M.D.; Program 
Director, Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., M.T.(ASCP) 

Reading Hospital and Medcial Center: Program Director, School of Clinical Laboraton, 
Science, Joanne S. Grant, M.S., M.T. (ASCP); Medical Director. School of Clinical 
Laboratory Science. William Natale. B.A.. M.D.. J.D. 



Lebanon Valley College Faculty 183 



COLLEGE SUPPORT STAFF 

Deborah L. Atkins Annual Giving 

Susan R. Aungst Library 

Phyllis C. Basehore President of the College Office 

Marilyn E. Boeshore Alumni Office 

Donna L. Brickley Information Technology Services Office 

Jo Lynn B rummer Development Office 

JoelM. Burkholder Library 

Wendy L. Carfagno Registrar's Offoce 

Crista Detweiler Art Gallery 

Monika Edwards Graduate Studies and Continuing Education Office 

Lois Filingeri Financial Aid Office 

Mary E. Fisher Administration and Controller's Offices 

Jennifer R. Fullenlove Business and Economics 

Beverly J. Gamble Student Services Office 

Cheryl A. George Media Center 

Susan M. Greenawalt Graduate Studies and Continuing Education Office 

Nancy J. Hartman Business Office 

Pamela S. Hillegas Athletic Office 

Constance W. Kershner Business Office 

Charlene R. Kreider Advancement Office 

Karen M. Kreider Copy Center and Mail Services 

Paula Gahres Chaplain's Office 

Scott C. Keyser West Shore 

Deborah L. Lerchen Enghsh, Political Science, Sociology 

Deborah L. Lutz Development Office 

Karen R. McLucas Admission Office 

Anita L. Miller Associate Dean and Academic Services Office 

Tami S.Morgan Admission Office 

Gwendolyn W. Pierce Administration and Controller Offices 

Ann K. Pitt Student Services Office 

Cindy L. Progin College Relations Office 

Christine M. Reeves Development Office 

Shirley C. Ritter Copy Center and Mail Services 

Carol Sabados Biology and Psychology Departments 

Ann Safstrom Music Department 

Audrey K. Sanders Humanities Departments and General Education 

DeniseD. Sanders Registrar's Office 

Jacqueline F. Showers Telephone Console Attendant 

Barbara A. Smith Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty Office 

Susan Snyder Mathematical Sciences Department 

Jay L. Sorrentino Athletic Equipment Manager 

Andrea Stone College Center 

Pamela J. Stoudt Library 

Bonnie C. Tenney Facilities Services Office 

LaRue A. Troutman Major Gifts Office 

Nathaniel C. Tulli Information Technology Services Office 

Nancy J. Waite Education Department 

Barbara E. West Chemistry and Physics Departments 

Mark C. Wolfe Information Technology Services Office 

Beverly Yingst Arnold Sports Center 

Susan B.Zearing Admission Office 

184 Support Staff 2002-2003 Catalog 



THE THOMAS RHYS VICKROY 
DISTINGUISHED TEACHING AWARDS 

The Vickroy Award recipient, who must be a full-time member of the college faculty, 
is selected by the president of the college after appropriate consultation with alumni, 
students, faculty and staff. The Vickroy Award replaces the Lindback Award which was 
presented through the 1993 academic year. 

Previous Awardees 

1985 Leon E. Markowicz, Ph.D., Professor of Enghsh 

1986 Carolyn R. Hanes, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology and Social Work and 
Leadership Studies 

1987 Donald E. Byrne, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

1987 Mark A. Townsend, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences 

1988 William H. Fairlamb, Mus.B., Professor of Music 

1989 Paul L. Wolf, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

1990 Owen A. Moe Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

199 1 Scott H. Eggert, D.M.A., Associate Professor of Music 

1 992 Gary Grieve-Carlson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Enghsh 

1993 Diane M. Iglesias, Ph.D., Professor of Spanish 

1994 Sidney Pollack, Ph.D., Professor of Biology and Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic, M.B.A., 
Assistant Professor of Accounting 

1995 David I. Lasky, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology 

1 996 James W. Scott, Ph.D., Professor of German 

1997 Howard L. Applegate, Ph.D., Professor of History and American Studies 

1 998 Mark L . Mecham , D .M . A . , Professor of Music 

1 999 Michael A. Day, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 

2000 Jeanne C. Hey. Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics 

200 1 Allan F. Wolfe, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

2002 Marie G. Bongiovanni. M.L.A., Associate Professor of English 



Lebanon Valley College Awards 1 85 



THE NEVELYN J. KNISLEY 
AWARD FOR INSPIRATIONAL TEACHING 

In 1988, Lebanon Valley College created an award for part-time and adjunct members 
of the college faculty similar to the philosophy of the Vickroy Award. The first awardee 
was Nevelyn J. Knisley. After the presentation of the first award, the president of the 
college named this series of awards for Mrs. Knisley in recognition for her twenty-four 
years of inspired teaching in music. 

Previous Awardees 

1988 Nevelyn J. Knisley, M.F.A., Adjunct Associate Professor of Music 

1989 Carolyn B. Scott, B.A., Adjunct Instructor in French 

1990 Michael J. Asken, Ph.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology 

1991 Joanne Cole Rosen, B.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

1992 Kevin B . Pry, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of English 

1993 Thomas M. Strohman, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Music 

1994 Timothy M. Dewald, M.Div., Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences 

1995 Leonie Lang-Hambourg, M.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of German 

1 996 Cynthia R . Johnston , B .S . , Adjunct Instructor in Chemistry 

1 997 Richard J . Tushup , Ph .D . , Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology 

1998 Arlen J.Greiner, M.S., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Physics 

1999 Leslie E. Bowen, M.F.A., Lecturer in Art 

2000 Patricia M. Meley, M.A., Adjunct Instructor in American Studies 

2001 Robert A. Nowak, M.M., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music 

2002 Gene G. Veno, M.P.A., Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration 



186 Awards 2002-2003 Catalog 



ACCREDITATION 

Lebanon Valley College is accredited by the Commission on Higher Education of the 
Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools. 

Lebanon Valley College is also accredited by the Pennsylvania Department of Education, 
the National Association of Schools of Music and the American Chemical Society. 

Lebanon Valley College is on the approved list of the Regents of the State University of 
New York and of the American Association of University Women. 

Lebanon Valley College is a member of the following: American Association of Colleges: 
National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities; Pennsylvania Foundation for 
Independent Colleges; College Entrance Examination Board; College Scholarship Service; 
Council of Independent Colleges; National Collegiate Athletic Association: Middle Atlantic 
States Collegiate Athletic Conference; Penn-Mar Athletic Conference; Central Pennsylvania 
Field Hockey Association; Eastern College Athletic Conference. 

NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY 

Lebanon Valley College does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national and 
ethnic origin, sex, age, religion, sexual preference, or disability. 

STUDENT RETENTION 

Lebanon Valley College participates in student financial assistance programs under Title 
IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965. According to the requirements of the Student Right- 
to-Know legislation the college is required to report annually the graduation rates within 
150% of the normal time to complete a degree to students and prospective students. 

The cohort of 297 full-time, first-time degree-seeking undergraduates who entered 
Lebanon Valley College in the fall of 1995 consisted of 142 men and 155 women. At the end 
of four years 184 had completed a bachelor's degree. At the end of the fifth year another 3 1 
had completed a bachelor's degree. By 2001, at the end of the sixth year 4 additional 
students had completed a bachelor's degree. The Student Right-to-Know Completion or 
Graduation Rate Calculation for the 1995 cohort is 74%. This information has been sub- 
mitted to the U.S. Department of Education. 

Detailed information on student retention and graduation rates is available in the Office 
of the Registrar. 



Production of this catalog is under the direction of the Registrar's Office. 
Information included is correct as of the date of publication. Unexpected 
changes may occur during the course of the academic year; therefore, the list- 
ing of a course or program in this catalog does not constitute a guarantee or con- 
tract that the particular course or program will be offered during a gi\ en \ ear. 

* All information is correct as of August 1 , 2002. 



Lebanon Valley College Accreditation 187 



2 u 



cs -a 






w ^ 



E 



ca •- 



« ■?! — 



^ b w w -O ai 
— « Q^ :5 a> ■- 
■< U Q. b CU 



^ ^ < 



r-oooso — nroTt 

ITi ITj 1/1 VS vO ^ v£ ^ 





-^ 




















t/3 






=8 




















~ 




rr 






















.;i 




5 


1 


o 


o 


o 


g^ 


O 


o 


^ 


o 


c 


C 

e 


■^ 




i>5 
1 


< 


13 

01 

CO 


T5 

"o 
Z 




Q 




at 




OJ 


a. 
1 


c 


*f 


«u 








B" 












o 




s. 


a; 








C/2 












O 





a: 



c = o - 



(3 5 O s a: 






Z = c 

2 ^ 3 o 

■< t T3 Q- 

u 



E E 



T3 -7 -3:i :■= 

F £ < ■ 



c: n 



2 2 



t/3 < 



U- - = '-> -t; ■« - 



•7 C S 5= 'W 



*^ E S 

U « -o 

C d is 

W U ^ o fe 

5- U. M £ i 

< n 



■5-5 S £ ?■ a. 



flZ ^ .2 — tn B. 



Di H 



.5 H = S ■£ = 
H U > Z a. K 



n ^ 



at X = 



5f f2 S 



■a 


tb 








— 


at 


aj 






•0 


£ 
































:5 









V 


.:£ 























at 






13 




:a 


,j^ 


Z. 


- - 




at 




"a 


■a 


3 
E 


C3 



t e. S 2 

"J _• O * r- _; 



CU = 



-H Mf»^iri\cr^oco — fs 



rrj r»-, r<-, r»-j ■>T T "* ■* ■* 



H 









a. 




<r 


— 




E 


U 
^ 


X 


< 


= 


at 


^ 


j: 


j: 


u. 


;: 


= 


— 


'at 


Oi 


s 


<f 


.- 












S 


C/5 


I 


a: 


^ 


H 

C 


!? 






-r 






c at s 

u is: X 






■— ^ 






- g a I 

n. p — &- 

o c .-3 ^ 

i S S > 

M 2 < Q 



5^ c 5 u ^ 



U c 



■« K o -1^ = 5 



(/jatQuOcscdlOi 



£ tl C ■= ■ = 



^ -S 5 •=. 



I5 g- >, g- E 
d Q £ Q S 



E ^ ;i at .■:i 

« = o :t: ^ St: 

J < u o :> o 



c 


at 




3 


.Si 


P 


"*■ 
















_ 




z 


c 


t 


X 


!-5 


3j 


at 
u 
















n 




Q 


at 





oil 

c 


> 


5 
■0 
c 


c 

a> 
-0 






s 


X 


n 


_ 




at 






at 





c 


< 


D 




~ 


^ 


X 


c 


X 


"n 




c 
at 


^ 


S 

tt 


at 
_at 


Ml 


■q 








X 


at 


a< 


at 


X 


■^ 


a 






"5 
U 





■0 


-5 


c 

at 


c 


at 
■0 


at 


c 


c 
at 


X 


X 






■0 


'-/: 


> 


c/; 






at 


c 




at 




2 




^ 


t^ 


c 


^ 




U 


r i^ 


12 


at 


at 


0£ 


5J 




3 


at. 




< 


3 


u 



C/5 




r- 


^ 
^ 


0. 
D. 


'x 


2£ 

•a 
c 


at 
3 


ci 


at 

ai 


2 

at 


SI 


at 
X 


Z 

u 

Q 

So 


C 


t/5 
U 


c 


U 







u 


£ 

> 


at 


E 
E 

a 
X 


c 
3 


"3 
3 

2 


1 


Si 

at 


z 




u 


^ 










<s 


rr-; 


"* 


ir] 


-c 


p~' 


ac 


-.' 


* 


_' 


Oi 


»H 












-^ 








— 


— 


— 


«s 


«N 



y. y. 
S£ < ^ 
"~ "s "a 



> 2 3 = 3 :i :^ 

= K ~ '^ "" = = 



— :• -j; i ^ c 



■3 r ^ -a: 



-^ 2 u = S 3 



3- s — <N 



(S rj <s «s 



C3 at 



S z 



*^ .S ^ o 



aa ^ 



lU ^ u 

Q E y 

r-' SO ." 

- g § o 

(X -1 



en .S 

E E 



g2 g O i .-o 

'.£ O I S i 



— o 



E E 



EX-<<v5ii;'XQCi 



«-> t: rn 



t: S '=; 



u . 2 ^ ^ £ £ 



V2 H U ■£ 





C 




— 




*-t 








,-3 








wl 


tu 


I 


c/" 


at 














ra 


'3? 


c 
E 


a 






t^ 




ct 




U 


E 

< 


.-3 
a. 

Q 






_at 



■^ n E 



s ^ = b 



I = =: 5 ^ 



1 1 



■— 5t 



-1 ^ ^ 



E - = 3 



-»^ :t- ^ 



INDEX 



Academic dishonesty policy 

undergraduate 15 

graduate 147 

Academic procedures 

undergraduate 7 

graduate 145 

Accounting program 

courses 41 

department 41 

faculty 49 

Accreditation 187 

Actuarial science program 

courses 98 

department 97 

faculty 100 

Admissions 

undergraduate full-time 4 

undergraduate part-time 5 

continuing education 5 

MBA 148 

MME 154 

MSE 156 

Administration 164 

Advanced placement 13 

Allied health science 

cooperative program 22 

American studies program 

courses 28 

department 28 

faculty 29 

Art program 

courses 30 

department 30 

faculty 32 

Associate degrees 7 

Attendance policy 11 

Auditing pohcy 10 

Baccalaureate degrees 7 

Biochemistry program 

courses 38 

requirements 38 

Biology program 

courses 34 

department 34 

faculty 39 

Business program 

courses 43 

department 41 

faculty 49 

Calendar inside back cover 

Certificate programs 5 

Challenge examinations 12 

Chemistry program 

courses 53 

department 52 

faculty 55 

Citizen Education Program 57 

CLEP 13 

College support staff 184 

Communication program 

courses 71 



department 70 

faculty 74 

Computer science program 

courses 99 

department 98 

faculty 100 

Concurrent courses 11 

Cooperative programs 22 

Courses, undergraduate 

concurrent 11 

external 11 

repetition of 10 

descriptions 28 

Courses, graduate 145 

Credit for life experience 13 

Criminal justice courses 92 

Degrees 

undergraduate 7 

graduate 145 

Dean's list 15 

Departmental honors 15 

Digital communications 58 

Diploma programs 5 

Earth & space science program 125 

Economics program 

courses 45 

department 41 

faculty 49 

Education program 

courses 61 

department 60 

faculty 68 

Elementary education program 

courses 62 

department 61 

faculty 68 

Engineering cooperative 

program 23 

English program 

courses 71 

department 70 

faculty 74 

Environmental studies 

cooperative program 23 

External summer courses 11 

Faculty 171 

Finances, student 4 

Fine arts courses 20 

Foreign languages program 

courses 76 

department 76 

faculty 81 

Foreign study opportunities 27 

Forestry cooperative program 23 

French program 

courses 77 

department 76 

faculty 81 

General education program 

courses 18 



190 Index 



2002-2003 Catalog 



requirements 18 

Geography courses 65 

German program 

courses 78 

department 78 

faculty 81 

Grade point average 14 

Grading system 14 

Graduate programs 145 

academic policies 145 

concurrent courses 146 

financial aid 147 

grading system 146 

privacy of student records 147 

refund policy 147 

review procedure 146 

time restriction policy 147 

transfer policy 145 

withdrawal policy 147 

Graduation honors 15 

Graduation requirements 

undergraduate 8 

MBaT. 148 

MME 154 

MSE 156 

Health care management program 

courses 48 

requirements 47 

Health professions 

cooperative programs 22 

Health science program 

courses 119 

requirements 119 

faculty 121 

History program 

courses 84 

department 83 

faculty 92 

Honors 

departmental 15 

graduation 15 

In- Absentia 11 

Independent study 26 

Individualized major 25 

Interdisciplinary courses 21 

Internship policy 26 

Knisley teaching awards 186 

Leave of absence 1 1 

Limit of hours 9 

Map of campus 188 

Mathematical science program 

courses 95 

department 94 

faculty 100 

MBA program 

admission 148 

courses 148 

faculty 152 

requirements 148 

MME program 

admission 154 

courses 154 



faculty 155 

MPT program 

faculty 153 

MSE program 

admission 156 

courses 157 

faculty 159 

Medical technology 

cooperative program 23 

Military science program 

courses 102 

department 102 

faculty 103 

requirements 102 

Mission statement 3 

Music education courses Ill 

Music program 

courses 105 

department 104 

faculty 113 

Music business 

program Ill 

courses Ill 

Music recording technology program 

courses 112 

department 112 

faculty 113 

Non-traditional credit policy 12 

Off-campus programs 

study abroad 27 

Officers, general College 164 

Pass/fail policy 10 

Payment plans 5 

Phi Alpha Epsilon 15 

Philosophy program 

courses 136 

department 136 

faculty 138 

Physical education program 

courses 117 

department 1 17 

faculty 118 

Physics program 

courses 122 

department 122 

facuhy 124 

Placement examinations 

undergraduate 12 

Political sciences program 

courses 89 

department 88 

faculty 92 

Pre-law program 24 

Pre-medical. pre-dentistr\. 

pre-veterinary programs 25 

Privacy of student records 7 

Probation, undergraduate 16 

Profile of the CoHegc 2 

PsychobiologN program 

courses 39 

department 38 

faculty 39 



Lebanon Valley College 



Index 191 



Psychology program 

courses 127 

department 126 

faculty 132 

Readmission policy 12 

Refund policy 

undergraduate 4 

graduate 147 

Registration, change of policy 10 

Religion program 

courses 134 

department 134 

faculty 138 

Repetition of courses 

undergraduate 10 

ROTC 102 

Science 

course 55 

Second bachelor's degree ; 12 

Secondary education program 

courses 66 

department 65 

faculty 68 

Servicemember's opportunity 

college (SOC) 17 

Sociology program 

courses 140 

department 140 

faculty 144 

Spanish program 

courses 79 

department 79 

faculty 81 

Special education program 

courses 67 

program 67 

faculty 68 

Special topics courses 27 

Study abroad 27 

Suspension policy 

undergraduate 16 

Teacher certification for 

non-matriculated students 17 

Teacher certification for 

matriculated students 65 

Transfer policy 

undergraduate 9 

graduate 145 

Trustees, Board of 160 

Tutorial study courses 27 

Veterans' services 17 

Vickroy teaching awards 185 

Withdrawal procedure 

undergraduate 12 

graduate 147 



PHONE NUMBERS 

College Offices* 

Academic Offices 6208 

Academic Support 6988 

Admissions 6181 

Business Office 6300 

Career Planning and Placement 6235 

College Center 6161 

College Store 6313 

Computer Lab (general) 6067 

Computer Science Lab 6067 

Continuing Education 6213 

Dean of Student Services 6233 

Financial Aid 6181 

Registrar 6215 

Safety and Security 6111 

Vice President/Dean of Faculty 6208 

Academic Offices* 

American Studies 6356 

Art 6015 

Biology 6175 

Business Administration 6101 

Chemistry 6140 

Economics 6330 

Education 6305 

English 6240 

Foreign Language 6250 

History 6355 

Mathematical Sciences 6080 

Music 6275 

Philosophy 6130 

Physical Education 6364 

Physics 6150 

Political Sciences 6330 

Psychology 6195 

Religion 6130 

Sociology 6155 

* Area code 717, prefix 867. 



192 Index 



2002-2003 Catalog 



2002-2003 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 



FIRST SEMESTER 

August 24 Saturday, 9:00 a.m. 

24 Saturday, 2:00 p.m. 

25 Sunday, Noon 

26 Monday, 8:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. 

27 Tuesday, 1:00-4:00 p.m. 

28 Wednesday, 8:00 a.m. 
28 Wednesday, 6:30 p.m. 

October 4-6 Family/Homecoming Weekend 

11 Friday, 5:00 p.m. 

15 Tuesday, 6:30 p.m. 

16 Wednesday, Noon 
18 Friday, 5:00 p.m. 

November 1 Friday. 5:00 p.m. 

27 Wednesday, Noon 



December 



2 Monday, 8:00 a.m. 

6 Friday, 5:00 p.m. 

6 Friday. 5:00 p.m. 

7 Saturday 

8 Sunday 

9-14 Monday-Saturday 

14 Saturday, 5:00 p.m. 

1 8 Wednesday, Noon 



SECOND SEMESTER 

January 12 Sunday, Noon 

13 Monday, 8:00 a. m 

13 Monday, 8:00 a.m. 

13 Monday, 6:30 p.m. 

20 Monday 

21 Tuesday, 5:00 p.m. 

February 18 Tuesday, 11:00 a.m. 

March 5 Wednesday, Noon 

7 Friday, 5:00 p.m. 
17 Monday, 8:00 a.m. 
21 Friday, 5:00 p.m. 

April 4 Friday, 5:00 p.m. 

17 Thursday, 5:00 p.m. 

2 1 Monday. 6:30 p.m. 

30 Wednesday. 5:00 p.m. 

30 Wednesday, 5:00 p.m. 

May 1 Thursday 

4 Sunday 

2-8 Friday-Thursday 

8 Thursday, 9:30 p.m. 

9 Friday, Noon 

10 Saturday, 9:00 a.m. 
10 Saturday, 11:00a.m. 
16 Friday, Noon 



Residence halls open for new students 

Opening Convocation 

Residence halls open for students 

Advising Day 

Add/Drop Day 

Day classes begin 

Evening classes begin 

Moravian College 
Fall break begins 
Classes resume 
Mid-term grades due 
Incomplete grades due 

Last day to change registration or 

withdraw from a course 
Thanksgiving vacation begins 

Classes resume 

Last day for first-semester freshmen 

to withdraw from a course 
Day classes end 
Reading Day 
Reading Day 
Final examinations 
Semester ends 
Final grades due 



Residence halls open for students 
Add/Drop period begins 
Classes begin (all day classes) 
Evening classes begin 
Martin Luther King Holiday 
Add/Drop period ends 

Founders Day 

Mid-term grades due 
Spring vacation begins 
Classes resume 
Incomplete grades due 

Last day to change registration or 

withdraw from a course 
Easter vacation begins 
Classes resume 
Last day for first-semester freshmen to 

withdraw from a course 
Day classes end/Reading Afternoon 

Reading Day 
Reading Day 
Final examinations 
Semester ends 
Senior grades due 
Baccalaureate Ser\ ice 
1 34th Commencement 
All final grades due 



Lebanon Valley College 
loi North College Avenue 
Annville, PA 17003-1400 



Non-Profit 
Organization 
U.S. Postage 

PAID 

Permit No. 9 

Annville, PA 

17003